Request for Quote

Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017

REQUEST FOR QUOTE

HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing

Issuance Date: June 26, 2017

Quote Due Date: July 12, 2017 and Time: 2:00 PM (Eastern Standard Time)

Delivery and Mailing Address: 44865 Loudoun Water Way Ashburn, VA 20147

Procurement Contact: Russell Chamberlin, Purchasing Technician Phone: 571.291.6506 E-mail: [email protected]

INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS

THIS IS NOT AN ORDER.

Submittal of Responses: Loudoun Water accepts submittal responses by email at [email protected]. Your Quote must be received by Loudoun Water before the due date and time. Late responses shall not be accepted. All times listed in the Loudoun Water Solicitation are Eastern Standard Times.

Inquiries: Please direct all questions concerning this solicitation to the Loudoun Water Procurement Department at [email protected]. Any changes resulting from inquiries shall be issued through a written addendum from the Loudoun Water Procurement Department.

RFQ CONTENTS

I. Purpose II. Scope of Work/Description of Items III. Pre-Quote Conference/Inspection of Job Site IV. General Terms and Conditions V. Special Terms and Conditions VI. Method of Payment VII. Pricing VIII Attachments IX. Contractor Submittal Requirements

Request for Quote Page 1 Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017

I. PURPOSE:

The purpose of this Request for Quote is to solicit Quotes to establish an agreement for HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.

II. SCOPE OF WORK/DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS:

The successful Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials required for the HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for Buildings L-M-O at the Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility located at 44961 Loudoun Water Way, Ashburn, VA 20147.

See Attachment F. for scope of work and additional details.

III. INSPECTION OF JOB SITE:

A mandatory conference will be held on July 6, 2017 at 2:00PM at the Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility at 44961 Loudoun Water Way, Ashburn, VA 20147. The purpose of this conference is to allow an opportunity to present questions, view the job site/s, if applicable, and obtain clarification relative to any facet of this solicitation.

Due to the importance of all Contractors having a clear understanding of the scope of work and requirements for this solicitation, attendance at this conference will be a prerequisite for submitting a Quote. Contractors who intend to submit a Quote must attend the conference/job site visit/s at the specified time and date. Loudoun Water will not reschedule additional conferences/job site visits. Quotes shall only be accepted from those Contractors who are represented at this conference.

Bring a copy of the solicitation with you. Any changes resulting from this conference will be issued through a written addendum to the solicitation.

The Contractor's quote submittal constitutes certification that he/she has attended the mandatory conference and has inspected the job site/s, if applicable, and is aware of the conditions under which the work must be accomplished. Claims, as a result of failure to attend the mandatory conference and inspect the job site/s, if applicable, will not be considered by Loudoun Water.

IV. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS:

The General Terms and Conditions may be viewed on the following Loudoun Water website:

Loudoun Water General Terms and Conditions

V. SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS:

Award of Contract: Evaluation will be based on net prices. Unit prices, extensions and grand total must be shown. In case of arithmetic errors, the unit price will govern. If cash discount for prompt payment is offered, it must be clearly shown in the space provided. Loudoun Water reserves the right to reject any and all Quotes in whole or in part, to waive informality, and to delete items prior to making an award.

Quote Acceptance Period: Any Quote in response to this solicitation shall be valid for (60) sixty days. At the end of the (60) sixty-day period the Quote may be withdrawn at the written request of the Contractor. If the Quote is not withdrawn at that time it remains in effect until an award is made or the solicitation is canceled.

Request for Quote Page 2 Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017

Quote Documents: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to examine the entire contents of this RFQ carefully. Questions concerning this solicitation must be directed to the Procurement Official at [email protected] and must be received at least (2) two business days prior to the Quote due date. Any changes resulting from inquiries shall be issued by a written amendment from the Procurement Department.

Quote Prices: Quote shall be in the form of a firm unit price for each item during the performance period. All pricing shall include all delivery charges and shipping terms shall be FOB Destination, freight prepaid, (Contractor pays and bears all freight charges and owns goods in transit).

Confined Space: Work involved at Loudoun Water may include entry into confined spaces. Any work involving entry into or work within a confined space is governed by the Virginia Confined Space Standard (1910.146) for general industry dated March 23, 1987. It is the responsibility of outside contractors performing work activities on Loudoun Water property to comply with all facets of OSHA's Confined Space Entry Standard and to ensure the safety and health of their employees. Loudoun Water assumes no liability for the actions of non-Loudoun Water employees performing work at our facilities.

Contract Documents: The Contract entered into by the parties shall consist of the Request for Quote, the submittal by the Contractor, Loudoun Water’s Purchase Order, the Offer, General and Special Conditions, the Specifications with drawings, if any, including all modifications thereof, all of which shall be referred to collectively as the Contract Documents.

Contractors are advised that Loudoun Water does not sign standard contract forms which may be used by the Contractor. Your submittal certifies the Contractor is an agent or officer authorized to bind the company to the terms and conditions of this solicitation.

Contractor Experience: Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in performing same or similar types of work.

Contractor Registration:: If a contract for construction, removal, repair or improvement of a building or other real property is for one hundred and twenty thousand dollars ($120,000) or more, or if the total value of all such contracts undertaken by Contractor within any 12-month period is seven hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($750,000) or more, the Contractor is required under Title 54.1-1100, Code of Virginia (1950), as amended, to be licensed by the State Board of Contractors a “CLASS A CONTRACTOR.” If such a contract is for seventy-five hundred dollars ($7,500) or more but less than one hundred and twenty thousand dollars ($120,000), or if the total value of all such contracts undertaken by Contractor within any 12-month period is between one hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) and seven hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($750,000) or more, the Contractor is required to be licensed as a “CLASS B CONTRACTOR.” If such a contract is for one-thousand dollars ($1,000) or more but less than seventy-five hundred dollars ($7,500), or if the contractor does less than $150,000 in business in a 12-month period, the Contractor is required to be licensed as a “CLASS C CONTRACTOR.” Loudoun Water requires a master tradesmen license as a condition of licensure for electrical, plumbing and heating, ventilation and air conditioning contractors.

The Contractor shall include their applicable Contractor License Number and Type on the attached Contractor Data Sheet with their submittal. If the Contractor shall fail to provide this information with their submittal and shall fail to provide said Contractor license number to Loudoun Water in writing when requested to do so after the opening of Quotes, the Contractor shall be deemed to be in violation of the Code of Virginia, and their Quote will not be considered. If the Contractor shall fail to obtain the required license prior to submission of his Quote, the Quote shall not be considered.

Contractor’s Title to Materials: No materials or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the Contractor or by any subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sales or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. The Contractor warrants that he has clear title to all materials and supplies for which he invoices for payment.

Request for Quote Page 3 Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017

Definitions: The term "Loudoun Water" as used herein, shall mean the Loudoun County Sanitation Authority DBA Loudoun Water.

The term "Contractor" means the person, firm or corporation named as such in the contract and includes the plural number and the feminine gender when such are named in the contract as the Contractor.

The term "Subcontractor" means only those having a direct contract with the Contractor and it includes one who furnishes material work to a special design but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked.

Delivery: Services are required not later than July 24, 2017. Capability of Contractor to meet this requirement may be an award factor. State your earliest firm start date. Start: 20 .

Delivery and Storage: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make all arrangements for delivery, unloading, receiving and storing materials in the building(s) during installation. Loudoun Water will not assume any responsibility for receiving these shipments. Contractor shall check with Loudoun Water and make necessary arrangements for security and storage space in the building(s) during installation.

Discounts: Payment discounts shall be considered at time of payment but will not be an award factor.

Final Inspection: At the conclusion of the work, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the authorized Loudoun Water representative that the work is fully operational and in compliance with contract specifications and codes. Any deficiencies shall be promptly and permanently corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense prior to final acceptance of the work.

Hazardous Chemical Communication Program: Loudoun Water is required in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.119 to inform Loudoun Water and Contractor personnel that work centers within Loudoun Water have hazardous chemicals on site. Loudoun Water and Contractor personnel may be exposed to these hazardous chemicals while working at Loudoun Water. A written Hazard Communication Program has been developed to inform personnel of the specific hazardous chemicals at the work center and the related safety information including protective measures, special precautions and emergency procedures to be observed. The Hazard Communication Program, including a complete file of Safety Data Sheets for each hazardous chemical, is available at each work center and may be obtained upon request. The Contractor is responsible for communicating the information contained in the Safety Data Sheets to their personnel working at Loudoun Water work centers.

Insurance: By signing and submitting an offer under this solicitation, the Contractor certifies that if awarded the contract, it will have the following insurance coverage at the time the contract is awarded. For construction contracts, if any subcontractors are involved, the subcontractor will have workers’ compensation insurance in accordance with the Code of Virginia. A current copy of Contractor's Certificate of Insurance must be provided upon request.

The Contractor further certifies that the Contractor and any subcontractors will maintain these insurance coverages during the entire term of the contract and that all insurance coverage will be provided by insurance companies authorized to sell insurance in Virginia by the Virginia State Corporation Commission.

Insurance Coverage and Limits:

Workers' Compensation - Statutory requirements and benefits. Coverage is compulsory for employers of three or more employees, to include the employer. Contractors who fail to notify Loudoun Water of increases in the number of employees that change their workers' compensation requirements under the Code of Virginia during the course of the contract shall be in noncompliance with the contract.

Request for Quote Page 4

Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017

Employer's Liability - $100,000.

Commercial General Liability - $1,000,000 per occurrence. Commercial General Liability is to include bodily injury and property damage, personal injury and advertising injury, products and completed operations coverage. Loudoun Water must be named as an additional insured and so endorsed on the policy.

Automobile Liability - $1,000,000 per occurrence.

Labeling of Hazardous Substances: If the items or products requested by this solicitation are “Hazardous Substances” as defined by the Code of Virginia or Section 1261 of Title 15 of the United States Code, then the Contractor, by submitting his Quote, certifies and warrants that the items or products to be delivered under this contract shall be properly labeled as required by the foregoing sections and that by delivering the items or products the Contractor does not violate any of the prohibitions of the Code of Virginia or Title 15 U.S.C., Section 1263.

Laws and Regulations: The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the work.

This contract and all other contracts and subcontracts are subject to the provisions of the Code of Virginia relating to labor unions and the "right to work," and all Contractors and Subcontractors, whether residents or nonresidents of the Commonwealth, who perform any work related to the project shall comply with all of the said provisions.

The provisions of all regulations governing safety as adopted by the Safety Codes Commission of the Commonwealth of Virginia, issued by the Department of Labor and Industry under the Code of Virginia, shall apply to all work under this contract.

Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall provide with each piece of equipment an operations and maintenance manual with wiring diagrams, parts list, and a copy of all warranties.

Minority Owned Businesses Subcontracting and Reporting: Where it is practical for any portion of the awarded contract to be subcontracted to other suppliers, the Contractor is encouraged to offer such business to minority businesses. Names of such firms may be available from the Procurement Officer. When such business has been subcontracted to these firms and upon completion of the contract, the Contractor agrees to furnish the Procurement Office the following information: name of firm, phone number, total dollar amount subcontracted and type of product/service provided.

Negotiation with the Lowest Contractor: Unless all Quotes are canceled or rejected, Loudoun Water reserves the right granted by the Code of Virginia to negotiate with the lowest responsive, responsible Contractor to obtain a contract price within the funds available to Loudoun Water whenever such low Quote exceeds Loudoun Water’s available funds. For the purpose of determining when such negotiations may take place, the term “available funds” shall mean those funds which were budgeted by Loudoun Water for this contract prior to the issuance of the written Request for Quote. Negotiations with the low Contractor may include both modifications of the Quote price and the Scope of Work/Specification to be performed. Loudoun Water shall initiate such negotiations by written notice to the lowest responsive, responsible Contractor that its Quote exceeds the available funds and Loudoun Water wishes to negotiate a lower contract price. The times, places, and manner of negotiation shall be agreed to by Loudoun Water and the lowest responsive, responsible Contractor.

New Equipment: Unless otherwise expressly stated in this solicitation, any equipment furnished under the contract shall be new, unused equipment.

Ownership Rights: Loudoun Water shall retain all ownership rights to all printing materials, photographs, video and audio recordings, special maps, etc. All artwork, camera-ready copy, negatives, dies, photos, and similar materials used to produce such jobs shall become the property

Request for Quote Page 5

Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017

of Loudoun Water upon completion of job. All such items and materials shall be provided, at no charge, to Loudoun Water upon request.

Performance and Payment Bonds: When the Quote exceeds $100,000, the successful Contractor shall deliver to the procurement office executed performance and payment bonds, each in the sum of the contract amount, with Loudoun Water as obligee. The surety shall be a surety company or companies approved by the State Corporation Commission to transact business in the Commonwealth of Virginia. Standard bond forms, if required, will be provided by the procurement office upon request. The successful Contractor will be required to deliver the performance and payment bonds within (5) business days of notice of Quote award. Please submit the total cost for performance and payment bonds separate from the Quote price.

Preparation and Submission of Quotes: Quotes must give the full business address of the Contractor and be signed by an authorized representative. Quotes by partnerships must furnish the full name of all partners and must be signed in the partnership name by one of the members of the partnership or any authorized representative, followed by the designation of the person signing. Quotes by corporations must be signed with the legal name of the corporation followed by the name of the State in which it is incorporated and by the signature and designation of the president, secretary or other person authorized to bind it in the matter. The name of each person signing shall also be typed or printed below the signature. A Quote by a person who affixes to the signature the word "President", "Secretary", "Agent" or other designation without disclosing the principal, may be held to be the Quote of the individual signing. When requested by Loudoun Water, satisfactory evidence of the authority of the officer signing in behalf of the corporation shall be furnished.

Preventive Maintenance: The Contractor shall provide necessary preventive maintenance, required testing and inspection, calibration and/or other work necessary to maintain the equipment in complete operational condition during the warranty period.

Prime Contractor Responsibilities: The Contractor shall be responsible for completely supervising and directing the work under this contract and all subcontractors that he may utilize, using his best skill and attention. Subcontractors who perform work under this contract shall be responsible to the prime Contractor. The Contractor agrees that he is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors and of persons employed by them as he is for the acts and omissions of his own employees.

Product Information: The Contractor shall clearly and specifically identify the product being offered and enclose complete and detailed descriptive literature, catalog cuts and specifications with the proposal to enable Loudoun Water to determine if the product offered meets the requirements of the solicitation. Failure to do so may cause the proposal to be considered non-responsive. In the event the product Quote is determined to be non-responsive to Loudoun Water’s specifications, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to prove otherwise.

Protection of Persons and Property: The Contractor expressly undertakes, both directly and through its Subcontractors, to take every precaution at all times for the protection of persons and property, including Loudoun Water's employees and property and its own.

The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work.

The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all work from damage and shall protect Loudoun Water's property from injury or loss arising in connection with this contract. The Contractor shall make good any such damage, injury or loss, except such as may be directly due to errors in the Contract Documents or caused by agents or employees of Loudoun Water. The Contractor shall adequately protect adjacent property as provided by law and the Contract Documents, and shall provide and maintain all passageways, guard fences, lights and facilities for protection required by public authority, local conditions, or any of the Contract Documents.

Qualifications of Contractors: Loudoun Water may make such reasonable investigations as deemed proper and necessary to determine the ability of the Contractor to perform the

Request for Quote Page 6

Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017

services/furnish the goods and the Contractor shall furnish to Loudoun Water all such information and data for this purpose as may be requested. Loudoun Water reserves the right to inspect Contractor's physical facilities prior to award to satisfy questions regarding the Contractor's capabilities. Loudoun Water further reserves the right to reject any Quote/proposal if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Contractor fails to satisfy Loudoun Water that such Contractor is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to provide the services and/or furnish the goods contemplated therein.

Receipt and Opening of Quotes: It is the responsibility of the Contractor to assure that the Quote is submitted prior to the time set for receipt of Quotes. No Quote received after the time designated for receipt of Quotes shall be considered. All times listed in the Loudoun Water Solicitation are Eastern Standard Time. Quotes received in response to a Request for Quote will be opened at the time stated in the solicitation.

References: Contractor must submit (5) five references with their Quote. References furnished must be for similar type of goods/services requested in this solicitation. In addition to these references please see section 15952-1.03A.1 and 15952-1.04A of Attachment E. for additional qualification requirements.

Replacement Parts: The Contractor must supply parts manufactured by the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or equal parts. Loudoun Water will consider equals provided the equal parts meet or exceed the OEM specifications. All parts shall be new, of first class quality and equal to, or better than, the OEM part. Used or rebuilt parts shall not be accepted. The Contractor must clearly and specifically identify the parts being Quoted as OEM or equal. If proposing an equal, the Contractor shall provide sufficient descriptive literature and technical details to enable Loudoun Water to determine if the parts meet the requirements of the solicitation. Any determination as to the acceptance of parts as equal of that specified shall be made at the sole discretion of Loudoun Water and shall be final.

Silence of Specification: The apparent silence of these specifications and any supplemental specifications as to any detail or the omission from the specifications of a detailed description concerning any point shall be regarded as meaning that only the best commercial practices are to prevail and correct type, size and design are to be used. All interpretations of these specifications shall be made on the basis of this statement.

Subcontracts: No portion of the work shall be subcontracted without prior written consent of the Procurement Department. In the event that the Contractor desires to subcontract some part of the work specified herein, the Contractor shall furnish the Procurement Department the names, qualifications and experience of their proposed subcontractors. The Contractor shall, however, remain fully liable and responsible for the work to be done by its subcontractors(s) and shall assure compliance with all requirements of the contract.

Superintendence by Contractor: The Contractor shall be responsible for all means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the work under the Contract except where otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

The Contractor shall, at all times, enforce strict discipline and good order among the workers on the project, and shall not employ on the work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the work assigned to him/her.

Use of Brand Names: Unless otherwise provided in this solicitation, the name of a certain brand, make or manufacturer does not restrict Contractors to the specific brand, make or manufacturer named, but conveys the general style, type, character, and quality of the article desired. Any article which Loudoun Water, in its sole discretion, determines to be the equal of that specified, considering quality, workmanship, economy of operation, and suitability for the purpose intended shall be accepted. The Contractor is responsible to clearly and specifically identify the product being Quote/offered and to provide sufficient descriptive literature, catalog cuts and technical details to enable Loudoun Water to determine if the product Quote/offered meets the requirements of the solicitation. This is required even if quoting/offering the exact brand, make or manufacturer specified.

Request for Quote Page 7

Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017 Normally, only the information furnished with the Quote will be considered in the evaluation. Failure to furnish adequate data for evaluation purposes may result in declaring a Quote non-responsive. Unless the Contractor clearly indicates in its Quote/proposal that the product Quote/offered is an "equal" product, such Quote/proposal will be considered to Quote/offer the brand name referenced in the solicitation.

Use of Premises and Removal of Debris: The Contractor expressly undertakes, either directly or through its Subcontractor:

To perform this Contract in such a manner as not to interrupt or interfere with the operation of any existing activity on the premises or at the location of the work;

To store its apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in such an orderly fashion at the site of the work as will not unduly interfere with the progress of its work or the work of Loudoun Water or any other Contractor; and

To place upon work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of work.

To effect all cutting, filling or patching of its work required to make the same to conform to the plans and specifications, and except with the consent of Loudoun Water, not to cut or otherwise alter the work of any other Contractor. The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion of the work by cutting, patching or otherwise altering any work, or by workmanlike appearance.

To clean up frequently all refuse, rubbish, scrap materials and debris caused by its operation, to the end that at all times the site of the work shall present a neat, orderly and workmanlike appearance.

Waiver: Loudoun Water reserves the right to waive informalities, award Quotes/proposals received on the basis of individual items, or groups of items, or on the entire list of items, to reject any or all Quotes/proposals received, or any part thereof, which is in the best interests of Loudoun Water. The Procurement Manager’s decision shall be final.

Warranty: The Contractor agrees that the goods furnished under any award resulting from this solicitation shall be covered by the most favorable commercial warranties the Contractor gives any customer for such goods or services and that the rights and remedies provided therein are in addition to and do not limit those available to Loudoun Water by any other clause of this solicitation. A copy of this warranty shall be furnished with the Quote.

Warranty of Materials and Workmanship: The Contractor warrants that, unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment incorporated in the work under the Contract shall be new, first class, and in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor further warrants that all workmanship shall be first class and in accordance with Contract Documents and shall be performed by persons qualified in their respective trades.

Work not conforming to these warranties shall be considered defective.

This warranty of materials and workmanship is separate and independent from any other guarantees in this Contract.

Withdrawal or Modification of Offers Prior to Due Date: Offers may be withdrawn or modified by written notice received from the Contractors prior to the time fixed for offer receipt.

Work Schedule: Prior to award, the Contractor may be required to submit a detailed work schedule listing the stages of work and completion times for work to be performed.

Work Site Damages: Any damage to existing utilities, finished surfaces, or equipment, including Loudoun Water, employee or other vehicles on site, resulting from the performance of this contract shall be repaired to Loudoun Water's satisfaction at the Contractor's expense.

Request for Quote Page 8 Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017

VI. METHOD OF PAYMENT:

Payments will be made within 30 days after submission of invoice, delivery, or completion of service, whichever occurs last. Payment is made by invoices with reference to the purchase order and directed to [email protected].

VII. PRICING:

Quote shall be in the form of a firm unit price for each item during the contract period. All pricing shall include all delivery charges and shipping terms shall be FOB Destination freight prepaid, (Contractor pays and bears all freight charges and owns goods in transit). All pricing must be submitted on Loudoun Water's Solicitation Form.

VIII. ATTACHMENTS:

A. Quote Form

B. Contractor’s Data Sheet

C. Cost Breakdown of Labor Categories and Labor Rates

D. Proof of Authority to Transact Business in Virginia Form (if Quote exceeds $100,000)

E. Requirements

F. Specifications and Drawings

IX. CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS:

Please submit the checked items below with Quote submittal:

 Quote Form  Contractor’s Data Sheet Complete with References  Cost Breakdown of Labor Categories and Labor Rates Form  Proof of Authority to Transact Business in Virginia Form  Schedule of Values  Subcontractor/s List, if Applicable, including References  Work Schedule  Quote Deposit, if Applicable  Certificate of Insurance

Request for Quote Page 9 Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017 QUOTE FORM ATTACHMENT A

HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing

Loudoun Water will determine, at its sole discretion, to award this contract. Award will be made to the responsive, responsible Contractor who submits a Quote based on consideration of several factors including lowest lump sum cost.

BASE QUOTE LUMP SUM PRICE: The lump sum of $_ (write lump sum price in words)

By: (Business name)

(Name and signature of person authorized to sign)

(Title of person authorized to sign)

Request for Quote Page 10 Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017 CONTRACTOR’S DATA SHEET ATTACHMENT B CONTRACTOR’S INFO RM AT ION:

CONTRACTOR’S NAME: ______MAILING ADDRESS: ______COMPANY OFFICERS: TELEPHONE: FAX: FEDERAL ID NUMBER: E-MAIL: WEBSITE ADDRESS:

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Number of years business has been in operation? Number of employees?

Number of years experience providing/servicing same or similar goods/services?

Number of employees of this business who are certified for servicing the equipment referenced in this solicitation?

Number of service locations for this business?

Addresses of these service locations? (Please attach detailed address list.)

LICENSE REQUIREMENTS: By my signature on this solicitation, I certify that this firm/individual and applicable subcontractor/s is properly licensed for providing the goods/services specified. (List license type and Virginia Contractor Number below as required in Loudoun Water’s Special Terms and Conditions section entitled, “Contractor Registration”):

Contractor Name: Subcontractor Name: (As an attachment, submit subcontractor address, phone, contact and license information.) For Construction Services: Licensed Class Type (A, B, C): Virginia Contractor Number: Specialty:

Other than Construction Services: License #: License Type (business, permit, etc.):

TYPE OF ORGANIZATION (Please check appropriate category below): Individual Partnership Government Entity Sole Proprietor Non-Profit Organization Corporation, Incorporated Under State Laws of:

TYPE OF BUSINESS (Please check appropriate categories below): Manufacturer Wholesale Dealer Retail Dealer Manufacturer Representative/Distributor Service Establishment, Define: Construction, Define Below: General Contractor Limited Contractor Other:

Request for Quote Page 11 Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017 CONTRACTOR’S DATA SHEET (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CLASSIFICATION Asian-American African-American Hispanic-American Eskimos and Aleuts Native-American Woman-Owned Service Disabled Veteran-Owned

SMALL BUSINESS CERTIFICATION: Yes, as defined in the Code of Virginia, §2.2-4301. No

REFERENCES (Submit the minimum number of references as required in the Special Terms & Conditions. References provided must be for similar goods/services requested in this solicitation.):

1) Name of Firm: Address:

Contact Name: Title: Contact Data: Ph: Fax: E-Mail: Goods/Services Provided:

Start and Completion Dates:

2) Name of Firm: Address: Title: Contact Name: Contact Data: Ph: Fax: E-Mail: Goods/Services Provided:

Start and Completion Dates:

3) Name of Firm: Address: Title: Contact Name: Contact Data: Ph: Fax: E-Mail: Goods/Services Provided:

Start and Completion Dates:

4) Name of Firm: Address: Title: Contact Name: Contact Data: Ph: Fax: E-Mail: Goods/Services Provided:

Start and Completion Dates:

Company Name Printed Name/Title

Date Authorized Signature

Request for Quote Page 12 Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017

ATTACHMENT C COST BREAKDOWN LABOR CATEGORIES AND LABOR RATES

Labor Hour Unit Costs Breakdown:

Labor Type (such as Project Unit Cost Per Hour Foreman, Laborer, Administrative, etc.)

______/$hr

COMPANY NAME: ______AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: ______PRINTED NAME AND TITLE: ______

Request for Quote Page 13 Loudoun Water Procurement Department April 27, 2017 PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO TRANSACT BUSINESS IN VIRGINIA ATTACHMENT D

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH YOUR QUOTE/PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO INCLUDE THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR QUOTE/PROPOSAL

Pursuant to Virginia Code § 2.2-4311.2, a Contractor organized or authorized to transact business in the Commonwealth pursuant to Title 13.1 or Title 50 of the Code of Virginia shall include in its Quote/proposal the identification number issued to it by the State Corporation Commission (“SCC”). Any Contractor that is not required to be authorized to transact business in the Commonwealth as a foreign business entity under Title 13.1 or Title 50 of the Code of Virginia or as otherwise required by law shall include in its Quote or proposal a statement describing why the Contractor is not required to be so authorized. Any Contractor described herein that fails to provide the required information shall not receive an award unless a waiver of this requirement is granted by the Procurement Department.

If this Quote/proposal for goods or services is accepted by LOUDOUN WATER, the undersigned agrees that the requirements of the Code of Virginia Section 2.2-4311.2 have been met.

Please complete the following by checking the appropriate line that applies and providing the requested information.

A. Contractor is a Virginia business entity organized and authorized to transact business in Virginia by the SCC and such Contractor’s Identification Number issued to it by the SCC is .

B. Contractor is an out-of-state (foreign) business entity that is authorized to transact business in Virginia by the SCC and such Contractor’s Identification Number issued to it by the SCC is .

C. Contractor does not have an Identification Number issued to it by the SCC and such Contractor is not required to be authorized to transact business in Virginia by the SCC for the following reason(s):

Please attach additional sheets of paper if you need to explain why such Contractor is not required to be authorized to transact business in Virginia.

Legal Name of Company (as listed on W-9)

Legal Name of Contractor

Date

Authorized Signature

Print or Type Name and Title

Request for Quote Page 14 ATTACHMENT E.

SECTION 15952 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 BACKGROUND AND SCOPE OF WORK

A. The Operations Complex at Loudoun Water’s Broad Run WRF consists of three independent buildings named "Laboratory," "Operations," and "Maintenance." They are connected by hallways and share some common elements of a heating and cooling system. The buildings were completed and commissioned in 2008 and 2009 and no major repairs or modifications have been made to the HVAC systems since, but adjustments have been made to control device positions and control system operating parameters. Loudoun Water desires to have the HVAC system for all three buildings rebalanced and returned to the originally specified operating condition.

B. One specific problem that needs to be addressed is humidity control in the lab area that is contained within the laboratory building. The lab area has a pair of dedicated air handling units designed to control humidity to within the range specified in the attachments, but they have not been able to do that for the past several years. Preliminary evaluation suggests that the performance problem is partly due to control system setpoints that were reprogrammed after commissioning, but it also appears that the chilled water loop is not delivering water to these air handlers at the specified temperature despite water from the same cooling water loop getting to another air handler in the same room at the proper temperature.

C. The scope of this work is to test, adjust, and rebalance both the air and water sides of the HVAC system for all three buildings to restore them to the design operating conditions as described in the attachments to this specification. It is anticipated that minor repair work such as replacement of control valves and actuators may be required. If defective components are identified, the Owner will provide and install the necessary replacement part within 10 business days so that testing and balancing can continue.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. (AMCA): 203, Field Performance Measurement of Fan Systems. 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE): HVAC Applications Handbook. 3. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC): National Standards for Field Management and Instrumentation Total System Balance.

4. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB): a. Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, Balancing of Environmental Systems. b. Procedural Standards for Measuring Sound and Vibration. 5. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA): HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Manual.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Informational Submittals:

1. Documentation of experience record of testing organization/contractor. 2. Documentation of current AABC or NEBB certifications for those technicians in responsible charge of the work under this Contract. 3. Submit detailed test and balance procedures, including test conditions for systems to be tested and schedule to complete the work, prior to beginning the Work. 4. Written verification of calibration of testing and balancing equipment. 5. Balancing Log Report following completion of system adjustments including test results, adjustments, and rebalancing procedures.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Air Balancing and Test Agency Qualifications:

1. Certification by AABC of NEBB for testing, adjusting and balancing of HVAC systems. 2. Corporately and financially independent organization. 3. Professionally independent of manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of HVAC equipment being tested. 4. Have a proven record of at least five similar projects. 5. Employer of engineers and technicians regularly engaged in testing, adjusting and balancing of HVAC equipment and systems.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Provide materials, tools, test equipment, computers and instrumentation required to complete the work.

B. Test Hole Plugs: Plug test holes in ducts with plugs made for that purpose and replace any insulation removed to original conditions.

C. Drives for Belt-Driven Fans:

1. Furnish cast iron or flanged steel sheaves. 2. Sheaves and belt combination shall be capable of providing 150 percent of motor horsepower.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Adjust and balance air and water systems in accordance with standard procedures and recognized practices of the AABC or SMACNA.

B. Adjust and balance the following systems:

1. Supply, return, and exhaust air systems. 2. Heating, cooling, dehumidification/glycol, chiller, chilled water, and heat recovery water systems. 3. Boiler and hydronic heating hot water system.

3.02 ADJUSTING AND BALANCING AIR SIDE

A. Preparation:

1. Prior to beginning the Work, perform the following activities: a. Review existing record drawings attached as supplement to this section and installed system for adequate and accessible balancing devices and test points. b. Recommend to Owner dampers that need to be added or replaced in order to obtain proper air control. c. Verify existing controls system is in stable operation under fully automatic control. No portion of the system can be in manual control mode or otherwise isolated from the automatic control system. d. Verify test instruments have been calibrated to a recognized standard and are within manufacturer’s recommended calibration interval before beginning the Work. e. Obtain new sets of prefilters and final filters from the Owner.

B. General:

1. When adjustments are made to a portion of a fan system, reread other portions of that same system to determine effects imposed by adjustments. Readjust as necessary. 2. Lock and mark final positions of balancing dampers with permanent felt pen.

C. Equipment Data:

1. Collect the following data and included in final report: a. Type of unit. b. Equipment identification number. c. Equipment nameplate data (including manufacturer, model, size, type, and serial number). d. Motor data (frame, hp, volts, FLA rpm, and service factor). e. Sheave manufacturer, size, and bore. f. Belt size and number. g. Sheave centerline distance and adjustment limits. h. Starter and motor overload protection data. i. Include changes made during course of system balancing.

D. Fan Systems:

1. Measure fan system performance in accordance with AMCA 203. 2. In each system at least one airpath from fan to final branch duct termination shall have dampers fully open. Achieve final air quantities by adjusting fan speed. 3. Adjust Fan Air Volumes: a. Adjust fan speeds and motor drives for required equipment air volumes, with allowable variation of plus 10 percent minus 0 percent. b. After final adjustments, do not operate motor above nameplate amperage on any phase. c. After final adjustments, do not operate fan above maximum rated speed. d. Perform airflow test readings under simulated or actual conditions of full cooling, full heating, minimum outside air, full outside air and exhaust, and full return air. e. Provide and make drive and belt changes on motors or fans as required to adjust equipment to specified conditions. Drives shall be able to deliver 150 percent of motor horsepower. Provide written notice to Owner if drive or belt changes were made. 4. Adjust outside air dampers, return air dampers, relief air dampers, exhaust air dampers, and motorized louvers for maximum and minimum air requirements. 5. Read and record static pressures at unit inlet and discharge, each filter set, coils, dampers, plenums, and mixing dual-duct or adjustable-volume boxes, on every supply, return, and exhaust fan for each test condition. 6. Read and record motor amperage on all phases for each test condition.

E. Air Terminal Devices:

1. Terminal Airflow Calibration: Calibrate and set the flow coefficients in terminal controller units to ensure controller readings are identical to measured values. This shall be a one-point calibration at maximum flow conditions. Record coefficient values. 2. Test each terminal flow device at minimum and maximum flow conditions. Ensure terminal controller is under automatic control system at time of each test. 3. If airflow of terminal device is derived from two or more flow streams, the individual air streams shall be measured and recorded independently for each test. 4. In each terminal system at least one airpath from terminal to final duct termination shall have dampers fully open. 5. Adjust air volumes on each terminal to quantity shown, with allowable variation of plus 10 percent minus 5 percent.

F. Air Outlets and Inlets:

1. In each system at least one air path from fan to final branch duct termination shall have dampers fully open. 2. Adjust air volumes on supply diffusers and grilles, and on return and exhaust grilles, to the quantity shown, with allowable variation of plus or minus 10 percent. 3. Adjust diffusers and grilles for proper deflection, throw, and coverage. Eliminate drafts and noise where possible. 4. After final adjustments are made secure dampers to prevent movement and mark final positions with permanent felt pen.

G. Building Static Pressure:

1. Measure building static pressure relative to outside in perimeter entrances during normal system conditions that would yield widest range in internal building pressure. 2. Adjust building static pressure control parameters to ensure perimeter entrances are positive to outdoors by 0.05-inch WC with entrance doors closed, unless otherwise instructed.

H. Zone Differential Pressure:

1. Test and adjust differential pressures by setting design flows to meet required flow direction and pressure differential during worst case conditions of systems serving the laboratory and adjacent zones. 2. Zone differentials for this project include: a. Lab Space Pressure (with respect to office area): Minus 0.03 to 0.05-inch. b. Lab Space Pressure (with respect to ambient): Neutral.

3. Provide written notice to Owner of zone leakage conditions preventing design differential requirements to be met.

3.03 ADJUSTING AND BALANCING WATER SIDE

A. Preparation: Prior to beginning the Work, perform the following activities:

1. Review existing record drawings attached as supplement to this section and installed system for adequate and accessible balancing devices and test ports. 2. Provide written recommendation to Owner of devices needed to be added or replaced in order to obtain proper water control. 3. Verify existing controls system is in stable operation under automatic control. 4. Verify hydronic systems have been filled and are clean. Examine a sample of strainers to ensure cleanliness. 5. Verify manual air vents have been bled and expansion tanks and automatic air vents are functioning. 6. Verify control valves and coil connections are complete and properly installed.

B. General:

1. When adjustments are made to a portion of a water system, reread other portions of that same system to determine effects imposed by adjustments. Readjust as necessary. 2. Correctly adjust water flow readings for mixtures other than pure water. 3. Throttling of butterfly and other nonbalancing device valves shall not be allowed. 4. Lock and mark final positions of balancing devices with a centerpunch or permanent felt pen.

C. Equipment Data:

1. Collect the following data and include in final report: a. Type of pump. b. Equipment identification number. c. Equipment nameplate data (including manufacturer, model, size, type, impeller size and serial number). d. Pump capacity (flow rate and differential pressure). e. Drive data. f. Motor data (frame, hp, volts, FLA rpm, and service factor). g. Starter and motor overload protection data. h. Include changes made during course of system balancing.

D. Pumps:

1. Verify impeller size through a "dead-head" test. Do not perform on positive displacement pumps. 2. Adjust water to achieve design flows at all modes of operation during single and multiple pump operation. 3. Test redundant and stand-by pumps. 4. After final adjustments, do not operate motor above nameplate amperage on any phase. 5. Read and record pressures at pump inlet and discharge for each test condition. 6. Read and record motor amperage on all phases for each test condition. 7. Record and mark final position of balancing cocks, valves, and operators with a permanent felt pen or centerpunch.

E. Terminal Flow Devices:

1. Adjust water systems for required flow rates at each coil, connection, and terminal device. 2. Provide proper flow through individual fin tube sections, evaporator and condenser circuits, each boiler loop, each chiller loop, each pump, and recirculation loops. 3. Measure and adjust flow through valves and valve bypass lines. 4. Record and mark final position of balancing cocks, valves, and operators with a permanent felt pen or centerpunch. 5. Read and record differential pressures across coils, control valves, chiller bundles, boilers, and heat exchanges.

F. Tolerances:

1. Heating Water Flow Rate: Plus 10 percent to minus 10 percent. 2. Chilled Water Flow Rate: Plus 10 percent to minus 10 percent. 3. Glycol Water Flow Rate: Plus 10 percent to minus 10 percent.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Performance Testing:

1. Electric Heating Coil Testing: a. Adjust system as required to achieve full output from coil. b. Read and record amperages and voltages for all phases. 2. Heating or Sensible Cooling Coil Testing: a. Adjust system as required to achieve design flow conditions for both air and water sides of coil. b. Measure and record airflow rate, water flow rate, entering air temperature, entering water temperature, leaving air temperature and leaving water temperature.

3. Cooling or Dehumidification Coil Testing: a. Adjust system as required to achieve design flow conditions for both air and water sides of coil. b. Measure and record airflow rate, water flow rate, entering air dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures, entering water temperature, leaving air dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures and leaving water temperature.

B. Balancing Log Report Requirements:

1. Include narrative description for each system explaining TAB methodology and assumptions used. Clearly identify test conditions for tests performed. Include control setpoint. 2. Log and record operational information from every test for each system, as necessary to accomplish services described. 3. Include equipment data for units tested. 4. Include reduced set of HVAC Drawings or system schematic diagrams with each element uniquely identified and indexed to balance log. 5. Indicate recorded site values, and velocity and mass correction factors used to provide equivalent standard air quantities. 6. Include separate section in log, if necessary, describing operating difficulties in air or water systems that could not be eliminated by specified procedures. Identify these problems by system and location within building; include outline or summary of condition and its effect on building, and describe corrective actions attempted and recommended.

C. Quality Control Verification:

1. After adjustments have been completed and balance logs submitted, balancing and testing agency shall be available to demonstrate the following: a. Air and water balancing procedures and verification of test results. b. Perform spot tests on a maximum of 20 percent of total diffusers and grilles, on all air handling units, on all HVAC equipment that serves the laboratory, and on 20 percent of total water balance fittings, with measuring equipment used in original tests, at random points selected by Owner. c. Results of these spot tests shall agree with balance logs within plus or minus 10 percent. Where this accuracy cannot be verified, rebalance portions of system as requested by Owner. d. At completion of rebalance procedures, perform another spot test if required to verify results.

3.05 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following "End of Section," contain information required to perform the work described and are attached to this specification as reference documents.

1. Record Division 15 and Division 17 HVAC Specifications for Buildings L, M, and O. 2. Record HVAC Drawings for Buildings L, M, and O. 3. Record Standard Details for Buildings L, M, and O.

END OF SECTION

Loudoun Water Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Contract 4, Divisions 15 + 17

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15056 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 359-A-1, Special Colors. 2. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Regulations. 3. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC): 146.1, Semiconductor Converters. 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): a. 112, Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. b. 444, Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for Motor Drives Part I – Converters for DC Motor Armature Supplies. c. 519, Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems. d. C62.41, Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. 5. National Electric Code (NEC). 6. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA): a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum). b. CP 1, Shunt Capacitors. c. ICS 7.1, Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation and Operation of Adjustable Speed Drive Systems. d. MG 1, Motors and Generators. e. WC 57, Standard for Control Cables. 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery. 8. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. This section includes variable speed motor controls referred to as Adjustable Frequency Drives (AFD); also known as Variable Frequency Drives (VFD), Variable Speed Drives (VSD), and Adjustable Speed Drives (ASD).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 1 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

B. The following is a list of terms that may be used in this section:

1. AC: Alternating Current 2. AFD: Adjustable Frequency Drive. 3. CMOS: Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor. 4. DC: Direct Current. 5. EMI: Electro-Magnetic Interference. 6. FLA: Full Load Amps. 7. LCD: Liquid Crystal Display. 8. MPR: Motor Protection Relay. 9. MTBF: Mean Time Between Failure. 10. PID: Proportional, Integral, and Differential. 11. PWM: Pulse Width Modulation. 12. RFI: Radio Frequency Interference. 13. RTD: Resistance Temperature Detector. 14. Rated Load: Load specified for equipment. 15. Rated Speed: Nominal rated (100 percent) speed specified for equipment. 16. THVD: Total Harmonic Voltage Distortion.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals:

1. Shop Drawings: a. Wiring diagrams, front and side views of enclosures, overall dimensions, conduit entrance locations and requirements, nameplate legends, and enclosure details. b. Data sheets showing voltage, ratings and size of switching and over-current protective devices, short circuit ratings, and weights.

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: a. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements. b. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of adjustable speed drive.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. AFD and all associated equipment shall be UL Listed and labeled, in accordance with UL 508C, Power Conversion Equipment.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 2 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

B. AFD shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with NEMA, NEC, and IEC standards.

C. Harmonics Mitigation:

1. AFD shall meet requirements of IEEE 519. 2. Furnish isolating transformers or series reactors, harmonic filters, or other devices necessary for proper system operation. 3. Furnish necessary devices and circuits to prevent operation of one drive from adversely affecting operation of other drives supplied from same transformer or same bus. 4. When isolation transformers are used, design to meet K-factor requirements of drive(s) connected.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. All AFD’s required for HVAC systems shall be furnished under Division 17 as assigned under separate Contract. See Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS – GENERAL.

B. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site, under provisions of Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT.

C. Accept AFD on site in original packing. Inspect for damage.

D. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping, or provide additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover, to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.

E. Handle carefully, in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, to avoid damage to components, enclosure, and finish.

1.6 SPECIAL GUARANTEE

A. Provide manufacturer’s extended guarantee or warranty, with OWNER named as beneficiary, in writing, as special guarantee. Special guarantee shall provide for correction, or at the option of the OWNER, removal and replacement of Work specified in this Specification section found defective during a period of 3 years after the date of Substantial Completion. Duties and obligations for correction or removal and replacement of defective Work shall be as specified in the General Conditions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Components and accessories specified in this section shall be products of:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 3 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1. Robicon. 2. ABB. 3. Reliance Electric. 4. Yaskawa (Magnetek). 5. Graham. 6. AC Technology Corporation.

2.2 SUPPLEMENTS

A. Refer to equipment data sheets elsewhere in the Division 15, MECHANICAL, specifications for AFD sizes, capacities and quantities.

2.3 SERVICE CONDITIONS

A. Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 degrees F to 104 degrees F (0 degrees C to 40 degrees C).

B. Storage Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F to 158 degrees F.

C. Humidity: 0 to 95 percent relative (noncondensing).

D. Altitude: 0 to 3,300 feet.

E. Frequency Stability: Plus or minus 0.1 percent of maximum frequency.

2.4 COMPONENTS

A. Ratings:

1. AC Line Voltage Variation: Minus 10 percent to plus 10 percent. 2. AC Line Frequency Variation: Minus 3 Hz to Plus 3 Hz. 3. Minimum Efficiency: 97 percent drive efficiency at full speed, full load. 4. Starting Torque: 100 percent starting torque shall be available from 0.5 Hz to 60 Hz. 5. Overload Capability: 120 percent of rated FLA for 60 seconds; 180 percent of rated FLA, instantaneously. 6. Displacement Power Factor: Not less than 0.98 lagging, under any speed or load condition. 7. Motor Audible Noise Level: When operating throughout speed range of PWM AFD, no more than 3 dB(A) above that designated in NEMA MG 1 for same motor operated at constant speed with 60 Hz supply voltage. 8. AFD must meet requirements for RFI above 7 MHz as specified by FCC regulations, Part 15, Subpart J, Class A Devices. 9. In compliance with IEEE 519, the THVD for AFD shall be no greater than 5 percent, not including pre-existing conditions. When THVD is

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 4 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

above 5 percent, supplier of AFD shall provide a dc bus choke or line reactors to ensure compliance 10. AFD must have a minimum short circuit rating of 65k amps RMS without additional input fusing.

B. Design:

1. Transform ac input power into frequency and voltage controlled three-phase output power suitable to provide positive speed and torque control to standard induction motor. 2. Employ a PWM inverter system, consisting of: a. Input Section: 1) AFD input power stage shall convert three-phase ac line power into a constant dc voltage via a solid state three-phase full wave diode bridge rectifier, with MOV protection. 2) Shall be insensitive to phase rotation of ac line. b. Intermediate Section: 1) dc bus as a supply to AFD Output Section shall maintain fixed voltage with filtering and short circuit protection. 2) dc Bus shall be interfaced with AFD diagnostic logic circuit, for continuous monitoring and protection of power components. 3) Furnish series choke and capacitors on dc bus to reduce ripple in rectifier output and to reduce harmonic distortion reflected into incoming power feeders. c. Output Section: 1) Microprocessor-controlled PWM inverter to convert dc voltage to variable voltage, adjustable frequency three-phase ac output. 2) Inverter shall be isolated from all power circuits. 3) Output voltage shall vary proportionally with frequency to maintain a constant ratio of volts to hertz up to 60-Hz. 4) Above 60-Hz, voltage shall remain constant, with AFD operating in a constant horsepower output mode. 5) Output shall be PWM sine coded. 6) Variable frequency power and logic unit shall be solid state. d. Drive operation shall be stepless. e. Shall not induce voltage line notching back to utility line. 3. The AFD shall have an “underload function” as an integral part of the controller. If the fan or pump serviced by the AFD breaks a belt or drive coupling, the underload alarm shall send a digital alarm signal to the local HVAC Control Panel (HCP).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 5 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

C. Signal Interface:

1. Analog Inputs: VFD shall include two independent remote reference inputs. a. One shall be 0 to 10 V dc. b. The other shall be programmable for either 0 – 10 V dc or 4 to 20 mA. c. Either input shall respond to a programmable bias and gain. 2. Digital Inputs: a. VFD shall include a minimum of five multi-function input terminals, capable of being programmed to determine the function when their state is changed. b. These terminals shall provide up to 30 functions, including, but not limited to: 1) Remote/local operation selection. 2) Detection of external fault condition. 3) Remote reset. 4) Multi-step speed commands. c. VFD shall provide terminals for remote contacts, to allow starting in the automatic mode. d. VFD shall include at least one external fault input, which shall be programmable for a normally open or normally closed contact. These terminals can be used for connection to items such as firestats and freezestats. 3. Analog Outputs: a. VFD shall include a 0 to 10V dc analog output for monitoring, or “speed tracking” VFD. b. The 0 to 10V dc analog output signal will be proportional to output frequency, output current, output power, or dc bus voltage. 4. Digital Outputs: a. VFD shall include one fully rated form “A” contact and one fully rated form “C” contact, capable of being programmed to determine what conditions must be met in order for them to change state. b. These contacts shall be rated for at least 1amp at 250 V ac. c. These relays shall provide up to 18 functions, including, but not limited to: 1) Speed agree detection. 2) Low and high frequency detection. 3) Missing frequency reference detection. 4) Over-torque/under-torque detection. 5) Drive running. 6) Drive faulted.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 6 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

D. Enclosure:

1. NEMA 250, Type 12 enclosure, gasketed, freestanding, enclosure for mounting against wall, completely front accessible, and hinged doors. 2. Properly sized to dissipate heat generated by controller within limits of specified operating conditions (including ambient temperature and ambient airflow). 3. Top and bottom conduit knockouts. 4. Circuit breaker disconnect with provision for locking in OFF position with a padlock. 5. Alphanumeric keypad and display, and operator’s controls. 6. User terminals for power and control connections. 7. Temperature controlled forced ventilation to cool AFD with air at maximum room ambient temperature of 104 degrees F. 8. All enclosure and heat-sink fans shall be readily accessible and not require removal of the AFD power converter. 9. Factory Finishing a. Primer: Rust-inhibiting coating. b. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard baked enamel finish.

E. Drive Protection:

1. Loss of input signal protection, with a speed default to 80 percent of most recent speed. 2. No damage shall occur to AFD while under load if output disconnect is open. 3. Electronic thermal overload protection for both drive and motor. 4. Ground fault protection, AFD, and motor. 5. Over-current, instantaneous over-current trip. 6. dc under-voltage protection, 70 percent dropout. 7. dc over-voltage protection, 130 percent pickup. 8. Over-temperature, drive, inverter, converter, and dc link components. 9. Over-temperature, motor, and pump. 10. Single-phase protection. 11. Reset over-current protection (manual or automatic reset). 12. Active current limit/torque limit protection. 13. Semiconductor fault protection. 14. Short-circuit/ground fault protection. 15. Serial communication fault protection. 16. Microprocessor fault. 17. Surge protection for transient over-voltage (6,000 V, 80 J surge, tested per IEEE C62.41). 18. Visual display of specific fault conditions.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 7 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

F. Operational Features:

1. System Operation: a. When in HAND mode, drive output frequency shall be normally controlled either by increase or decrease pushbuttons on drive keypad. Also, hand mode shall have an additional contact for ahu’s and ef’s which will send signal confirming hand position to HCP. HCP initiates typical hand operation sequence. b. When in AUTO mode, drive output frequency shall be controlled by a 0 to 10 V dc signal, 4 to 20 mA signal, or faster/slower floating point contacts, or preset speed. c. PID set point may be changed with the keypad or from a remote 0 to 10 V dc signal or 4 to 20 mA signal. 2. Manufacturer’s standard features, unless otherwise indicated: a. Sustained power loss. b. Momentary power loss. c. Power interruption. d. Power loss ride through of 2 seconds. e. Start on the fly. f. Stall protection. g. Slip compensation. h. Automatic restart after power return (ability to enable/disable function). i. Critical frequency lockout (three selectable points minimum, by 1.5-Hz steps in 10-Hz bands, to prevent resonance of system). j. Integral Underload Function: If fan or pump serviced by AFD is to lose a belt or coupling, the “underload” feature shall initiate a failure alarm. 3. AFD maintenance system software for complete programming and diagnostics. 4. Operate with no motor connected to output terminals. 5. Carrier frequency: a. Minimum of six settings to allow adjustment in field. b. At or above 5 kHz without de-rating to satisfy conditions for current, voltage, and horsepower. 6. Factory settings for all parameters, and capability for those settings to be reset. 7. Capability to adjust the following functions, while AFD is running: a. Forward/Reverse direction. b. Acceleration adjustment from 0 to 3600 seconds. c. Deceleration adjustment from 0 to 3600 seconds. d. Minimum of six different preset speeds. 8. Analog output gain, to calibrate signal for the application used.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 8 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

G. Diagnostics: Comprehensive for drive adjustment and troubleshooting:

1. Memory Battery Backup: 100 hours, minimum, during a power loss. 2. Status messages will not stop drive from running, but will prevent it from starting. 3. Fault Condition Messages and History: First fault protection function to be activated, ability to store six successive fault occurrences in order. 4. Minimum Faults Numerically: a. Over-current (time and instantaneous). b. Over-voltage. c. Under-voltage (dc and ac). d. Over-temperature (drive, motor windings, motor bearing, pump/fan bearing). e. Serial communication fault. f. Short-circuit/ground fault (motor and drive). g. Motor stalled. h. Semiconductor fault. i. Microprocessor fault. j. Single-phase voltage condition.

H. Operator Interface:

1. AFD shall include a front mounted, sealed keypad operator, with an English language illuminated LCD display. 2. Operator shall provide complete programming, operating, monitoring, and diagnostic capability. 3. Keys provided shall include commands for RUN, STOP, and RESET. 4. Provide local-remote pushbutton to conveniently switch between “local” and “remote “ modes. 5. AFD display shall provide readouts of output frequency in hertz, output voltage in volts, output current in amps, output power in kilowatts, dc bus voltage in volts, interface terminal status, and fault codes. 6. Displays shall be viewed in easy-to-read illuminated LCD with English language as standard.

I. Additional Features:

1. Factory installed disconnect. 2. Provide over-current protection for drive in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements. 3. Current Limiting Input Fusing: Fast-acting semiconductor fuses for protection of AFD semiconductor devices. 4. ac input line reactors. 5. RFI/EMI input filters.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 9 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

J. Serial Communication Interface: RS232/RS 485, compatible with HVAC control system. Refer to Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

A. Equipment Identification Plates: Furnish 16-gauge stainless steel identification plate securely mounted on each separate equipment component and control panel in a readily visible location. Plate shall bear 3/8-inch high engraved block type black enamel filled equipment identification number and letters indicated in this Specification.

B. Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.

2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Conduct in-circuit testing of printed circuit boards to insure proper mounting and correct value of all components.

B. Final printed circuit board assemblies shall be functionally tested, via computerized test equipment. Tests and acceptance criteria shall be preprogrammed. Test results shall be stored as detailed quality assurance data.

C. Fully assembled controls shall be functionally tested with fully loaded induction motors.

D. Inspect and production test, under load, each completed AFD assembly.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Drives shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation.

B. Startup and testing shall be performed under supervision of manufacturer’s representative.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15056 10 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15120 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): 112, Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. MG 1-12.53a, Motors and Generators. b. NEMA 250. 5. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals:

1. Shop Drawings: a. Complete specifications, descriptive drawings, catalog cuts, and descriptive literature including make, model, dimensions, weight of equipment, and electrical schematics, for products specified.

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Recommended procedures for protection and handling of equipment and materials prior to installation. 2. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance for the energy efficient motors. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data: As specified in Section 01430, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SUPPLEMENTS

A. See supplements to this section for additional product information.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15120 1 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.2 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES

A. Diaphragm Expansion Tank:

1. Steel diaphragm type with heavy-duty butyl rubber bladder. 2. ASME rated for 240 degrees F working temperature and 125 psi working pressure. 3. For performance and capacity, see Hydronic Expansion Tanks Supplement at the end of this Section. 4. Manufacturers and Product: a. Amtrol. b. Bell & Gossett. c. Taco.

B. Pot Feeder: Bypass feeder for injecting chemical treatment into closed loop systems.

1. Feeder Working Pressure: 150 psi. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Aqua-Serv; Type AV, 5-gallon capacity. b. Neptune; Model VS-BF, 5-gallon capacity.

C. Pressure and Temperature Test Plug:

1. Brass body. 2. 1/4-inch NPT. 3. Removable threaded brass protective cap. 4. Dual neoprene core rated for 200 degrees F. 5. Manufacturer and Product: Sisco; Model BNE-025.

D. Air Separator:

1. Full-line size (2 inches and larger), with strainer. 2. Tangential construction. 3. Steel tank with stainless steel collector tube. 4. ASME constructed for 125 psig operating pressure. 5. Blowdown connection. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. Bell & Gossett; Rolairtrol. b. Taco; 400 Series. c. Spirotherm; Spirovent.

E. Automatic Air Vent: Brass body with nonferrous internals.

1. Manufacturers and Products: For 150 psig maximum operating pressure and 240 degrees F maximum operating temperature. a. Hoffman; No. 78. b. Bell & Gossett; No. 87.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15120 2 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Manufacturers and Products: For 35 psig maximum working pressure and 230 degrees F maximum operating temperature. a. Hoffman; No. 77. b. Bell & Gossett; No. 67.

F. Manual Air Vents: Brass body with nonferrous internals.

1. Maximum Operating Pressure: 150 psig. 2. Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 degrees F. 3. Manufacturer and Product: Bell & Gossett; No. 4V.

G. Pressure Relief Valve:

1. ASME rated. 2. Bronze body. 3. EPDM diaphragm. 4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F. 5. Maximum Operating Pressure: 125 psig. 6. Relief Pressure: 30 psig. 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. Bell & Gossett; Type 790 or 1170. b. Taco; No. 321.

H. Differential Pressure Relief Valve:

1. Modulating relief type. 2. Cast iron body. 3. Bronze trim. 4. Bronze with stainless steel pilot operator. 5. 5 to 30 psi spring range. 6. 300 psi working pressure. 7. Adjustable pressure setting. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. Cash Acme; Type FR. b. Cashco; Type BQ.

I. Pressure Reducing Valve:

1. 3/4-inch cast iron body. 2. Brass mounted. 3. Integral strainer and antisiphon check valve. 4. Factory Pressure Setting: 12 psig with adjustable range of 8 to 25 psig. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Bell & Gossett; No. 12. b. Taco; No. 329.

J. Automatic Glycol Feed System:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15120 3 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1. The automatic glycol feed system shall monitor hydronic system pressure. When the hydronic system pressure drops below a set pressure, indicating loss of fluid, the feed system shall pump glycol solution into the hydronic system as required to bring the hydronic system pressure back to pressure set point. 2. The system shall be a fully automatic system that includes one pump for each hydronic loop served, controls, glycol tank, stand and all other devices as required for a complete and functional stand alone system. 3. Single loop system. 4. Industrial grade polyethylene glycol storage tank with cover, minimum tank size 50 gallon. 5. Painted steel stand. 6. One pump for each hydronic system served each rated at minimum 1.3 gpm at 100 psi. 7. Drain valve. 8. Y-strainer at each pump inlet, check valve at each pump outlet. 9. Pump isolation valves. 10. Pressure gauge for each hydronic system served. 11. Pressure relief valve with recirculation piping for each hydronic system served. Design pressure relief pressure 30 psi. 12. Design system working pressure at glycol makeup connection 15 psig. 13. Controls: a. NEMA 1 control panel enclosure. b. Factory prewired. c. Low tank level cutoff switch that prevents pump operation when tank level is low. Dry contact for low tank level alarm signal to HVAC control system. d. Adjustable pressure switch for each hydronic system served. Cut in, cut out, and pressure differential as required for the system to function effectively at the system pressure specified. e. Main power switch and ON light. f. HAND/OFF/AUTO switch for each pump. g. Low level alarm indicating light. 14. Single point power connection. 15. Voltage: 115-volt, 60-Hz. 16. Manufacturers and Products: a. Pulsafeeder; Model DGF. b. Advantage Controls; Model AGF. c. Neptune; Model G-50. d. Wingert; Model GL50.

2.3 STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECIALTIES

A. Steam Traps, Low Pressure Float and Thermostatic Type:

1. Removable brass float valve mechanism. 2. Stainless steel seat and plunger.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15120 4 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3. Size to pass condensate at 1/4 psig differential. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Dunham-Bush; Type 40. b. Armstrong; Type L.

B. Steam Traps, Low Pressure Thermostatic Type:

1. Removable stainless steel seat and plunger. 2. Size to pass condensate at 1/4 psig differential. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Dunham-Bush; Model E. b. Armstrong; Type TTF.

C. Strainers:

1. Iron body with monel mesh screen. 2. Suitable for 125 psig steam pressure. 3. Tapping for blowdown connection. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Mueller; No. 11. b. Armstrong; Type AISC-1.

D. Steam Vacuum Breaker: For 150 psig maximum operating pressure.

1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Hoffman; No. 62. b. Bell & Gossett; No. 26.

E. Steam Air Vent: For 10 psig maximum operating pressure.

1. Manufacturer and Product: Hoffman; No. 75H.

2.4 HEATING AND CHILLED WATER, HEATING GLYCOL PUMPS

A. Centrifugal Type Pipeline Mounted Pump:

1. Resiliently mounted horizontal or vertical motor. 2. Cast iron pump casing fitted with companion flanges for line mounting of the entire unit. 3. Gauge tappings. 4. Bronze fitted with bronze enclosed impeller. 5. Mechanical shaft seal. 6. Single-phase motors to have automatic reset thermal overload protection. 7. Construct for 175 psig working pressure. 8. Capacity: As indicated in Supplements. 9. Manufacturers: a. Bell & Gossett.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15120 5 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Taco.

B. Centrifugal Type Base Mounted Pump:

1. Flexible coupling drive. 2. Steel base mounted, with anchor bolts and template. 3. Vertical split-case end suction construction. 4. Enclosed impeller. 5. Bronze fitted. 6. Renewable bronze wear rings. 7. Mechanical shaft seal. 8. Oil-lubricated ball bearings. 9. Motor: a. 1,800 rpm. b. Drip-proof. c. Oil-lubricated ball bearings. 10. Bearings and impeller removable without disturbing piping. 11. Bearing assembly interchangeable with several pump sizes. 12. Furnish removable coupling shield. 13. Construct for 125 psig working pressure. 14. Capacity: As indicated in Supplements. 15. Manufacturers: a. Bell & Gossett. b. Goulds.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

B. Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.

C. Anchor Bolts: Galvanized, sized by equipment manufacturer, and as specified in Section 05500, METAL FABRICATIONS AND CASTINGS.

2.6 FINISHES

A. Manufacturers’ standard.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 BASE MOUNTED PUMPS

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written directions.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15120 6 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

B. Concrete Bases:

1. Mount pump and driver on concrete base. 2. Base Size: Minimum 3 inches wider and longer than the pump and driver base in accordance with details shown. 3. Anchor securely in place.

C. Leveling Pump Base:

1. Level base using steel wedges (steel plates and steel shims). 2. Wedge Taper: Maximum 1/4 inch per foot. 3. Use double wedges to provide level bearing surface for the pump and driver base. 4. Secure each pair of wedges in their final positions with one tack weld on each side after leveling is complete. 5. Prevent change of level or springing of baseplate when anchor bolts are tightened.

D. Pump Assembly Adjustments:

1. Properly align, plumb, and level driving units with driven units and interconnecting shafts and couplings. 2. Flexible couplings shall not compensate for misalignment. 3. Eliminate strain from attaching piping to pumps. 4. Correct pump or driver misalignment, noisy operation, or other signs of improper setting.

E. After pump and driver have been set in position, aligned, and shimmed to proper elevation, grout space between bottom of baseplate and concrete foundation, as specified in Section 03600, GROUT.

3.2 ACCESS AND CLEARANCE CONSIDERATIONS

A. Obstructions: Drawings do not attempt to show exact details of piping. Anticipate and work around obstructions.

B. Cover piping installed across aisles or other main access walkways with a protective checkered plate steel ramp, pitched a maximum of 2:12 to allow safe wheeled or foot traffic, and paint with a prime coat and two finish coats of Safety Yellow. Support ramp from the floor, and do not rest ramp directly on pipe.

C. Install specialties with suitable access clearances for maintenance or removal of replaceable components. Provide necessary couplings or flanges to maintain or remove specialties without removing connecting appurtenances.

D. Do not install water or steam piping immediately over or within a 3-foot horizontal clearance of any electrical panel, motor starter, or Environmental

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15120 7 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Control Panel (ECP). Where piping must be located within these zones, install piping inside a PVC conduit or shield the electrical device to protect it from direct water access.

E. Provide an alternate safe means of access where equipment requiring periodic maintenance cannot be reached by walkways because of substitution of equipment or interference with ductwork, piping, or other mechanical conflicts resulting from construction. These may include:

1. Overhead platform with stairway or ladder access and safety railings or handholds. 2. Walk-through duct plenums with hinged access doors. 3. Other means as necessary to meet OSHA Standards for safe maintenance procedures.

3.3 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING

A. Cleanup:

1. Thoroughly clean all parts of the installation and remove refuse material at completion of the Work. 2. Check belt-drive tensions and alignments. 3. Lubricate motors and bearings in accordance with manufacturer’s service manuals prior to equipment startup.

B. Repair Work: Perform repair work of existing facilities affected by mechanical work performed under this section. Include such items as:

1. Replacement of ceiling tiles or plaster removed or damaged for access to ceiling. 2. Patching walls and ceilings for piping and ductwork penetrations. 3. Repair of concrete or asphalt paving removed for pipe access. 4. Other repairs due to extension and remodeling of existing mechanical systems.

3.4 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” are a part of this Specification.

1. Maintenance Building – M, Base-Mounted Pump HWP-M-1101, 1102 Data Sheet. 2. Maintenance Building – M, Base-Mounted Pump HGP-M-1001, 1002 Data Sheet. 3. Maintenance Building – M, Base-Mounted Pump CHWP-M-1401, 1402 Data Sheet. 4. Maintenance Building – M, Base-Mounted Pump CHWP-M-1411, 1412 Data Sheet.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15120 8 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

5. Maintenance Building – M, Hydronic Expansion Tanks Data Sheet. 6. Laboratory Building – L, In-Line Pump HRP-L-1001 Data Sheet.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15120 9 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15120: MAINTENANCE BUILDING - M BASE-MOUNTED PUMP HWP-M-1101, 1102 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: Boiler Room Service: Heating Water Service

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Bell & Gosset Series 1531, 2BC

Closed Coupled Pump: X Flexible Coupled End-Suction Pump:

Fluid: Water

Pump Capacity: 140 GPM

Total Dynamic Head: 80 Feet

Motor Horsepower: 7.5 HP @ 1750 RPM 460/3 Volts/Phase

Brake Horsepower: 4.2 HP Efficiency: 69 %

NPSHR: 5.1 Feet

Impeller Size: 9 Inches

Suction Size: 2.5 Inches

Discharge Size: 2 Inches

Bronze Fitted: X All Iron: All Bronze: Stainless Steel:

Standard Mechanical Seal: X Stuffing Box Construction:

OPTIONS

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 DATA SHEET 15120-01 1 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15120: MAINTENANCE BUILDING - M BASE-MOUNTED PUMP HGP-M-1001, 1002 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: Boiler Room Service: Heating Glycol Service

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Bell & Gosset Series 1531, 2-1/2BB

Closed Coupled Pump: X Flexible Coupled End-Suction Pump:

Fluid: 35% Propylene Glycol

Pump Capacity: 230 GPM

Total Dynamic Head: 80 Feet

Motor Horsepower: 10 HP @ 1750 RPM 460/3 Volts/Phase

Brake Horsepower: 6.2 HP Efficiency: 75 %

NPSHR: 7 Feet

Impeller Size: 9.25 Inches

Suction Size: 3 Inches

Discharge Size: 2.5 Inches

Bronze Fitted: X All Iron: All Bronze: Stainless Steel:

Standard Mechanical Seal: X Stuffing Box Construction:

OPTIONS

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 DATA SHEET 15120-02 1 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F. ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15120: MAINTENANCE BUILDING - M BASE-MOUNTED PUMP CHWP-M-1401, 1402 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: Chiller Room Service: Chilled Water Primary Loop

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Bell & Gosset Series 1531, 4E

Closed Coupled Pump: Flexible Coupled End-Suction Pump: X

Fluid: Water

Pump Capacity: 360 400 GPM

Total Dynamic Head: 35 Feet

Motor Horsepower: 5 HP @ 1150 RPM 460/3 Volts/Phase

Brake Horsepower:4.0 4.3 HP Efficiency: 80 %

NPSHR: 4 Feet

Impeller Size: 10 10.25 Inches

Suction Size: 5 Inches

Discharge Size: 4 Inches

Bronze Fitted: X All Iron: All Bronze: Stainless Steel:

Standard Mechanical Seal: X Stuffing Box Construction:

OPTIONS

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 DATA SHEET 15120-03 (per Addendum No. 1) 1 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15120: MAINTENANCE BUILDING - M BASE-MOUNTED PUMP CHWP-M-1411, 1412 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: Chiller Room Service: Chilled Water Plant Secondary Loop

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Bell & Gosset Series 1531, 3BC

Closed Coupled Pump: Flexible Coupled End-Suction Pump: X

Fluid: Water

Pump Capacity: 350 390 GPM

Total Dynamic Head: 70 Feet

Motor Horsepower: 15 HP @ 1750 RPM 460/3 Volts/Phase

Brake Horsepower:7.5 9.0 HP Efficiency: 77 78 %

NPSHR: 5.1 Feet

Impeller Size: 8.75 Inches

Suction Size: 4 Inches

Discharge Size: 3 Inches

Bronze Fitted: X All Iron: All Bronze: Stainless Steel:

Standard Mechanical Seal: X Stuffing Box Construction:

OPTIONS

REMARKS 1. Inverter Duty Motor. 2. AFD Drive. See Section 17900.

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 DATA SHEET 15120-04 (per Addendum No. 1) 1 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F. ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15120: MAINTENANCE BUILDING - M HYDRONIC EXPANSION TANKS DATA SHEET

SYMBOL LOCATION SERVICE MINIMUM MINIMUM AIR DESIGN BASIS MAXIMUM MAX REMARKS TANK ACCEPTANCE PRESSURE MFR SERIES MODEL SIZE OPER VOLUME VOLUME CHARGE DIA x HEIGHT WGT (GAL) (GAL) (PSI) (IN x IN) (LB) ET-M-1001 BOILER ROOM GLYCOL HEATING 158 138.8 12 Bell & Gossett D D-260V 30 X 60.5 1904 ET-M-1101 BOILER ROOM. HOT WATER 132 116.8 12 Bell & Gossett D D-240V 30 X 54 1558 ET-M-1401 CHILLER ROOM CHILLED WATER SUPPLY 33.6 11 20 Bell & Gossett D D-60V 16 x 45 425 ET-M-1501 CHILLER ROOM CONDENSOR WATER LOOP 33.6 11 20 Bell & Gossett D D-60V 16 x 45 425 ET-M-1502 CHILLER ROOM CONDENSOR WATER LOOP 33.6 11 20 Bell & Gossett D D-60V 16 x 45 425

REMARKS: 1. PERFORMANCE REFLECTS 35% PROPYLENE GLYCOL SOLUTION.

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 DATA SHEET 15120-05 1 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15120: LABORATORY BUILDING - L IN-LINE PUMP HRP-L-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: Mechanical Room Service:

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Bell & Gossett Series 1531 Size 4 AC Size 3BC

Closed Coupled Pump: X Flexible Coupled End-Suction Pump:

Fluid: Propylene Glycol

Pump Capacity: 300 310 GPM

Total Dynamic Head: 44 50 Feet

Motor Horsepower: 7.5 HP @ 1750 RPM 460/3 Volts/Phase

Brake Horsepower:5.1 5.2 HP Efficiency: 67.6 75 %

NPSHR: 5.75 5.0 Feet

Impeller Size: 6.75 7.5 Inches

Suction Size: 5 4 Inches

Discharge Size: 4 3 Inches

Bronze Fitted: X All Iron: All Bronze: Stainless Steel:

Standard Mechanical Seal: X Stuffing Box Construction:

OPTIONS

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 DATA SHEET 15120-06 (per Addendum No. 1) 1 HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15202 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The work of this section includes providing valves, actuators and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. B16.1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. b. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 2. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE): 1011, Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A276, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. b. A351/A351M, Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferric (Duplex), for Pressure-Containing Parts. c. A564/A564M, Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. d. B61, Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. e. B62, Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. f. B98/B98M, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes. g. B127, Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip. h. B139, Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Rod, Bar and Shapes. i. B164, Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire. j. B194, Standard Specification for Copper-Beryllium Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar. k. B584, Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. l. D429, Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property-Adhesion to Rigid Substrates.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 1 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

m. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C500-02, Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. b. C504-00, Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. c. C508-93, Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 in. (50 mm) through 24 in. (600 mm) NPS. d. C509-01, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. e. C510-97, Double Check Valve, Backflow Prevention Assembly. f. C511-92, Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly. g. C540-02, Power-Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates. h. C550-01, Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. i. C606-97, Grooved and Shouldered Joints. j. C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 5. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS): a. SP-81, Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged Knife Gate Valves. b. SP-88, Diaphragm Type Valves.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals:

1. Shop Drawings: a. Product data sheets for make and model. b. Complete catalog information, descriptive literature, specifications, and identification of materials of construction. c. Power and control wiring diagrams, including terminals and numbers. d. Complete motor nameplate data. e. Sizing calculations for open-close/throttle and modulating.

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Certificate of Compliance for: a. Electric operators; full compliance with AWWA C540. b. Butterfly valves; full compliance with AWWA C504. 2. Tests and inspection data. 3. Manufacturers’ Certificate of Proper Installation. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data as specified in Section 01430, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 2 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Valves for W1 and SS service material and installation shall be as specified by LCSA Approved Products List.

B. Additional requirements relative to this section are shown on Supplements.

C. All valves to include operator, actuator, handwheel, chain wheel, extension stem, floor stand, worm and gear operator, operating nut, chain, wrench, and accessories as applicable for a complete operation.

D. Valve to be suitable for intended service. Renewable parts not to be of a lower quality than specified.

E. Valve same size as adjoining pipe unless otherwise shown.

F. Valve ends to suit adjacent piping.

G. Size operator to operate valve for the full range of pressures and velocities.

H. Valve to open by turning counterclockwise.

I. Factory mount operator, actuator, and accessories.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Bronze and brass valve components and accessories that have surfaces in contact with water to be alloys containing less than 16 percent zinc and 2 percent aluminum.

1. Approved alloys are of the following ASTM designations: B61, B62, B98/B98M (Alloy UNS No. C65100, C65500, or C66100), B139 (Alloy UNS No. C51000), B584 (Alloy UNS No. C90300 or C94700), B164, B194, and B127. 2. Stainless steel Alloy 18-8 may be substituted for bronze.

2.3 VALVES

A. Gate Valves:

1. Type V100 Gate Valve 3 Inches and Smaller: All-bronze, screwed bonnet, single solid wedge gate, nonrising stem, rated 125-pound SWP, 200-pound WOG.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 3 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

a. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; B103, threaded end. 2) Crane; 438, threaded end. 3) Stockham; B104, soldered end. 4) Crane; 1324, soldered end. 2. Type V108 Gate Valve 2 Inches and Larger: Iron body, bronze mounted, flanged ends, solid wedge gate, nonrising bronze stem, rated 125-pound SWP, 200-pound WOG. a. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; Figure G612. 2) Walworth; 8719F. 3) Crane; Figure No. 461. 3. Type V110 Gate Valve 2 Inches and Larger: Iron body, bronze mounted, flanged ends, solid wedge gate, outside screw and yoke, rated 125-pound SWP, 200-pound WOG. a. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; Figure G623. 2) Walworth; Figure 8726F. 3) Crane; Figure No. 465-1/2. 4. Type V120 Gate Valve 3 Inches to 48 Inches for Water Service: a. AWWA C500. b. Iron body, bronze mounted, flanged ends, double disc gate, nonrising bronze stem. c. Working Water Pressure: 1) 3 inches through 12 inches: 200 psi. 2) 14 inches and larger: 150 psi. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) American Flow Control. 2) Kennedy Valve. 3) Mueller. 4) M&H. 5. Type V122 Gate Valve 3 Inches to 48 Inches for Buried Water Service: a. AWWA C500. b. Iron body, bronze mounted, flanged ends, double disc gate, nonrising bronze stem and O-ring sealed stuffing box. c. Working Water Pressure: 1) 3 inches through 12 inches: 200 psi. 2) 14 inches and larger: 150 psi. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) American Flow Control. 2) Kennedy Valve. 3) Mueller. 4) M&H.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 4 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

6. Type V130 Resilient Seated Gate Valve, 3 Inches to 20 Inches: a. AWWA C509. b. Iron body, resilient seat, bronze mounted, ANSI Class 125 flanged ends, nonrising stem, handwheel operator, full port, fusion-epoxy coated inside and outside per AWWA C550. c. Working Water Pressure: 1) 2 inches through 12 inches: 200 psi. 2) 16 inches through 20 inches: 150 psi. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) M&H Valve; AWWA C509. 2) U.S. Pipe; Metroseal. 7. Type V132 Resilient Seated Gate Valve, 2 Inches to 20 Inches, for Buried Water Service: a. AWWA C509. b. Iron body, resilient seat, bronze mounted, mechanical joint ends, nonrising stem, 2-inch operating nut, full port, fusion epoxy coated inside and outside per AWWA C550, NSF Standard 61 certified. c. Design Working Water Pressure: 1) 2 inches through 12 inches: 200 psi. 2) 16 inches and 20 inches: 150 psi. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1. M&H Valve; AWWA C509. 2. American Flow Control, Series 500 or 2500. 3. Kennedy Valve, Model Kenseal II. 8. Type V140 Gate Valve 3/4 Inch to 2 Inches for Fire Protection Service: a. UL Listed and FM Approved, all bronze, solid wedge disc, outside screw and yoke, screwed ends rated 175 pound WOG minimum. b. Supervisory switch, as specified in Section 13930, FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM. Valve supervised in OPEN position so closing results in actuation of alarm. c. Manufacturer and Product: Kennedy; UL/FM. 9. Type V142 Gate Valve 3 Inches to 12 Inches for Fire Protection Service: a. UL listed, iron body, bronze mounted, designed for fire protection service, rising stem, outside screw and yoke, ANSI B16.1 flanged ends, rated 175 pound WOG. b. Double disc type gate, bronze wedge pins, parallel seat, gate stem in bronze bushing through stuffing box. c. Supervisory switch, as specified in Section 13930, FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM. Valve supervised in OPEN position so closing results in actuation of alarm.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 5 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

d. Manufacturer and Product: 1) American - Darling: 52U. 2) Kennedy Valve, Figure 68. 10. Type V144 Indicator Post Valve 4 Inches to 14 Inches: a. UL listed, iron body, bronze mounted, nonrising stem, rated 175 pound WOG, ANSI C111/A21.11 mechanical joint ends. b. Double disc type gate, bronze wedge pins, parallel seat, gate stem sealed with double O-ring pressure and dirt seal. c. Bolted flanged bonnet for mounting indicator post, indicator post to be locking type with an adjustable barrel and weather-sealed indicator window to display OPEN and SHUT positions. d. Furnish with supervisory switch, as specified in Section 13930, FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM. Valve supervised in OPEN position so closing results in actuation of alarm. e. Manufacturer and Product: 1) American Flow Control; IP-71. 2) Kennedy Valve; Model 2945.

B. Globe Valves:

1. Type V200 Globe Valve 3 Inches and Smaller: a. All-bronze, union bonnet, inside screw, rising stem, TFE disc, rated 150-pound SWP, 300-pound WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; B-22T, threaded end. 2) Crane Co.; 7TF, threaded end. 3) Stockham; B-24T, soldered end. 2. Type V201 Angle Pattern Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. All-bronze, screwed ends, union bonnet, inside screw, rising stem, TFE disc, rated 150-pound SWP, 300-pound WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; Figure B-222T. 2) Crane Co.; Cat. No. 17TF. 3. Type V204 Globe Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. All bronze, screwed ends, union bonnet, inside screw, rising stem, plug type disc, replaceable stainless steel plug and seat, rated 150-pound SWP, 300-pound WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Walworth Co.; Figure 3237P. 2) Stockham; B-62. 4. Type V205 Angle Pattern Valve 3 Inches and Smaller: a. All bronze, screwed ends, union bonnet, inside screw, rising stem, plug type disc, replaceable stainless steel plug and seat, rated 300-pound SWP, 300-pound WOG.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 6 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; B266. 2) Milwaukee; 597. 5. Type V207 Globe Valve 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: a. Iron body, bronze mounted, flanged ends, bronze seat, outside screw and yoke, bolted bonnet, rated 125-pound SWP, 200-pound WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; G-512. 2) Milwaukee; F2981M. 6. Type V234 Angle Type Hose Valve 1/2 Inch to 3/4 Inch: a. Bronze, angle sillcock type body, threaded or solder inlet as applicable, pressure rating 125 psi cold water. b. Manufacturer and Product: Nibco; No. 63 or 763. 7. Type V235 Angle Type Hose Valve 3/4 Inch: a. 3/4-inch NPT female inlet, 3/4-inch male hose thread outlet, heavy rough brass body rated 125 psi, lockshield bonnet, removable handle, atmospheric vacuum breaker conforming to ASSE Standard 1011 and IAPMO code. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Acorn; 8126, surface pipe mount valve, bent nose without flange. 2) Acorn; 8121, surface mount through wall valve, bent nose with flange. 3) Acorn; 8131, pipe and pedestal mounted valve located above 6 inches, straightnose. 4) Acorn; 8136, pedestal mounted valve located lower than 6 inches, inverted nose. 8. Type V236 Angle Pattern Hose Valve 1 Inch to 3 Inches: a. All bronze, screwed ends, inside screw, rising stem, TFE disc, outlet of cast brass NHT by NPT, male by male, nipple adapter with hexagonal wrench feature, brass cap with chain, rated 300 pound WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; Figure B-22T. 2) Crane Co.; Cat. No. 7TF. 3) Stockham; Figure B-222T. 4) Crane Co.; Cat. No. 17TF. 5) James Jones Co.; J-300 Series, angle fire hydrant valve with NPT inlet and National Hose thread outlet. 6) ITT Kennedy; Figure 936, angle fire hydrant valve with NPT inlet and National Hose thread outlet.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 7 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

C. Ball Valves:

1. Type V300 Ball Valve 3 Inches and Smaller for General Water and Air Service: a. Two-piece end entry type, bronze body and end piece, hard chrome-plated bronze or brass ball, RTFE seats and packing, blowout-proof stem, zinc-coated steel hand lever operator with vinyl grip, rated 600-pound WOG, 150-pound SWP. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Threaded: a) Milwaukee; BA100. b) Nibco; T-585-70. c) Conbraco Apollo; 70-100. 2) Soldered: a) Milwaukee; BA150. b) Nibco; S-585-70. c) Conbraco Apollo; 70-200. 2. Type V301 Ball Valve 2 Inches and Smaller for Equipment Air System Shutoff: a. Two-piece end entry type, bronze body and end piece, hard chrome-plated bronze or brass ball, RTFE seats and packing, blowout-proof stem, 600WOG, threaded ends, safety exhaust port to exhaust downstream side when valve is in closed position, zinc- coated steel latch-locking handle with vinyl grip. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Milwaukee; BA100ELD. 2) Nibco; T-585-70-SV. 3) Conbraco Apollo; 75-100-41. 3. Type V302 Instrument Air Shutoff Valve 1/8 Inch to 3/4 Inch: a. Stainless steel body ball valve, nylon handle. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Swagelok; 40 Series. 2) Imperial Eastman; Series 200. 4. Type V303 Stainless Steel Ball Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. One-piece, ASTM A276 GR 316 or ASTM A351/A351M GR CF8M stainless steel body reduce bore, stainless steel ball, threaded ends, reinforced PTFE seats, body seal and stem packing, blowout-proof stainless steel stem, stainless steel lever operator with vinyl grip, locking device rated 1,000-pound WOG, 150 psi SWP. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Milwaukee. 2) Nibco. 3) Conbraco Apollo.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 8 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

5. Type V305 Ball Valve 2 Inches and Smaller for Natural Gas and Fuel Oil Service: a. Two-piece bronze or forged brass body and end piece, threaded ends, hard chrome plated brass ball, RTFE seats and seal, blowout-proof stem, zinc-plated hand lever operator with vinyl grip, UL Listed Guide YRPV for natural gas; Guide MHKZ for Fuel Oil, 600 WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Milwaukee; BA-475. 2) Nibco; T-585-70-UL. 3) Conbraco Apollo; 80-100. 6. Type V307 Stainless Steel Ball Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Three-piece, ASTM A276 GR 316 or ASTM A351/A351M GR CF8M stainless steel body and end pieces, full port Type 316 stainless steel ball, threaded ends, reinforced PTFE seats, body seal and stem packing, blowout-proof stainless steel stem, stainless steel lever operator with vinyl grip, rated 1,000-pound WOG, 150 psi SWP. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Milwaukee; 30 Series. 2) Nibco; T-595-S6-R-66-LL. 3) Conbraco Apollo; 86-500 Series. 7. Type 309 Stainless Steel Ball Valve 3-Inch to 4-Inch: a. Type 316 stainless steel body, all wetted parts to be TFE or Type 316 stainless steel. Top-entry type, regular port with locking device and screwed ends rated 100 psig at 400 degrees F. b. Manufacturer and Product: 1) Velan; Type TE-600.

D. Plug Valves:

1. Type V400 Eccentric Plug Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Nonlubricated type rated 175 psig CWP, drip-tight shutoff with pressure from either direction, cast iron body, threaded ends, lever operator, cast iron plug with round or rectangular port, plug coated with Buna-N or Hycar, stem bearing lubricated stainless steel or bronze, stem seal multiple V-rings, or U-cups with O-rings of nitrile rubber. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Ballcentric. 2) DeZurik; Series 100. 3) Keystone; Ballcentric. 2. Type V405 Eccentric Plug Valve 3 Inches to 14 Inches: a. Nonlubricated type rated 175 psig CWP, drip-tight shutoff with pressure from either direction, cast iron body with flanged ends

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 9 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

per ANSI B16.1 or grooved ends in accordance with AWWA C606 for rigid joints, mechanical joint ends for buried valves, unless otherwise shown. b. Plug cast iron with round or rectangular port of no less than 80 percent of connecting pipe area and coated with Buna-N or Hycar, seats welded nickel, stem bearing lubricated stainless steel or bronze, stem seal multiple V-rings, or U-cups with O-rings of nitrile rubber, grit seals on stem. c. For buried service, provide external epoxy coating. d. Operators: 1) 3-Inch to 4-Inch Valves: Wrench lever manual. 2) 6-Inch to 14-Inch Valves: Totally enclosed, geared, manual operator with handwheel, 2-inch nut, or chain wheel. Size operator for 1.5 times the maximum operating shutoff pressure differential for direct and reverse pressure, whichever is higher. 3) For buried service, provide completely sealed operator filled with heavy lubricant. e. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Ballcentric. 2) DeZurik; Series 100. 3) Keystone; Ballcentric. 3. Type V420 Nonlubricated Plug Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Ductile iron or carbon steel body, straight-way rectangular ports, Teflon sleeves, screwed ends, wrench operator. b. Class: 150. c. Rating: 275 pounds WOG. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Duriron Co.; Figure No. G432. 2) Tufline; Figure 066. 4. Type V462 Gauge Cock 1/8 Inch to 1/4 Inch: a. 1/4-inch bronze body, hexagon end pattern, tee head, male ends, rated 125-pound SWP. b. Manufacturer and Product: United Brass Works; Figure 973. 5. Type V464 Corporation Stop 1/2 Inch to 2 Inches: a. AWWA C800 type, tapered threaded inlet, except when connecting to tapped fittings which require IPS tapered threads, outlet compression connection or IPS threads to suit connecting pipe, stops 1 inch and smaller rated 100 psi, larger stops rated 80 psi. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Ford Meter Box Co. 2) Mueller Co.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 10 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

6. Type V466 Buried Service Natural Gas Plug Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. UL listed, iron body type, rated 125 psi, screwed ends, drilled key head for permanent pinned operating rod. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) DeZurik; Figure 425. 2) Mueller; (gas) curb stop H-11104. 7. Type V470 Combination Balancing and Shutoff Valve 3 Inches and Smaller for Heating, Chilled, and Cooling Water Service: a. Nonlubricated plug valve, cast iron or semisteel body, wrench lever manual operator, resilient plug facing, adjustable memory stop, rated 175-pound WOG, screwed ends, two 1/8-inch flow taps. b. Manufacturer and Product: DeZurik; Style PEC. 8. Type V472 Combination Balancing and Shutoff Valve 4 Inches and Larger, for Heating, Chilled, and Cooling Water Service: a. Nonlubricated plug valve, cast iron or semisteel body, wrench lever manual operator, EPT resilient plug facing, adjustable memory stop, rated 150-pound WOG minimum, ANSI B16.1 flanged ends. b. Manufacturer and Product: 1) DeZurik; Series 100, Figure 118F. 2) Keystone: Ballcentric Figure 580 or 583. 9. Type V473 Combination Flow Control and Shutoff Valve for Heating and Chilled Water Coils: a. Valve assembly constructed in a one-piece body to include a handle ball valve (up to 2 inches) or a butterfly valve (2-1/2 inches and above), a flow control cartridge assembly, dual pressure/temperature test ports for verifying accuracy of flow performance for all sizes, and a union end which will accept various end pieces. b. Automatic flow control valve cartridges shall automatically control flow rates with plus or minus 5 percent accuracy over an operating pressure differential range of at least 14 times the minimum required for control. Four operating pressure ranges shall be available with the minimum range requiring less than 3 psig to actuate the mechanism. c. Valve internal control mechanism shall consist of a stainless steel one-piece cartridge with segmented port design and full travel linear coil spring. Manufacturer shall provide certified independent laboratory tests verifying accuracy of performance. d. The manufacturer shall warrant all flow control valve cartridges for five years. Available flow rate shall be from 0.33 gpm to 17,000 gpm.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 11 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

e. Flow control valves, series 1/2 inches to 1-1/2 inches, shall have an ASTM brass alloy body, rated at no less than 400 psi/250 F. Flow control valves 1-1/2 inches to 3 inches sizes shall be cast brass, rated no less than 275 psi/250 F. The ball valve shall be of nickel-plated brass. Flange end valves shall be available for sizes 2-1/2 inches to 30 inches. Seals shall be EPDM O-Rings. Flow control valves 4 inches to 30 inches shall be wafer style. Class 150 wafer valves shall consist of gray iron (ASTM A126-61T, Class 30) body and stainless steel flow control cartridge assemblies; shall be rated at 200 psi/250 F; 3-inch to 24-inch shall be mechanically compatible with ANSI B16.5-1968 150-pound steel flanges, 30-inch shall be mechanically compatible with MSS-SP-44 150-pound steel flanges. f. The body design shall allow inspection or removal of cartridge or strainer without disturbing piping connections. The valve shall come fully assembled and be marked to show direction of flow; shall have a body tag to indicate flow rate and model number. Identification tags shall be available for all valves; tags shall be indelibly marked with flow rate, model number. Identification tags shall be 3 inches by 3 inches aluminum. g. Manufacturer: 1) Griswold. 2) Autoflow. 3) Hayes.

E. Butterfly Valves:

1. General: a. Valves specified as AWWA C504 to be in full compliance with AWWA C504 and following requirements: 1) Suitable for throttling operations and infrequent operation after periods of inactivity. 2) Elastomer seats bonded or vulcanized to body shall have adhesive integrity of bond between seat and body assured by testing, with minimum 75-pound pull in accordance with ASTM D429, Method B. 3) Bubble-tight with rated pressure applied from either side. 4) No travel stops for disc on interior of body. 5) Self-adjusting V-type or O-ring shaft seals. 6) Isolate metal-to-metal thrust bearing surfaces from flowstream. 2. Type V500 Butterfly Valve 3 Inches to 72 Inches: a. Flanged end, short body type. b. AWWA C504, Class 150B.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 12 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

c. Cast iron body, cast or ductile iron disc with Type 304 stainless steel shaft, Buna-N rubber seat, and stainless steel seating surface. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Model 2FII or XR-70. 2) DeZurik; AWWA Valve. 3. Type V501 Butterfly Valve General Service 3 Inches to 72 Inches: a. Flanged end, short body type. b. AWWA C504, Class 75. c. Cast iron body, cast or ductile iron disc with Type 304 stainless steel shaft, Buna N rubber seat, and stainless steel seating surface. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Model 2FII or XR-70. 2) DeZurik; AWWA Valve. 4. Type V502 Butterfly Valve General Service 3 Inches to 20 Inches: a. Lugged type. b. AWWA C504, Class 150B. c. Buna N rubber seat. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Tyco/Keystone. 2) Pratt. 5. Type V504 Butterfly Valve General Service 4 Inches to 48 Inches: a. Mechanical joint end type. b. AWWA C504 Class 150. Valve position indicator at valve box locations. Indicator to be hermetically sealed and show valve disc position, direction of rotation, and number of turns from FULLY OPENED to FULLY CLOSED. Indicator by valve manufacturer. c. Cast iron body, cast or ductile iron disc with Type 304 stainless steel shaft, Buna N rubber seat, and stainless steel seating surface. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Groundhog. 2) DeZurik; Buried AWWA Valve. 6. Type V509 High Performance Butterfly Valve: a. Full lug, ANSI Class 150, carbon steel body construction, carbon steel nickel-plated disc, Type 316 stainless steel shaft and PTFE seats rated for 400 degrees F at 100 psig. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) DeZurik; Style BHP. 2) Pratt; Series HPX. 3) Fisher; Type A31A and A41. 7. Type V530 Butterfly Valve 4 Inches to 20 Inches for Fire Protection Service: a. UL Listed and FM Approved, wafer flanged style, AWWA C504 Class 150B valve with cast iron body, aluminum-bronze disc, stainless steel stem, EPDM seat, geared operator with highly visible position indicator and detachable crank handle.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 13 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. For buried service, provide post indicating assembly with detachable crank handle. c. Manufacturer and Product: Pratt. 8. Type V531 Butterfly Valve 48 Inches for Odorous Air Service: a. Flanged cast iron body with 10 mils Nylon 11 coating on entire body, one-piece Type 316 stainless steel disc, Type 304 stainless steel stem. b. Heavy-duty fiber glassed TFE bushings and thrust bearings with Type 316 stainless steel backing, EPDM stem packing, manganese bronze packing gland with 3 mils electroless nickel that is field adjustable without removing actuator. c. FKM (Viton) replaceable resilient seat, mechanically retained that encapsulates the body and stem and completely isolates the body from the process media (only the seat and disc to contact air stream). d. 50 psi pressure bi-directional air-tight rating, suitable for temperatures up to 250 degrees F, valve body to fit between ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. e. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Bray Controls; Series 35. 2) Tyco/Keystone. 3) Pratt.

F. Check and Flap Valve:

1. Type V600 Check Valve, 2 Inches and Smaller: a. All bronze, threaded cap, threaded or soldered ends, swing type replaceable bronze disc, rated 125-pound SWP, 200-pound WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; Figure B-319, threaded ends. 2) Milwaukee; Figure 509, threaded ends. 3) Stockham; Figure B-309, soldered ends. 4) Milwaukee; Figure 1509, soldered ends. 2. Type V608 Swing Check Valve 2 Inches to 36 Inches: a. AWWA C508, flanged end, cast iron body, bronze mounted valve, stainless steel hinge shaft. b. Valve, 2 inches through 12 inches rated 175-pound and 14 inches through 36 inches rated 150-pound cold water, nonshock. Valve fitted with adjustable outside lever and spring. Increasing-pattern body valve may be used where increased outlet piping size is shown. c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) M&H Valve; Style 59, 159, or 3259. 2) American-Darling; No. 50 Line.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 14 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3. Type V609 Swing Check Valve 42 Inches: a. AWWA C508, flanged end, cast iron body, bronze seat rings, ductile iron valve hanger and disc. b. Valve rated 150-pound cold water, nonshock. Valve fitted with adjustable outside lever and spring. The manufacturer shall provide various counter weights to allow for minimum flow conditions. c. Internal coating shall be hi build two component epoxy conforming with AWWA C550. d. The valve shall have the flexibility of mounting a hydraulic system on the external side of the valve. e. Manufacturers and Products: 1) CCNE. 2) APCO. 4. Type V610 Swing Check Valve 2-1/2 Inches to 12 Inches for Fire Protection Service: a. UL listed, FM approved, iron body, bronze mounted, rated 175 pounds WOG, self-adjusting bronze disc, ends ANSI B16.1 flanged, with a 1-inch NPT tapped and plugged boss. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Kennedy; Figure 126. 2) Mueller; A-2120-6. 5. Type V614 Slanting Disc Check Valve 2 Inches to 60 Inches: a. Slanting or tilting disc design, off-center pivot, body ductile iron two-piece design, bronze seat on 55 degree angle, disc bronze or ductile iron, pivot pin and bushing Type 304 stainless steel, Class 125, 150 psi rating, Class 125 flange drilling, bottom mounted buffer cylinder for cushion closing valve disc position indicator. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) APCO; Series 800. 2) Val Matic; Series 9800. 6. Type V620 Silent Check Valve 2 Inches to 10 Inches: a. Wafer style, iron body, center guided valve, bronze trim, Buna-N seat, stainless steel springs, rated 150-pound WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Mueller; Steam Specialty 91AP. 2) APCO; Series 300. 7. Type V622 Silent Check Valve 2 Inches to 24 Inches: a. Globe style, center guided, 125-pound flanges, iron body, bronze trim, Buna-N seat, stainless steel spring, rated 150-pound WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Mueller Steam; Specialty 105AP. 2) APCO; Series 600.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 15 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

8. Type V624 Silent Check Valve 4 Inches to 12 Inches for Fire Protection Service: a. UL listed or FM approved, center-guided globe style valve with ANSI B16.1, Class 125 flanges, iron body, bronze trim, stainless steel spring, rated 175-pound nonshock, CWP. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Mueller; Steam Specialty. 2) APCO; Series 600. 9. Type V634 Rubber Flapper Check Valve 2 Inches to 24 Inches: a. Iron body, ANSI B16.1, Class 125 flanges, steel-reinforced Buna-N flapper raised seating ring, rated 150-pound CWP. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) APCO; Series 100. 2) Val-Matic; “Swingflex.” 10. Type V640 Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly 3/4Inch to 10 Inches: a. Two resilient seated check valves, two nonrising stem, resilient- seated isolation valves, test cocks, in accordance with AWWA C510, rated 175 psi maximum working pressure, meets requirements of USC Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) FEBCO; Model 850. 2) Cla-Val; Model D-2/D-4. 3) Watts; Series 007/709. 11. Type V642 Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly 3/4 Inch to 10 Inches: a. Two resilient seated check valves with an independent relief valve between the valves, two nonrising stem resilient-seated isolation valves, test cocks, in accordance with AWWA C511, rated 175 psi maximum working pressure, meets requirements of USC Foundation For Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) FEBCO; Model 860. 2) Cla-Val; Model RP-2/RP-4. 3) Watts; Series 009/909. 12. Type V644 Wet Pipe Alarm Valve: a. Valve and Trim: 1) UL Listed and FM Approved as a complete unit, rated 175 psi working pressure, 125-pound ANSI B16.1 flanged inlet and outlet. 2) Supplied with full trim for position as shown on Drawings including, but not necessarily limited to, water pressure gauges (with test valves), alarm test valve, mechanical

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 16 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

sprinkler alarm bell connection (with strainer), pressure switch for electric alarm signal, retarding chamber, alarm and retard chamber drains, and main drain. 3) Provide with additional valves, piping, and fittings as required for a complete and fully functioning arrangement. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.; Model E Alarm Valve. 2) Tyco/Central; Model F. 13. Type V652 Check Valve 2 Inches and Smaller for Fuel Oil Service: a. Forged steel, lift-check type integral seat, stainless steel disc, screwed ends, rated 800 psi at 850 degrees F. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Smith; C80. 2) R-P&C; F90. 14. Type V654 Check Valve 2 Inches and Smaller for Heating, Chilled, and Cooling Service: a. All bronze type silent check valve, screwed ends, rated 200-pound WOG. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Mueller; Steam Specialty No. 203-BP. 2) Metraflex.

G. Self-Contained Automatic Valves:

1. Type V711 Pressure-Reducing Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Direct diaphragm, spring controlled, cast iron body, stainless steel spring case, aluminum composition seat and diaphragm, internal relief, aluminum valve stem. b. Provide vent line to exterior wall with vent assembly per manufacturer's requirements. c. Manufacturer and Product: Fisher; S102K Series. d. V711 Schedule as tabulated:

P&ID Valve Inlet Outlet Tag No. No. Service Size Pressure Pressure PCV38-2601 I-202 W3 2" 95 60

2. Type V714 Pressure-Reducing Valve 3 Inches and Larger: a. Hydraulically operated, diaphragm actuated, pilot controlled globe valve, cast iron, ductile iron, or steel body, ANSI B16.1 flanged ends, rated 175 psi, bronze or stainless steel trim, stainless steel stem, externally mounted strainers with cocks, and maintain a constant downstream pressure regardless of fluctuations in flow or upstream pressure.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 17 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. FDA approved fusion bonded epoxy lining and coating installed in accordance with AWWA C550. c. Size/Rating: As shown in the Valve Schedule. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Cla-Val; 90-01 Series. 2) Singer; Model 106PR. 3) Watts; ACV 115E. 4) Golden Anderson; 2450. 3. Type V730 Pressure-Relief Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Direct diaphragm, spring controlled, cast iron body, spring case, nitrile seat neoprene diaphragm, stainless steel valve stem. b. Capable of opening when upstream pressure reaches a maximum setpoint. c. Size/Rating: As shown in the Valve Schedule. d. Manufacturer and Product: Fisher; 98 Series. 4. Type V732 Pressure Relief Valve 3 Inches and Larger: a. Hydraulically operated, diaphragm actuated, pilot controlled globe valve, cast iron, ductile iron, or steel body, ANSI B16.1 flanged ends, rated 175 psi, bronze or stainless steel trim, stainless steel stem, externally mounted strainers with cocks, to open when upstream pressure reaches a maximum setpoint. b. FDA approved fusion-bonded epoxy lining and coating installed in accordance with AWWA C550. c. Size/Rating: As shown in the Valve Schedule. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Cla-Val; 50-01. 2) Singer; Model 106-RPS. 3) Watts; ACV 116E. 4) Golden Anderson; 2660. 5. Type V740 Air and Vacuum Valve 1/2 Inch to 16 Inches: a. 1/2-inch through 3-inch NPT inlets and outlets, 4 inches and larger ANSI B16.1 flanged inlet with plain outlet and protective hoods. b. Rated 150 psi working pressure, cast iron, ductile iron, or semi-steel body, cover with stainless steel float and trim. c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) APCO Valve and Primer Corp.; Series 140 or 150. 2) Val-Matic Valve; Series 100. 6. Type V742 Air and Vacuum Valve 1/2 Inch to 16 Inches: a. 1/2 inch through 3 inches equipped with stainless steel diffuser screen to break up solid water column before coming in contact with float, 150 SWP angle pattern globe valve or manufacturer’s standard double acting throttling device in the NPT outlet for throttling.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 18 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. 4 inches and larger equipped with antislam device to throttle flow of water into air valve. Design antislam device to permit full unrestricted flow of air into and out of air valve but reduce flow area for water to approximately 10 percent. c. Rated 150 psi working pressure, cast iron, ductile iron, or semi-steel body, cover with stainless steel float and trim. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) APCO Valve and Primer Corp. 2) Val-Matic Valve. 7. Type V744 Air Release Valve 1/2 Inch to 6 Inches: a. Suitable for water service, automatically exhaust small amounts of entrained air that accumulates in a system, in CLOSED position, seat against resilient seat to prevent water leakage. b. Rated 150 psi working pressure, cast iron, ductile iron, or semi-steel body, cover with stainless steel float and trim. c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) APCO Valve and Primer Corp. 2) Val-Matic Valve. 8. Type V745 Air Release Valve: a. Suitable for 15 percent sodium hypochlorite, automatically exhaust small amounts of entrained gases that accumulates in the system. In the closed position the valve piston shall seat against a resilient seat to prevent leakage. b. Rated 150 psig working pressure at 68 degrees C. Valve body constructed of PVC with EPDM seals. NPT threaded. c. Manufacturer: Primary Fluid Systems Inc.; Accu-vent. 9. Type V746 Combination Air Release Valve 1 Inch to 16 Inches: a. Suitable for water service, combines the operating features of both an air and vacuum valve and air release valve. Air and vacuum portion to automatically exhaust air during filling of system and allow air to re-enter during draining or when vacuum occurs. The air release portion to automatically exhaust entrained air that accumulates in system. b. Rated 150 psi working pressure, cast iron, ductile iron, or semi-steel body, cover with stainless steel float and trim. c. Valve single body or dual body, air release valve mounted on air and vacuum valve, isolation valve mounted between the dual valves. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) APCO Valve and Primer Corp. 2) Val-Matic Valve.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 19 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

H. Miscellaneous Valves:

1. Type V940 Solenoid Valve 1/4 Inch to 3 Inches: a. Two-way internal pilot operated diaphragm type, brass body, resilient seat suitable for air or water, solenoid coil molded epoxy, NEMA insulation Class F, 120 volts ac, 60-Hz, unless otherwise indicated. Solenoid enclosure NEMA 250, Type 4 unless otherwise indicated. Size and normal position (OPEN or CLOSED when de-energized) as indicated. b. Minimum operating pressure differential no greater than 5 psig, maximum operating pressure differential not less than 125 psig. c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) ASCO. 2) Skinner.

2.4 FACTORY FINISHING

A. Shop/Factory Epoxy Lining and Coating:

1. Use where specified for individual valves described herein. 2. In accordance with AWWA C550 unless otherwise specified. 3. Either two-part liquid material or heat-activated (fusion) material except only heat-activated material if specified as “fusion” or “fusion bonded” epoxy. 4. Minimum 7-mil dry film thickness except where limited by valve operating tolerances.

B. Exposed Valves:

1. In accordance with Section 09900, PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS. 2. Safety isolation valves and lockout valves with handles, handwheels, or chain wheels “safety yellow.”

2.5 OPERATORS

A. Manual:

1. General: a. Operator force not to exceed 40 pounds under any operating condition, including initial breakaway. Gear reduction operator when force exceeds 40 pounds. b. Operator self-locking type or equipped with self-locking device. c. Position indicator on quarter-turn valves. d. Worm and gear operators one-piece design worm-gears of gear bronze material. Worm hardened alloy steel with thread ground

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 20 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

and polished. Traveling nut type operators threader steel reach rods with internally threaded bronze or ductile iron nut. 2. Exposed or Submerged Operator: a. Galvanized and painted handwheels. b. Lever operators allowed on quarter-turn valves 8 inches and smaller. c. Cranks on gear type operators. d. Chain wheel operator with tiebacks, extension stem, floor stands, and other accessories to permit operation from normal operation level. e. 2-inch AWWA on valves in basins where indicated. f. Valve handles to take a padlock, and wheels a chain and padlock. 3. Buried Operator: a. Buried service operators on valves larger than 2-1/2 inches shall have a 2-inch AWWA operating nut. Buried operators on valves 2 inches and smaller shall have cross handle for operation by forked key. Enclose moving parts of valve and operator in housing to prevent contact with the soil. b. Design buried service operators for quarter-turn valves to withstand 450 foot-pounds of input torque at the FULLY OPEN or FULLY CLOSED positions, grease packed and gasketed to withstand a submersion in water to 10 psi. c. Buried valves shall have extension stems, bonnets, and valve boxes.

2.6 ACCESSORIES

A. Tagging: 1-1/2-inch diameter heavy brass or stainless steel tag attached with No. 16 solid brass or stainless steel jack chain for each valve, bearing the valve tag number shown on Valve Schedule.

B. Limit Switch:

1. Factory installed limit switch by actuator manufacturer.

C. Extension Bonnet for Valve Operator: Complete with enclosed stem, extension, support brackets, and accessories for valve and operator.

1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Pratt. b. DeZurik.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 21 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

D. Floor Stand and Extension Stem:

1. Nonrising, indicating type. 2. Complete with solid extension stem, coupling, handwheel, stem guide brackets, and yoke attachment. 3. Stem Guide: Space such that stem L/R ratio does not exceed 200. 4. Anchor Bolts: Type 304 stainless steel. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Clow; Figure F-5515. b. Mueller, Figure A-26426.

E. Floor Box and Extension Stem:

1. Plain type, for support of nonrising type stem. 2. Complete with solid extension stem, operating nut, and stem guide brackets. 3. Stem Guide: Space such that stem L/R ratio does not exceed 200. 4. Anchor Bolts: Type 304 stainless steel. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Neenah Foundry; R 7506. b. Clow; No. F5690.

F. Chain Wheel and Guide:

1. Handwheel direct-mount type. 2. Complete with chain. 3. Galvanized or cadmium-plated. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Clow Corp.; Figure F-5680. b. Walworth Co.; Figure 804. c. DeZurik Corp.; Series W or LWG.

G. Cast Iron Valve Box: Designed for traffic loads, sliding type, with minimum of 6-inch ID shaft.

1. Box: Cast iron with minimum depth of 9 inches. 2. Lid: Cast iron, minimum depth 3 inches, marked WATER, SEWER, GAS. 3. Extensions: Cast iron.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 22 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

H. Concrete Valve Box: Designed for traffic loads, sliding type, with minimum of 8-inch ID shaft.

1. Box: Concrete, minimum depth 12 inches, cast iron ring seat. 2. Lid: Cast iron, minimum depth 3 inches, marked WATER, SEWER, GAS. 3. Extensions: Concrete.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Flange Ends:

1. Flanged valve boltholes shall straddle vertical centerline of pipe. 2. Clean flanged faces, insert gasket and bolts, and tighten nuts progressively and uniformly.

B. Screwed Ends:

1. Clean threads by wire brushing or swabbing. 2. Apply joint compound.

C. Valve Installation and Orientation:

1. General: a. Install valves so handles operate from fully open to fully closed without encountering obstructions. b. Install valves in location for easy access for routine operation and maintenance. c. Install valves per manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Gate, Globe, and Ball Valves: a. Install operating stem vertical when valve is installed in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above finished floor, unless otherwise shown. b. Install operating stem horizontal in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations greater than 4 feet 6 inches above finish floor, unless otherwise shown. 3. Eccentric Plug Valves: a. Unless otherwise restricted or shown on Drawings, install valve as follows: 1) Liquids with suspended solids service with horizontal flow: Install valve with stem in horizontal position with plug up when valve is open. Install valve with seat end upstream (flow to produce unseating pressure).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 23 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2) Liquids with suspended solids service with vertical flow: Install valve with seat in highest portion of valve (seat up). 3) Clean Liquids and Gas Service: Install valve with seat end downstream of higher pressure when valve is closed (higher pressure forces plug into seat). 4. Butterfly Valves: a. Unless otherwise restricted, install valve a minimum of 8 diameters downstream of an elbow or branch tee and with shaft in horizontal position. b. For vertical elbow or branch tee immediately upstream of the valve, install valve with shaft in vertical position. c. For horizontal elbow or branch tee immediately upstream of the valve, install valve with shaft in horizontal position. d. When installed immediately downstream of a swing check, install valve with shaft perpendicular to swing check shaft. e. For free inlet or discharge into basins and tanks, install valve with shaft in vertical position. 5. Check Valves: a. Install valve in horizontal or vertical flow (up) flow piping only. b. Install swing check valve with shaft in horizontal position.

D. Install a line size ball valve and union upstream of each solenoid valve, in-line flow switch, or other in-line electrical device, excluding magnetic flowmeters, for isolation during maintenance.

E. Connect air release valve vents to nearest drain or scupper unless shown otherwise.

F. Install safety isolation valves on compressed air and fuel oil.

G. Locate valve to provide accessibility for control and maintenance. Install access doors in finished walls and plaster ceilings for valve access.

H. Extension Stem for Operator: Where the depth of the valve is such that its centerline is more than 3 feet below grade, furnish an operating extension stem with 2-inch operating nut to bring the operating nut to a point 6 inches below the surface of the ground and/or box cover.

I. Torque Tube: Where operator for quarter-turn valve is located on floor stand, furnish extension stem torque tube of a type properly sized for maximum torque capacity of the valve.

J. Floor Box and Stem: Steel extension stem length shall locate operating nut in floor box.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 24 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

K. Chain Wheel and Guide: Install chain wheel and guide assemblies or chain lever assemblies on manually operated valves over 6 feet 9 inches above finished floor. Where chains hang in normally traveled areas, use appropriate “L” type tie-back anchors.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Valve may be either tested while testing pipelines, or as a separate step.

B. Test that valves open and close smoothly under operating pressure conditions. Test that two-way valves open and close smoothly under operating pressure conditions from both directions.

C. Inspect air and vacuum valves as pipe is being filled to verify venting and seating is fully functional.

D. Count and record number of turns to open and close valve; account for any discrepancies with manufacturer’s data.

E. Set, verify, and record set pressures for all relief and regulating valves.

F. Automatic valves to be tested in conjunction with control system testing. Set all opening and closing speeds, limit switches, as required or recommended by the ENGINEER.

G. Test hydrostatic relief valve seating; record leakage. Adjust and retest to maximum leakage of 0.1 gpm per foot of seat periphery.

3.3 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES

A. Manufacturer’s Representative: Present at site for minimum person-days listed below, travel time excluded:

1. 1 person-day for installation assistance and inspection. 2. 1 person-day for functional testing and completion of Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation.

B. See Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES, and Section 01810, EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15202 25 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15205 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The work of this section includes providing piping specialties accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. B16.1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. b. B16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C153/A21.53, Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 in. (76 mm) through 64 in. (1,600 mm), for Water Service. b. C210, Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. c. C213, Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. d. C219, Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe. e. Manual M11, Steel Pipe—A Guide for Design and Installation. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. b. A276, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes. 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 24, Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. 5. NSF International (NSF): NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: Manufacturer’s data on materials, construction, end connections, ratings, overall lengths, and live lengths (as applicable).

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Manufacturer’s complete product literature for all items submitted under this section. Include materials description, dimensions, coatings and other product specific information as applicable to this item.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15205 1 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Coupling Harness: a. Details, ratings, calculations and test reports for thrust restraints relying on welded bars or rings. b. Weld procedure qualifications. c. Load proof-testing report of prototype restraint for any size coupling. 3. Basket Strainer: a. Manufacturer’s written/printed installation instructions. b. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation 4. Operation and Maintenance Data as specified in Section 01430, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and storage the following spare parts and special tools for basket strainer:

Item Quantity Disc seals One for each strainer Special tools required to One complete set maintain or dismantle

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Provide required piping specialty items, whether shown or not shown on Drawings, as required by applicable codes and standard industry practice.

B. Rubber ring joints, mechanical joints, flexible couplings, and proprietary restrained ductile iron pipe joints are considered flexible joints; welded, screwed, and flanged pipe joints are not considered flexible.

2.2 CONNECTORS

A. Flexible Metal Hose Connector:

1. Type: Close pitch, annular corrugated with single braided jacket. 2. Material: Bronze. 3. End Connections: Female copper solder joint. 4. Minimum Burst Pressure: 500 psig at 70 degrees F. 5. Length: Minimum manufacturer recommendation for vibration isolation. 6. Manufacturers: a. Senior Flexonics. b. Anamet Industrial, Inc.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15205 2 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

c. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc. d. Proco Products, Inc.

B. Closure Collar Concrete: As specified in Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.

2.3 FLEXIBLE EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Design:

1. Ball and socket type for earth settlement compensation. 2. Joints shall be double ball assemblies rated for 15-degree minimum deflection and not less than 4 inches offset from centerline of connecting piping. 3. Assembly shall accommodate up to 4 inches of expansion in length. 4. Ductile iron conforming to AWWA C153/A21.53. 5. Rated for 350 psi. 6. Components shall be lined and coated by manufacturer with fusion-bonded epoxy on all surfaces not bearing gaskets. 7. End Connections: Flanged or mechanical joint as shown and as required by connecting pipe and fittings. 8. Joint connecting to mechanical joint shall be thrust restrained. 9. Bonding: a. Manufacturer shall factory install thermite welded joint bonds for assembled expansion joint. b. Provide 24-inch bond wires for field bonds to adjacent metallic piping. c. Bond wires shall be No. 2 AWG with two 12-inch long THHN insulated No. 12 AWG wire pigtails.

B. Manufacturer and Product: EBAA Iron Sales Co.; Flex-Tend.

2.4 SERVICE SADDLES

A. Double-Strap Iron:

1. Pressure Rating: Capable of withstanding 150 psi internal pressure without leakage or over stressing. 2. Run Diameter: Compatible with outside diameter of pipe on which saddle is installed. 3. Taps: Iron pipe threads. 4. Materials: a. Body: Malleable or ductile iron. b. Straps: Galvanized steel. c. Hex Nuts and Washers: Steel. d. Seal: Rubber. 5. Manufacturers and Products:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15205 3 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

a. Smith-Blair; Series 313 or 366. b. Dresser; Style 91.

2.5 PIPE SLEEVES

A. Steel Pipe Sleeve:

1. Minimum Thickness: 1/4 inch. 2. Seep Ring: a. Center steel flange for water stoppage on sleeves in exterior or water-bearing walls, 1/4-inch minimum thickness. b. Outside Diameter: 3 inches greater than pipe sleeve outside diameter. c. Continuously fillet weld on each side all around. 3. Factory Finish: a. Galvanizing: 1) Hot-dip applied, meeting requirements of ASTM A153. 2) Electroplated zinc or cadmium plating is unacceptable. b. Shop Lining and Coating: Factory prepare, prime, and finish coat in accordance with Section 09900, PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS.

B. Insulated and Encased Pipe Sleeve:

1. Manufacturer and Product: Pipe Shields, Inc.; Models WFB, WFB-CS and-CW Series, as applicable.

2.6 MODULAR MECHANICAL SEAL

A. Type: Interconnected synthetic rubber links shaped and sized to continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall sleeve opening.

B. Fabrication: Assemble interconnected rubber links with ASTM A276, Type 316 stainless steel bolts, nuts, and pressure plates.

C. Size: According to manufacturer’s instructions for size of pipes shown to provide a watertight seal between pipe and wall sleeve opening, and to withstand a hydrostatic head of 40 feet of water.

D. Manufacturer: Thunderline Corp., Link-Seal Division.

2.7 SLAB, FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS

A. Ductile Iron Wall Pipe:

1. Diameter and Ends: Same as connecting ductile iron pipe. 2. Thickness: Equal to or greater than remainder of pipe in line. 3. Fittings: In accordance with applicable Pipe Data Sheet.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15205 4 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

4. Thrust Collars: a. Rated for thrust load developed at 250 psi. b. Safety Factor: 2, minimum. c. Material and Construction: Ductile iron or cast iron, continuously welded in the factory on both sides of collar. Field welding of any kind is unacceptable. 5. Manufacturers: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Co. b. U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co.

B. Steel or Stainless Steel Wall Pipe:

1. Same material and thickness as connecting pipe, except 1/4-inch minimum thickness. 2. Lining: Same as connecting pipe. 3. Thrust Collar: a. Outside diameter 3 inches greater than outside diameter of wall pipe. b. Continuously fillet welded on each side all around. 4. Steel Wall Pipes: Galvanize per Article “PIPE SLEEVES.”

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES

A. Strainers, Water Service, 2 Inches and Smaller:

1. Type: Bronze body, Y-pattern, 200 psi nonshock rated, with screwed gasketed bronze cap. 2. Screen: Heavy-gauge Type 304 stainless steel or monel, 20-mesh. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Armstrong International; Inc.; Model F. b. Mueller Steam Specialty; Model 351M.

B. Strainers, Water Service, 2-1/2 Inches and Larger:

1. Type: Cast iron or ductile iron body, Y-pattern, 175 psi nonshock rated, with flanged gasketed iron cap. 2. Screen: Heavy-gauge Type 316 stainless steel, 0.045-inch perforations. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Armstrong International, Inc.; Model A7FL 125. b. Mueller Steam Specialty; Model 751.

C. Strainers, Plastic Piping Systems, 4 Inches and Smaller:

1. Type: Y-pattern PVC body, 150 psi nonshock rated, with screwed PVC cap and Viton seals 2. End Connections: Screwed or solvent weld, 2 inches and smaller. Class 150 ANSI flanged, 2-1/2 inches and larger.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15205 5 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3. Screen: Heavy-gauge PVC, 1/32-inch mesh, minimum 2 to 1 screen area to pipe size ratio. 4. Manufacturer: Hayward.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Provide accessibility to piping specialties for control and maintenance.

3.2 PIPING FLEXIBILITY PROVISIONS

A. General:

1. Thrust restraint shall be provided as specified in Section 15200, PROCESS PIPING – GENERAL. 2. Install flexible couplings to facilitate piping installation, in accordance with approved shop drawings.

B. Flexible expansion joints shall be provided to compensate for earth settlement at buried piping connections to structure wall pipes.

3.3 PIPING EXPANSION

A. Piping Installation: Allow for thermal expansion due to differences between installation and operating temperatures.

B. Expansion Joints:

1. Pipe Run Offset: Flexible metal hose.

C. Anchors and Anchor Walls: Install as specified in Section 15060, PIPING SUPPORT SYSTEMS, to withstand expansion joint thrust loads and to direct and control thermal expansion.

3.4 SERVICE SADDLES

A. Ferrous Metal Piping (except stainless steel): Double-strap iron.

3.5 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT

A. Install to prevent piping from being supported by equipment, for vibration isolation, and where shown.

B. Product Applications Unless Shown Otherwise:

1. Nonmetallic Piping: Teflon bellows connector. 2. Copper Piping: Flexible metal hose connector. 3. All Other Piping: Elastomer bellows connector.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15205 6 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

C. Limit Bolts and Control Rods: Tighten snug prior to applying pressure to system.

3.6 PIPE SLEEVES

A. Application: As specified in Section 15200, PROCESS PIPING - GENERAL.

B. Installation:

1. Support noninsulating type securely in formwork to prevent contact with reinforcing steel and tie-wires. 2. Caulk joint with rubber sealant or seal with wall penetration seal.

3.7 SLAB, FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS

A. Applications:

1. Watertight and Below Ground Penetrations: a. Wall pipes with thrust collars. b. Provide taps for stud bolts in flanges to be set flush with wall face. 2. Nonwatertight Penetrations: Pipe sleeves with seep ring. 3. Existing Walls: Rotary drilled holes. 4. Fire-Rated or Smoke-Rated Walls, Floors or Ceilings: Insulated and encased pipe sleeves.

B. Wall Pipe Installation:

1. Isolate embedded metallic piping from concrete reinforcement using coated pipe penetrations as specified in Section 09900, PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS. 2. Support wall pipes securely by formwork to prevent contact with reinforcing steel and tie-wires.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15205 7 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15500 HEAT GENERATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The Work of this section includes providing complete hot water and steam boiler packages, and all appurtenant work.

B. Unit Responsibility: The Work requires that the hot water and steam boiler packages, complete with all accessories and appurtenances (including, but not necessarily limited to, electric motors, local control panels, instruments, and components) be the end product of one responsible system manufacturer or responsible system supplier. Unless otherwise indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain each system from the responsible supplier of the equipment. The supplier shall furnish all components and accessories of the system to enhance compatibility, ease of operation and maintenance, and as necessary to place the equipment in operation in conformance with the specified performance, features, and functions without altering or modifying the CONTRACTOR’s responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR is responsible to the OWNER for providing the equipment systems as specified herein.

C. Systems utilizing ac induction motors shall be coordinated with the requirements in Section 16220, AC INDUCTION MOTORS.

D. General Requirements: See Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contains information and requirements that apply to the Work specified herein and are mandatory for this Project.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American Gas Association (AGA). 2. Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA): Bulletin 300. 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE): a. 52, Method of Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter. b. 90, Energy Conservation in New Building Design. 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): Code for Pressure Vessels. 5. Factory Mutual (FM).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 1 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

6. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): 112, Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 7. Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI). 8. National Electrical Manufacturers’ Association (NEMA): a. MG 1-12.53a, Motors and Generators. b. 250. 9. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 54, National Fuel Gas Code. b. 70, National Electric Code (NEC). 10. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 11. Sheet Metal and Air-Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA): Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems. 12. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL). a. Gas and Oil Equipment Directory. b. Electric Heating and Air-Conditioning Directory. 13. International Fuel Gas Code.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the following specific information:

1. Shop Drawings: a. Make, model, and weight of each equipment assembly. b. Manufacturer’s catalog information, descriptive literature, specifications, and identification of materials of construction. c. Detailed mechanical and electrical drawings showing the equipment fabrications and interface with other items. Include dimensions, size, and locations of connections to other work, and weights of associated equipment. d. Functional description of internal and external instrumentation and controls to be supplied, including list of parameters monitored, controlled, or alarmed. e. Control panel elevation drawings showing construction and placement of operator interface devices and other elements. f. Proposed gas train schematic for sludge gas, natural gas. g. Detailed description of proposed boiler interface controls for the packages. h. Wiring and control diagrams shall be furnished for all equipment, panels, and instrument components. i. Point-to-point wiring and control schematic diagrams shall conform to the format and content requirements contained in Section 13390, PACKAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS. j. Control panel transformer load calculations.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 2 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

k. See Section 16220, AC INDUCTION MOTORS, for motor submittal requirements. l. Shop drawings shall incorporate the requirements listed in Section 15900, HVAC CONTROLS – COORDINATION. 2. Quality Control Submittals: a. Conform to the requirements of Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. b. Special shipping, storage and protection, and handling instructions. c. Manufacturer’s written/printed installation instructions. d. Routine maintenance requirements prior to startup. e. Factory and field performance test procedures. f. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation in accordance with Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES. g. Operation and Maintenance Manuals, including Maintenance Summary Forms, as specified in Section 01430, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. h. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance.

1.4 FACTORY TESTING

A. Balancing: Rotating elements of equipment, except small, commercially packaged equipment, shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory prior to final assembly. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish certified copies of all test results.

B. Witnesses: The OWNER and the ENGINEER (at the option of either) reserve the right to witness factory tests.

1.5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

A. All equipment and equipment anchoring systems shall be designed in accordance with the latest edition of the BOCA Building Code, Seismic requirements.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide the Work in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). Where required by the AHJ, material and equipment shall be labeled or listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory or other organization acceptable to the AHJ in order to provide a basis for approval under the NEC.

B. Products manufactured within scope of standards published by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. shall conform to those standards and shall have an applied UL listing mark.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 3 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Heating equipment shall have minimum operating efficiencies as specified in Chapter 6 of ASHRAE 90 and the Commonwealth of Virginia Energy Code. Greater efficiencies stated in this specification shall have precedence.

B. Boiler Assemblies: Built in accordance with Section IV of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

C. Fans: Sound power level (ref. 10 to 12 watts) at design operating point; ratings based on AMCA Bulletin 300, Setup No. 1.

2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS

A. Ambient Dry Bulb Temperature: 9 to 100 degrees F.

B. Natural Gas:

1. Heat Content: 1,000 Btu per standard cubic foot. 2. Specific Gravity: 0.65. 3. Inlet Temperature: 70 to 95 degrees F. 4. Inlet Pressure to Gas Train: 12 to 28-inch WC.

C. Emission: All air emission equipment shall meet the performance requirements of Table 1, Air Emission Limits per Boiler.

D. Boilers for building heating shall be suitable for use with glycol solution specified in Section 15120, HYDRONIC AND STEAM SPECIALTIES.

2.3 PULSE COMBUSTION OR AIR-TO-FUEL MATCHING MODULATION GAS-FIRED BOILERS (BO-M-1001, BO-M-1002, BO-M-1003)

A. Boiler Design:

1. Firetube or cast iron sectional design, utilizing the principles of pulse combustion or air-to-fuel matching modulation. Suitable for 35 percent propylene glycol solution heating fluid. 2. Self-venting and self-aspirating, requiring no additional forced or induced draft equipment to supply air for combustion after ignition. 3. Furnish adequate openings for access to the waterside of the boiler. 4. Completely insulate pressure vessel 2-inch minimum and encase in an 18-gauge metal cabinet with primer and finish coat of paint. 5. Approved as a direct vent boiler.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 4 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

6. Factory assembled, factory fire-tested, self-contained, ready for automatic operation except for connection of water, fuel, electrical, and vent services. 7. Gas-fired, pulse combustion or air-to-fuel matching modulation type complete with boiler fittings and automatic controls. 8. Design and Construction: In accordance with Section IV of the ASME Code for hot water heating boilers with maximum water working pressure of 30 psi. Heating fluid is 35 percent propylene glycol and water solution.

B. Boiler Fittings:

1. Safety Valve: ASME, Section IV, approved side outlet type set to open at 30 psig. 2. Mount temperature and pressure gauges on top of boiler.

C. Pulse Combustor or Air-to-Fuel Load Matching Modulation Controls: Locate combustor assembly components within water backed areas.

1. Pulse or air-to-fuel load matching combustion controls - ON/OFF operative type and include: a. Operating temperature controller for automatic START and STOP of the pulse or air-to-fuel matching modulation combustor. b. HIGH limit temperature controller (manual reset). c. One LOW water cutoff probe in boiler shell (manual reset). d. Air safety switch to prevent operation until sufficient prepurge air is assured. e. Electronic type combustion flame safeguard, specifically designed for pulse or air-to-fuel load matching combustion. 2. Controls: a. NEMA 1 panel mounted and located on the boiler to provide ease of servicing the boiler without disturbing the controls. b. Mounted and wired according to AGA requirements. Electric power supply 120-volt, 60-Hz, single phase. c. User interface screen with keypad. d. DDC Communication: Digital input for heating ON/OFF enable signal from DDC System; one digital output trouble alarm signal to DDC system; digital output ON/OFF status for each boiler to the DDC system; analog input supply water temperature from DDC system; analog output return water temperature to DDC system may be supplied by others outside of boiler manufacturer. e. Provide complete integration of controls specified in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS – GENERAL. f. Control Selector Switch: Local/Off/Remote selection for remote (DDC boiler control panel) boiler control. With switch in LOCAL

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 5 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

position, boiler shall operate off the local operating controller located in the supply outlet. With switch in the REMOTE position, boiler is enabled by DDC control system and burner rate modulated to maintain operating temperature that is reset by the DDC control system. With switch in OFF position, boiler is not able to fire and indicates OFF status to DDC control system. g. Outdoor Air Temperature Reset Schedule: The reset schedule shall be adjustable from the DDC System. Once the boiler is enable by the DDC system, the boiler integral control panel shall control the boiler operation as per outdoor reset schedule. h. Provide boiler supply heating water temperature setpoint capability in Local mode. i. Alarm horn with manual reset button for any alarm activation. j. Provide contact for connection from emergency shutoff switch (by Division 16) to cut power supply to boiler when switch is pressed. k. See Section 17901, Article HVAC CONTROL PANELS (HCP), Paragraph Standard Light Colors and Inscriptions for indicating light colors.

D. Boiler Accessories:

1. Mufflers: Stainless steel exhaust and carbon steel or PVC intake mufflers as recommended and furnished by boiler manufacturer or separately in accordance with boiler manufacturer’s performance specifications. 2. Exhaust and Combustion Inlet Air Piping: Schedule 40 PVC for inlet air. Type AL29-4C stainless steel for exhaust. 3. Thermometer: Provide thermometer with a scale equivalent to 1.5 times outlet water temperature. Provide one on supply water piping and one on return water piping. 4. Drain Tapping: Route condensate drain piping to a condensate tempering device. 5. Condensate Tempering Device: Device shall mix cold water via temperature actuated valve with hot water discharged from humidifier to reduce the discharged hot water to 140 degrees F. Dristeem; Drane- Kooler, or approved equal. 6. Make-Up Water Station (for Hot Water Boiler Only): Provide a water pressure-reducing valve and relief valve, or a combination of the two in the makeup water line to the boiler to maintain a water pressure of 20 psig in the hot water system. Provide a 3/4-inch globe valve bypass around this valve. Backflow preventers are specified under Section 15202, PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS and shown on the plumbing drawings.

E. Performance:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 6 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1. Minimum Efficiency: 87 percent from 33 to 100 percent of full load firing rate. 2. Minimum output 1,204 mbh, 1,400 mbh gas input rating; flue gas not to exceed 330 degrees F.

F. Manufacturer and Product

1. Fulton; Model PHW. 2. Hydrotherm; Model KC. 3. Aerco; Model KC. 4. Approved equal.

2.4 STEAM HUMIDIFICATION BOILER PACKAGE (BO-L-1001)

A. General:

1. Factory packaged unit shall include boiler, burner, boiler simplex feedset with 40 gallons of storage, blowdown separator (15 gallons) with aftercooler, all mounted on a painted steel skid, complete with All interconnecting piping, wiring, controls and accessories all piped and wired for single point field connections. Boiler and all panels shall carry packaged label of Underwriters Laboratory (UL) and be in accordance with ASME/CSD-1, all codes required by the local governing authorities and as indicated on the design performance data sheet. A certified factory fire-test shall be provided on all fuels with data sheets furnished to Engineer and Owner. ASME certified, labeled, stamped and designed for 15 psig steam in accordance with Section (I or IV) of ASME Code. Unit shall be designed to BOCA Seismic Building Code requirements and be provided with tie down clips and calculations showing bolt diameter requirements for Entire skid mounted package. Manufacturer's Representative to provide services for field testing and adjusting of boiler and controls to meet design requirements. The system shall be suitable for RO water.

B. Performance: Boiler Size and Ratings

1. Horsepower: 15 hp 2. Output: 518 lbs/hr (from and at 212 degrees F) 3. Gas Input: 630 mbh 4. Design Pressure: 15 psig 5. Operating Pressure 10 psig 6. Electrical: 208V / 60H /3P a. Fan Motor: 1/3 hp b. Boiler feed pump 3/4 hp 7. Available Gas Supply Pressure: 12-28 inches WC

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 7 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

8. Code Requirements: ASME / National Board CSD-1/NFPA 8501 Underwriter’s Lab (UL) State of Virginia Factory Mutual (FM) Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI)

C. Boiler Design:

1. Two pass, vertical tubeless steel boiler for positive pressurized firing with forced draft burner. The cylindrical furnace shall be centrally located with burner firing down. Adequate hand holes to facilitate inspection and cleaning shall be provided. 2. The standard two pass boiler shall make use of welded convection fins to enhance heat transfer and distribute the flow of gasses. 3. Entire vessel shall be covered with 3.5 inches of castable insulation covered with painted 18 gauge metal jacket. The boiler jacket and base frame will be painted with high grade enamel paint. Flame observation ports shall be located on top boiler. Lifting lugs will be provided on boiler top frame.

D. Burner Design:

1. General: Forced draft burner system shall include blower fan; motor(s); single point positioning system consisting of air shutter and linkage; air flow switch; fuel trains and control panel. To conform to UL and other insurance requirements as indicated. 2. Gas Burner: Shall be of the high radiant multi-port type for natural gas. Minimum pilot safety burner shall consist of gas-electric spark ignition with 100 percent safety shut-off pilot, solenoid gas valve, pressure regulator and shut-off cock. Minimum main gas train shall include manual shut-off valve, pressure regulating valve, dual safety gas valves, manual test valve, high-low pressure switches, manifold pressure gauge and butterfly gas valve. Gas train shall be factory packaged to meet insurance requirements as indicated. 3. Fuel-Air Control: Natural gas shall be On-Off control. Provide operating and limit control with manual reset.

E. Boiler Trim:

1. To include the following: a. 4 inch diameter pressure gauge. b. ASME safety relief valve(s). c. Auxiliary Low Water Cutoff, M/M; Model 150. d. Primary low water cut-off. e. Operating control. f. Limit control with manual reset.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 8 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

g. Stack thermometer. h. 1 Slow Opening Blowdown Valve, size 1 inch. i. 1 Quick Opening Blowdown Valve, size 1 inch. j. Feedwater Ball Valve, Size 1 inch, Class 240-pound. k. 1 Feedwater Check Valve, Size 1 inch, Class 240-pound. l. 1 Stop Valve (Steam Header Valve), size 2-1/2 inches, flanged, cast iron, OS&Y. m. Factory mounted, installed, tested, and certified piping (by A, S, or PP ASME stamp holder) and valves per ASME Code, including all boiler external piping.

F. Self-Contained Control System Control Panel: Boiler mounted NEMA 1 enclosure(s) with key lock; fusing, magnetic starters; flame safeguard and burner management system as indicated; annunciator lights for load demand, fuel on, low water and flame failure; selector switches, required dry contacts, relays and terminal strips. In accordance with UL and National Electric Code.

1. User interface screen with keypad. See Section 17901, Article HVAC CONTROL PANELS (HCP), Paragraph Standard Light Colors and Inscriptions for indicating light colors. 2. Control Selector Switch: Local/Off/Remote selection for remote (DDC) boiler control. 3. DDC Communication: Digital input ON/OFF enable signal from DDC System; analog input from DDC system for boiler pressure setpoint adjustment; one digital output trouble alarm signal to DDC system; digital output ON/OFF status to the DDC system. 4. Provide contact for connection from emergency shutoff switch (by Division 16) to cut power supply to boiler when switch is pressed. 5. Provide complete integration of controls specified in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS – GENERAL.

G. Burner Management System: Boiler mounted in control panel enclosure. Microprocessor-based control to monitor all critical boiler and burner interlocks control and supervise burner light off sequence, and initiate an orderly safety procedure in the event of interlock or flame failure. Dynamic self checking. System to provide pre-post purge status, fault history, and diagnostic information by means of a two-line alpha-numeric display with alarm/status LEDS. Honeywell 7800 with display module, or approved equal.

H. Skid Mounted Auxiliary Equipment:

1. Boiler Feed System: The boiler skid shall be equipped with a vertical boiler feed system complete with water makeup valve, gage glass, simplex pump/motor assembly and steam preheat system including sparge tube, and pressure/temperature regulating valve. Tank to be a minimum 40 gallons to overflow and include a thermometer. Makeup

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 9 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

water shall connect to the RO water system specified in Section 15460, WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS. 2. Blowdown Separator: The boiler skid shall also include a Blowdown separator built to ASME code and complete with handhole and a aftercooler system that includes a temperature regulating valve, thermometer and strainer. 3. Interconnecting Piping: Boiler, feedset, and blowdown separator shall be pre-piped at factory to provide a single point connection for fuel, water make-up, blowdown drain and steam. All feedwater piping between boiler and feedset to be insulated at the factory. 4. Interconnecting Wiring: All wiring on boiler and feedset and between the two and to the single point of connection entry panel shall be included on skid. Wiring to be in conduit and shall meet NEC requirements.

I. Shop Test: The complete packaged boiler shall receive factory tests to check construction, operation and function of all controls. All shop tests may be witnessed by the purchaser at his own expense and upon sufficient notice to the company.

J. Accessories: Boiler stack as specified in this section.

K. Manufacturers:

1. Fulton, Model ICS 15. 2. Or approved equal.

2.5 BOILER STACK FOR FIRE TUBE BOILERS AND FIRE BOX BOILERS

A. Double Wall Boiler Stack:

1. UL listed Type IPS with one inch of ceramic fiber blanket insulation with rain cap. 2. Stainless steel inner and outer jacket. 3. Insulating thimble. 4. Type 304 stainless steel guide and support. 5. Tee section with drain where stack is offset. 6. Manufacturer’s standard fittings as required. 7. Expansion joints as shown on the drawings. 8. Freestand 10 feet above roof. 9. Meet the requirements of International Fuel Gas Code.

B. Manufacturers and Product:

1. Selkirk; Metalbestos. 2. Van Packer.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 10 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.6 ACCESSORIES

A. Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.

B. Equipment Identification Plates: Furnish 16-gauge stainless steel identification plate securely mounted on each separate equipment component and control panel in a readily visible location. Plate shall bear 3/8-inch high engraved block type black enamel filled equipment identification number and letters indicated in this Specification and as shown.

C. Anchor Bolts: Sized by equipment manufacturer and as specified in Section 05500, METAL FABRICATIONS AND CASTINGS. Coat in accordance with Section 09900, PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS.

2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Factory Inspections: Inspect control panels for required construction, electrical connection, and intended function.

B. Factory Tests and Adjustments: Test equipment furnished.

1. Functional Test: Perform manufacturer’s standard test.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Boiler:

1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Pipe drains and relief valve discharges to floor drain, terminating with an elbow discharging downward. Provide vent to outdoor from gas trains. 3. Provide chain wheel operators on boiler isolation valves higher than 7 feet above floor level. 4. Before being placed in service, boiler and piping system shall be boiled out for a period of 24 hours. Solution to be used in the boiler for the boiling out process only, shall consist of two pounds of trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of water. Upon completion of boiling out, flush out boiler with potable water, drain, and charge with chemically treated glycol solution. Protect boiler and appurtenances against internal corrosion until testing is completed and boiler is accepted. Professional services are required for cleaning/treatment process.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 11 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

5. Provide seismic restraints for the boiler utilizing lateral and vertical motion limiters described in SMACNA “Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems.” 6. Grout equipment mounted on concrete foundations before installing piping. Install piping in such a manner as not to place a strain on equipment. Do not bolt flanged joints tight unless they match. Grade, anchor, guide, and support piping without low pockets. 7. Locate equipment foundations as indicated, designed and made of sufficient size and weight to preclude shifting of equipment under operating conditions or under abnormal conditions that could be imposed upon the equipment. Foundations shall meet requirements of the equipment manufacturer. Concrete and grout shall conform to Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.

B. Boiler Stack and Breeching:

1. Assemble individual sections of stack together to provide a completely supported stack. 2. Follow manufacturer’s drawings and directions for installation of stack. 3. Install barometric damper in accordance with manufacturer’s instruction.

C. Boiler Feed System: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

D. Boiler Blowdown Separator: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Functional Tests: Conduct on each boiler assisted by manufacturer’s representative as follows:

1. Startup Assistance: a. Inspect all gas piping, system piping with accessories, and boiler breeching. b. Initial startup of boiler, and observe four subsequent starts. c. Adjust devices in fuel piping circuit. d. Perform checks on operating and safety controls. e. Calibrate integral controls, gauges, and thermometers. f. Perform and furnish everything required for inspections and tests as specified herein to demonstrate that boiler and auxiliary equipment, as installed, are in compliance with contract requirements. g. Clean strainers until no further accumulation of foreign material occurs. Exercise care to minimize loss of glycol when strainers are cleaned.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 12 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

h. Adjust safety and automatic control instruments as necessary to place them in proper operation and sequence. i. Test instrumentation shall be calibrated and have full scale readings from 1.5 to 2 times test values.

B. Performance Test:

1. Conduct on each boiler assisted by manufacturer’s representative. 2. Perform under actual or approved simulated operating conditions. 3. Preliminary operation test for a continuous 8-hour period without malfunction. 4. Acceptance Operating Test and Inspection: 15 days advance notice is required. 5. The air emission compliance test shall be conducted to demonstrate that each unit is operating and meeting the air permit requirements. a. The system supplier will retain an independent firm acceptable to ENGINEER and permitting entities that specialize in this type of work to collect all required data and prepare the necessary documentation. b. The air emission compliance test shall be conducted when the is at a "steady-state" condition. 6. A detailed test protocol for the Air Emission Compliance Test shall be submitted no later than 60 days prior to the initiation of the test. 7. Conduct the Air Emission Compliance Test after successful completion of field mechanical tests, computer system tests, and the integrated systems tests to ensure that all equipment is in operating condition. 8. Emission testing shall be conducted in accordance with test methods acceptable to the permitting entity. 9. The emission tests shall be performed during the Performance Test. 10. The supplier shall perform these tests within 90 days of commencements of operations. The OWNER shall be notified 60 days in advance of the testing. 11. The system supplier shall submit the final test reports within 60 days after completion of the tests. 12. Tests shall be conducted by an authorized representative of the manufacturer of the Boiler system. Costs of this representative shall be included in the bid for this equipment. At least 5 working days’ notice of beginning of test shall be given to the ENGINEER to allow witnessing of the tests. Required instrumentation not included in the system equipment shall be provided by the supplier. Upon completion of the tests, final adjustments and alignment check shall be made to the equipment, and the proper operation of all equipment demonstrated to the ENGINEER and the OWNER’s representative. The OWNER’s representative shall be instructed in the maintenance and operation of the equipment.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 13 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3.3 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES

A. A manufacturer’s representative for the equipment specified herein shall be present at the jobsite for the minimum person-days listed for the services hereinunder, travel time excluded, for each type of boiler:

1. 4 person-days for installation assistance (including meetings prior to fabrication to discuss equipment packaging), inspection, and certification of the installation. Provide certificate. 2. 1 person-day for functional and performance testing. 3. 1 person-day for prestartup classroom or jobsite training.

B. Training of OWNER’s personnel shall be minimum 8 hours instruction time for each type of boiler provided and at such locations as requested by OWNER.

C. See Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES, and Section 01810, EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP of Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

3.4 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATE(S)

A. Provide manufacturer’s certificate(s) in accordance with Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES of Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15500 14 HEAT GENERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15600 REFRIGERATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA): Bulletin 300. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): 90.1-2001, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential Buildings. 4. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI): Standard 550, Centrifugal or Rotary Screw Water-Chilling Packages. 5. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): Unfired Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII Water and Refrigerant Side. 6. ASTM International (ASTM): a. B68, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed. b. B75, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. c. B280, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. d. E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 7. Cooling Tower Institute (CTI): a. ATC-105, Acceptance Test for Water-Cooling Towers. b. STD-201, Standard for the Certification of Water-Cooling Tower Thermal Performance. c. Manual for Cooling Towers. 8. Electrical Test Laboratory. 9. Factory Mutual (FM). 10. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): 112, Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 11. National Electrical Manufacturers’ Association (NEMA): a. MG 1-12.53a, Motors and Generators. b. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 12. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 440. b. 90A, Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 13. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15600 SUPPLEMENT 1 REFRIGERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

14. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems. 15. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Product Directories.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings:

1. Complete specifications, descriptive drawings, catalog cuts, and descriptive literature including make, model, dimensions, weight of equipment, and electrical schematics for equipment specified. 2. Complete piping schematic for condenser unit(s).

B. Information Submittals:

1. Factory run test results for water chiller. 2. Recommended procedures for protection and handling of equipment and materials prior to installation. 3. Manufacturers’ Certificates of Compliance for chillers, fans, and cooling towers. 4. Manufacturers’ Service Reports. 5. Detailed information on structural, mechanical, electrical, or other modifications necessary to adapt the arrangement or details shown to the equipment furnished. 6. Operating and maintenance data for equipment furnished. 7. List of recommended spare parts for equipment and materials specified. 8. Special guarantees.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Air handler coil data shall be reviewed by condensing unit manufacturer for compatibility with installed refrigeration system.

B. Regulatory Requirements:

1. Cooling equipment shall have minimum operating efficiencies as specified in Chapter 6 of ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2001. 2. Cooling Tower Certification: In accordance with Cooling Tower Institute Standard STD-201, for each cooling tower furnished.

1.4 SPECIAL GUARANTEE

A. Provide manufacturer’s extended guarantee or warranty, with OWNER named as beneficiary, in writing, as special guarantee. Special guarantee shall provide for correction, or at the option of the OWNER, removal and replacement of Work specified in this Specification section found defective during a period of 5 years after the date of Substantial Completion. Duties and

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15600 SUPPLEMENT 2 REFRIGERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

obligations for correction or removal and replacement of defective Work as specified in the General Conditions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 RELATED SECTION

A. See Section 15056, HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES, for additional requirements.

2.2 SCREW COMPRESSOR WATER CHILLER WITH ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES, AIR-COOLED (CH-M-1401, CH-M-1402)

A. General:

1. Operating Characteristics: a. Capable of starting and running at outdoor ambient temperatures from 0 degrees F to 125 degrees F. b. Capable of starting up with 95 degrees F entering fluid temperature to cooler. 2. Performance certified in accordance with ARI 550 and bearing certification label. 3. Weatherproof NEMA 250, Type 4 factory wired control panel. 4. Mounted on factory supplied continuous galvanized structural steel base. 5. Furnish aluminum protective hail guards over each fan discharge and each coil inlet.

B. Compressors:

1. Factory assembled semihermetic twin-screw compressor with adjustable frequency drive, designed for R-134a refrigerant. Adjustable frequency drives shall comply with IEEE 519 requirements. 2. Mounted on rubber-in-shear isolation. 3. Capacity range from 10 to 100 percent of full output. 4. Charges: a. Complete initial charge of refrigerant. b. Complete initial charge of compressor oil. 5. Lubrication System: a. Include oil sump heater to maintain oil temperature when system is not operating. b. Include prefilter and internal filter capable of filtration to 2 microns. 6. Twin compressor rotors made of precision ductile iron casting.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15600 SUPPLEMENT 3 REFRIGERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

7. Motor: a. Inverter duty nameplate 460-volt service, with plus or minus 15 percent voltage variation. b. Suction refrigerant gas-cooled oversized motor in a common ductile steel casing. c. Semihermetically sealed motors of squirrel-cage design with windings specially insulated to withstand refrigerant flooding. d. Built-in overload protected motor with NEMA 250, Type 4 weatherproof terminal box. 8. Load-limiting device for positive protection against operation in excess of nameplate rating. 9. Modulating pilot-operated solenoid valve capacity control capable.

C. Evaporator:

1. Mechanically cleanable shell-and-tube type with removable heads. 2. Seamless nonferrous tubes rolled into steel tube header sheets. 3. Refrigerant level sensing device. 4. Tube water velocity shall not exceed 10 fps. 5. Capacity: Based on 0.0005 fouling factor. 6. Insulation: a. Insulated with factory applied 3/4-inch closed cell polyvinyl chloride insulation. b. 1/2-inch polyvinyl chloride insulation factory applied to interconnecting piping between insulated components. c. External surfaces of insulation to be nonporous and abrasion-resistant. Provide UV lighting protection on the external surface.

D. Condenser:

1. Coil: a. Air-cooled with internal subcooler. b. Aluminum fins bonded to seamless copper tubing. c. Designed for working pressure of 450 psig tube side. 2. Fans: a. Vertical air discharge, low speed, propeller type that cycle to maintain head pressure. b. Protected drip-proof or totally enclosed motors.

E. Refrigeration Specialties for Each Independent Circuit:

1. Liquid line shutoff valve. 2. Suction and discharge shutoff valves. 3. High and low side pressure relief device. 4. Electronic expansion device.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15600 SUPPLEMENT 4 REFRIGERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

5. Moisture indicating site glass. 6. Combination filter-dryer assembly. 7. Oil separator.

F. Control Panel:

1. Mount power, starting, safety, and operating controls in a built-in, fully enclosed, NEMA 250, Type 4 weatherproof control panel. 2. Mount enclosure on the factory supplied structural steel base. 3. Separate 115-volt water chiller components from 460-volt components and house in two-compartment control panel.

G. Controls:

1. Unit controls shall include the following minimum components: a. Microprocessor. b. Power and control circuit terminal blocks. c. ON/OFF control switch. d. Replaceable solid-state relay panels. e. Thermistor installed to measure saturated condensing temperature, cooler saturation temperature, compressor return gas temperature, and cooler entering and leaving fluid temperature. 2. Unit controls shall include the following functions: a. Automatic circuit lead/lag. b. Capacity control based on leaving chilled water fluid temperature. c. Limiting chilled water temperature pull-down rate at startup. d. 7-day time schedule. e. Leaving chilled water fluid temperature reset from return fluid, outdoor air temperature, space temperature, or 4 to 20 mA input. f. Demand limit control with two-stage control or through 4 to 20 mA input. g. Auto-restart after power failure. 3. Diagnostics: Display module shall be capable of indicating safety lockout condition by displaying information in clear language at display. Information displayed shall include: a. Compressor lockout. b. Loss of charge. c. Low fluid flow. d. Low oil pressure. e. Cooler freeze protection. f. High or low suction superheat. g. Thermistor malfunction. h. Entering and leaving fluid temperature. i. Evaporator and condenser pressure. j. Electronic expansion valve positions. k. All set points. l. Time of day.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15600 SUPPLEMENT 5 REFRIGERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

4. Direct Digital Control Integration: a. Provide complete integration of control specified in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL. b. DDC Communication: 1) Digital Input: Chiller enable/disable signal from DDC system. 2) Digital Output: ON/OFF status to DDC system. 3) One Digital Output: Trouble alarm signal to DDC system. 4) Analog Input: Chilled water supply setpoint from DDC system. 5) Analog Output: Percent loading to DDC system. 6) Analog Output: Current consumption in KW to DDC system. 7) Analog Output: Entering/leaving water temperature.

H. Safeties: Unit shall be equipped with thermistors and all necessary components in conjunction with control system to provide unit with the following protections:

1. Loss of refrigerant charge. 2. Low chilled fluid temperature. 3. Low oil pressure (each compressor circuit). 4. Voltage imbalance. 5. Ground current fault. 6. Thermal overload. 7. High pressure. 8. Electrical overload. 9. Loss of phase. 10. Current imbalance. 11. Loss of chilled water flow.

I. Accessories and Options: Provide the following options and accessories with each chiller.

1. Sound Reduction: a. Ultra quiet fans. b. Compressor sound blankets. c. Full unit louvered enclosure. 2. Power Supply/Connections: a. Single point terminal block. b. Non-fused disconnect. 3. Condenser Coil Environmental Protection: Condenser coils shall be constructed of black epoxy-coated aluminum fins. 4. Building HVAC Systems Interfaces: Provide each chiller with gateway panel for interface to DDC system. 5. Vibration Isolation: 1 inch level adjustable, spring and case type isolators for mounting under the unit base rail.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15600 SUPPLEMENT 6 REFRIGERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

J. Capacity:

1. 210 tons, nominal. 2. Chilled Water Flow: 360 gpm. 3. Chilled Water In/Out: 56 degrees F/42 degrees F. 4. Chiller Pressure Drop (Maximum): 15 feet. 5. Maximum Total kW Input: 239. 6. NPLV: 14.8. 7. Power: 460-volt, three-phase, 60-Hz.

K. Manufacturers and Products:

1. York; Model No. YCAV0207VA46. 2. No exception taken.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.

2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Water Chiller Factory Test: Perform a full factory run test on the water chiller. Before shipping the water chiller, verify the results in writing for the following test items:

1. Monitor and record at job specified conditions the evaporator, condenser, and oil pressures. 2. Monitor and record at job specified conditions the ampere draw for each electric motor. 3. Check all controls for proper function and sequence. 4. Cycle condenser fans. 5. Verify water chiller capacity by checking chilled water temperatures entering and leaving the evaporator. 6. Leak test condenser coils under water at 1.5 times design working pressure. 7. Conduct compressor run test. 8. Leak test refrigerant system under pressure and under vacuum.

B. Energy Efficient Motors: Test in accordance with NEMA MG 1-12.53a and IEEE 112, Test Method B.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15600 SUPPLEMENT 7 REFRIGERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Water Chiller:

1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Pipe relief valve discharge to exterior of building. 3. Install unit on isolators provided by the manufacturer. 4. Flush out chiller and all connecting piping prior to initial fill with a cleaning agent approved by the chiller manufacturer. 5. Provide prestartup servicing and equipment. 6. Wrap exterior exposed cooling tower piping with heat cable and provide thermostatic control from thermostat provided with the tower. 7. Provide adequate pipe slope and drain valves to allow manual winter draining of cooling tower loop. 8. Inspect all piping and electrical circuits. 9. Charge with initial refrigerant and oil charges. 10. Check for proper loading on the starter, operation of the system, and other functions associated with startup. 11. Perform operating checks on all operating and safety controls. 12. Calibrate integral controls, gauges, and thermometers.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Functional Tests: Conduct on each chiller assisted by manufacturer’s representative as follows:

1. Alignment: Prior to facility startup, test complete assemblies for correct rotation, proper alignment and connection, quiet operation, and satisfactory specified performance.

B. Performance Test:

1. Conduct on each chiller assisted by manufacturer’s representative. 2. Perform under actual or approved simulated operating conditions. 3. Test for a continuous 8-hour period without malfunction. 4. Perform with the ENGINEER present. 5. Test Log: Upon completion of test, record and report results. 6. Adjust, realign, or modify units and retest if necessary.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15600 SUPPLEMENT 8 REFRIGERATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3.3 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES

A. Provide manufacturer’s representative at site in accordance with Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES, for installation assistance, inspection, and certification of proper installation, equipment testing, startup assistance, and training of OWNER’s personnel for specified equipment.

1. Supervise the chiller main and auxiliary piping and component connections. 2. Provide initial chiller startup in the ENGINEER’s and OWNER’s presence. 3. Provide 2 eight-hour person-days and 2 trips for the purpose of training OWNER on chilled water system equipment and system operation and maintenance.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15600 SUPPLEMENT 9 REFRIGERATION ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15710 HEAT TRANSFER

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The work of this section includes providing equipment, installation and all appurtenant work.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels. 3. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals:

1. Shop Drawings: a. Specifications, descriptive drawings, catalog cuts, and descriptive literature which shall include make, model, dimensions, weight of products, and electrical schematics, for all products specified. b. Manufacturer’s standard finish color selection for enclosure finishes.

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Recommended procedures for protection and handling of equipment and materials prior to installation. 2. Special guarantees.

1.4 SPECIAL GUARANTEE

A. Furnish manufacturer’s extended guarantee or warranty, with OWNER named as beneficiary, in writing, as special guarantee. Special guarantee shall provide for correction, or at the option of the OWNER, removal and replacement of Work specified in this Specification section found defective during a period of 5 years after the date of Substantial Completion. Duties and obligations for correction or removal and replacement of defective Work as specified in the General Conditions.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15710 1 HEAT TRANSFER ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SUPPLEMENTS

A. See supplements to this section for additional product information.

2.2 PLATE AND FRAME HEAT EXCHANGERS

A. General:

1. Individual and removable plates and gaskets contained in a carrier assembly. 2. Designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels. 3. ASME pressure vessel labeled. 4. Working Pressure Rating: 220 psig minimum at 180 degrees F. 5. Relief valve sized to pressure vessel. 6. Piping Connections: 150-pound ANSI Standard flanged nozzles. 7. Furnish units with studded port connections integral with the unit end plate with a 150-pound ANSI Standard flanged pipe spool and gasket for each piping connection, sized to match connection and 12 inches long. 8. Plates: Type 316 stainless steel. 9. Gaskets: Viton, EPDM, or Nitrile, as recommended by the manufacturer for temperatures and fluids specified. 10. Base Anchor Bolts: 3/4-inch minimum diameter, Type 316 stainless steel.

B. Manufacturers and Products:

1. ITT; PHE. 2. Mueller; Accu-Therm. 3. Alfa-Laval.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Equipment Identification Plates: Furnish 16-gauge stainless steel identification plate securely mounted on each separate equipment component in a readily visible location. Plate shall bear 3/8-inch high engraved block type black enamel filled equipment identification number and letters indicated in this Specification and as shown.

B. Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15710 2 HEAT TRANSFER ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Heat Exchangers: Support from the floor with an angle iron frame and flush shells. Anchor securely in place.

3.2 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES

A. Provide manufacturer’s representative at site in accordance with Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES, for installation assistance, inspection and certification of proper installation, equipment testing, startup assistance, and training of OWNER’s personnel for specified equipment.

3.3 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION”, are a part of this Specification.

1. Data Sheets: Plate and frame heat exchanger.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15710 3 HEAT TRANSFER ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15710: PLATE AND FRAME HEAT EXCHANGER DATA SHEET HX-M-1101, 1102

Project: LCSA - Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: Maintenance - Boiler Room Service: Heating Water

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: ITT PHE P47-65-TMTL

Unit Dimensions: 24 Inches Long 21 Inches Wide 72 Inches High

HOT SIDE COLD SIDE Fluid: 35% Propylene Glycol Water Density: 62.02 LB/ft3 60.73 LB/ft3 Specific Heat: 0.95 BTU/Lb*F 1.00 BTU/Lb*F Latent Heat: -- Mean Viscosity: Inlet/Outlet (cP) .83 .39 Flow Rate: 90 GPM 140 GPM Heat Transfer: 1,000,000 BTU/Hr 1,000,000 BTU/Hr Inlet Temperature: 190 °F 165 °F Outlet Temperature: 166 °F 180 °F Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 BTU/Hr*Ft*F 0.38 BTU/Hr*Ft*F Maximum Operating Temperature: 302 °F °F Operating Pressure: PSIG PSIG Maximum Pressure Drop: 6.0 PSI 6.0 PSI Piping Connections (Minimum Diameter): 2" Inches 2" Inches Frame & Plate Material / Thickness: Stainless Steel/AISI3160/0/50 mm Carrying Bar Material: Tightening Bolts Material: Channel Plates Material: AISI316 Connections Material: Steel Gasket Material: Plate Arrangement: Counter current

OPTIONS

REMARKS

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 3/30/2017 15710-01 1 PLATE AND FRAME HEAT EXCHANGER ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720 AIR HANDLING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI): 410 Forced- Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils. 2. Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA): a. Bulletin 300, Setup No. 1. b. Standard 99, Standards Handbook, Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. c. Standard 210, Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating. 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): a. 52, Method of Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter. b. HVAC Applications chapter in “Seismic Restraint Design.” 4. ASTM International (ASTM): D4157, Abrasion Resistance of Textile Fabrics (Oscillatory Cylinder Method), Test Method for. 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): 112, Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 6. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): MG 1-12.53a, Motors and Generators. 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70, National Electric Code (NEC). b. 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. c. 90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. 8. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 9. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): Product Directories.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Complete specifications, descriptive drawings, catalog cuts, and descriptive literature, which shall include make, model, dimensions, weight of equipment, and electrical schematics for products specified.

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Manufacturer’s Test Reports for the following:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 1 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

a. Air handling unit water or glycol heating coil. b. Air handling unit electric heating coil. c. Air handling unit water or glycol cooling coil. d. Air handling unit direct expansion cooling coil. e. Air handling unit preheat coil finned elements. f. Noise test results. 2. Certificates of Conformance: a. Motors specified to be energy-efficient type. b. Fans. 3. Recommended procedures for protection and handling of products prior to installation. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data: As specified in Section 01430, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA for equipment specified.

1.3 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and storage the following spare parts, special tools, and materials:

Item Quantity Pre-Filters Four complete sets per unit Final Filters Four complete sets per unit Compressors One per compressor size, to be supplied (with standard 1-year warranty) by Installing Contractor to OWNER at time of Substantial Completion Special tools required to One complete set for each different size maintain or dismantle unit

B. Delivery: In accordance with Section 01600, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.

1.4 SPECIAL GUARANTEE

A. Furnish manufacturer's extended guarantee or warranty, with OWNER named as beneficiary, in writing, as special guarantee. Special guarantee shall provide for correction, or at the option of the OWNER, removal or replacement if any material or labor is found defective during a period of 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion. Manufacturer's warranty covers parts. Any warranty labor is the responsibility of the Installing Contractor. Duties and obligations for correction or removal and replacement of defective Work as specified in General Conditions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 2 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

A. Where called for, furnish NEMA 12 fused disconnects on fan units.

B. Where corrosive resistance service is noted, coat interior surfaces and fan wheel in contact with the air stream with 6-mil minimum thickness of chemical-resistant epoxy coating.

C. Where spark-proof construction requirements are noted, furnish equipment in accordance with AMCA Standard 99-0401 for Type B spark-proof construction.

D. Where adjustable frequency drives are used, motors shall be inverter duty type.

E. Shafts and Drive Belts:

1. Furnish multiple drive belts where motor horsepower is 2 hp or larger. 2. Belt Guards: Meet federal and Commonwealth of Virginia OSHA requirements for safety protection, and be easily removable by one person. 3. Tachometer Access Holes: Large enough to accept standard tachometer drive shaft. 4. Center punch fan shaft to accommodate tachometer readings.

F. Fan Equipment: Rated and tested in accordance with AMCA 210 and AMCA 2401 for Class I service, unless otherwise specified.

G. Ball Bearings:

1. For Forward-Curved Fans: Size for minimum life L-10 of over 80,000 hours. 2. For Airfoil and Backward Inclined Fans: Size for minimum life L-10 of over 40,000 hours, with an average life L-50 of over 200,000 hours.

H. Drives for Belt-Driven Fans:

1. Sheaves shall be capable of providing 150 percent of motor horsepower. 2. Mount motors on adjustable motor brackets. 3. Furnish motors 5 hp and under with adjustable speed sheaves that allow for 20 percent speed variation. 4. Furnish belt-driven fans with cast iron or flanged steel sheaves. 5. Motor covers and belt guards, where called out, shall meet OSHA guidelines.

I. Air Filters, Fans, Air Handlers, and Air Conditioners: Meet requirements of NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.

J. Acoustical Levels:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 3 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1. Air handlers listed below are critical for proper acoustical design of the adjacent spaces. 2. Make equipment selections that produce sound power levels in each of the octave bands no greater than shown. 3. Perform noise tests in accordance with AMCA 300. 4. Maximum dB Sound Power Levels by Octave Band (Reference 10 to the -12 Watts): See supplements to this section for additional information.

2.2 SUPPLEMENTS

A. See supplements to this section for additional product information.

2.3 AIR HANDLING UNITS

A. Unit Construction:

1. Unit casing shall be of minimum 16 gauge satin coat galvanized sheet metal. Surfaces shall be cleaned with a degreasing solvent to remove oil and metal oxides and primed with a two-part acid based etching primer. Finish shall be a two-part epoxy with polyurethane topcoat, to all exposed surfaces. All unprotected metal and welds shall be factory coated. 2. Unit shall be provided with 22 gauge solid galvanized metal liner over all insulated areas of sidewalls and roof. Unless indicated otherwise for individual sections, finish side of the liner that is in contact with the airstream and all bulkheads shall be a two-part epoxy applied in the same fashion as that on the unit casing. 22-gauge Type 304 stainless steel may be provided in lieu of epoxy-coated galvanized metal in all sections, at no additional cost to the OWNER. 3. All units shall be internally insulated with 3 pounds per cubic foot density acoustic insulation. Insulation thickness shall match wall thickness indicated on Data Sheets. Insulation shall be secured with steel angles. All longitudinal insulation joints and butt ends shall be covered by a sheet metal break to prevent erosion of exposed edges. Drain pans and all floor areas shall be insulated on the underside. 4. All walls, roofs, and floors shall be of formed panel construction; with at least two breaks at each joint. Joints shall be secured by sheet metal screws or pop rivets. Wall and floor joints shall be broken in and roof joints broken out (exposed) for rigidity. All joints shall be caulked with a water-resistant sealant. Corrosion protection for floors is the same as for liner and bulkheads. 5. Units shall be provided with access doors to all of the following components that are applicable to this particular job: fans and motors; coils; filters; dampers and operators; humidifiers; access plenums; and controls. Access doors shall be large enough for easy access. Removal of screwed wall panels will not be acceptable.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 4 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

a. Provide hinged access doors, fully lined, with stainless steel piano hinges and brass pins, in welded steel frames. Doors shall be fully lined with automotive bulb gasket and nylon 6/PA6 lever type handles, operable from both sides for all units over 48 inches high. Units 60 inches and above in height to have three handles per door. All others to have two handles per door. b. Whenever possible, hinged access doors to areas of negative pressure shall open out, and to areas of positive pressure shall open in. Where space constrictions require the use of outward opening doors to an area of positive pressure, a clear warning label must be affixed. c. Door directly upstream of cooling coil and all doors downstream of cooling coil shall have thermal breaks to minimize sweating. Cooling coil sections and sections downstream of cooling coils shall have thermal breaks. 6. Casings shall be supported on formed galvanized steel channel or structural channel supports, designed and welded for low deflections. Integral lifting lugs shall be provided for hoisting. 7. Cooling unit drain pans shall be an integral part of the floor paneling, a minimum of 2 inches deep, with welded corners. Drain pans shall extend a minimum of 6 inches downstream of coil face and be provided with a 1.5 inch M.P.T. drain connection. Drain pans must be sloped and pitched such that there is no standing water. Intermediate drain pans shall be provided between cooling coils above 65 inches. Drain pans shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 8. AHU sections specified on the Data Sheets with thermal breaks shall include the following construction features to minimize condensation on the unit exterior: a. Staggered wall construction for the interior wall (liner). b. Thermal breaks on all doors and door frames. c. Insulated cap between the interior wall and the floor.

B. Fans:

1. Supply and return air fans shall be backward inclined or airfoil design and rated in accordance with AMCA Standard Test Code, Bulletin 210. Fan manufacturer shall be a member of AMCA. All fans and fan assemblies shall be dynamically balanced during factory test run. Fan shafts shall be selected for stable operation at least 20 percent below the first critical RPM. Fan shafts shall be provided with a rust inhibiting coating. Fans shall be equipped with greaseable, self-aligning ball or roller type pillow block bearings, supported on a rigid structural steel frame. Fan scroll shall have epoxy coating, and wheel shall be aluminum. All other parts of the assembly (except for shaft, bearings, and isolators) shall be epoxy or heresite coated.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 5 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Motor, fan bearings and drive assembly shall be located inside the fan plenum to minimize bearing wear and to allow for internal vibration isolation of the fan-motor assembly, where required. Motor mounting shall be adjustable to allow for variations in belt tension. 3. Provide epoxy coated belt guards on all units. 4. Fan-motor assemblies shall be provided with vibration isolators. Isolators shall be bolted to steel channel welded to unit floor, which is welded to the structural frame of the unit. The isolators shall be vertical spring type with leveling bolts, bridge bearing waffled pads with minimum 1 inch static deflection designed to achieve high isolation efficiency. Fans shall be attached to the discharge panel by a polyvinyl chloride coated polyester woven fabric, with a sealed double locking fabric to metal connection. 5. Fan motors shall be totally enclosed TEFC high efficiency type. 6. External static pressure on data sheets at the end of this section are duct losses only. Losses inside the unit, such as dirty filter loading, are not included in external static pressure. Manufacturer is responsible for calculating AHU internal losses, including dirty filter loading. A dirty filter allowance is included on each AHU data sheet. Include dirty filter allowance when selecting fans.

C. Filters:

1. Filter sections shall be provided with adequately sized access doors to allow easy removal of filters. Filter removal shall be from one side as noted on the drawings. 2. Filter media shall meet U.L. Class 2 standards. 3. Media support shall be expanded, electro-galvanized grid with an effective open area of not less than 97 percent. The expanded metal grid shall be bonded to the filter media, eliminating the possibility of media oscillation and pullaway. Contour stabilizers of galvanized steel shall be installed on both air entering and exiting sides of the media pack. The filter shall be capable of withstanding 10 inches W.G. pressure drop without noticeable distortion of the media pack. The enclosing frame shall be aluminum or Type 304 stainless steel with the media pack mechanically and chemically bonded to the inside periphery. 4. Each filter bank shall be provided with a flush-mounted Magnahelic air filter gauge with adjustable signal flag (Dwyer Series 2000, or approved equal). 5. Pre-Filters: 2-inch pleated panel disposable filters, non-woven reinforced cotton/poly fabric media with a metal support grid and heavy duty beverage board-enclosing frame. Permanent re-usable aluminum or Type 304 stainless steel enclosing frame. The filter media shall have MERV 8 efficiency per ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999. 6. Final Filters: Rigid self-supporting extended surface disposable filters consisting of high density synthetic media, media support grid, metal

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 6 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

contour stabilizers, metal diagonal support bracing and enclosing frame. Media shall be 3 ply, dual stage synthetic. Pre-filter layer of coarse 7 to 10 micron synthetic fibers; secondary ply of progressively structured spun bonded polypropylene fibers blended with filaments from 1 to 6.7 microns; and final ply of spun bonded polypropylene backing with strength to support filtering stages. The media shall withstand 100 percent humidity and be non-shedding. Media shall have MERV 13 efficiency per ASHRAE 52.2-1999. Media shall be quality certified by ISO-9002.

D. Dampers:

1. Dampers shall be provided as indicated on Data Sheets. Damper frames shall be u-shaped galvanized metal sections securely screwed or welded to the air handling unit chassis. Pivot rods of 1/2-inch aluminum, shall turn in bronze bushings, fabricated from self-oiling bronze. Rods shall be secured to the blade by means of straps and set screws. 2. Blades shall be 18 gauge aluminum and of airfoil design with two breaks on each edge and three breaks on centerline for rigidity. The pivot rod shall “nest” in the centerline break. Damper edges shall interlock. Maximum length of damper between supports shall be 42 inches. Damper linkage brackets shall be constructed of galvanized metal. 3. The dampers shall be low leak, parallel blade and shall include blade ends sealed with an adhesive backed foamed polyurethane gasketing. Interlocking blade edges shall include an all weather PVC seal, fastened with a positive lock grip and pliable overlap edges on both the entering and leaving air sides. Pivot rods extend the full length of damper blades and are interlocked on the side through crank arms. 4. Damper sizes are indicated in Section 17901, HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS AND INSTRUMENTS. 5. Damper operators are provided under Section 17901, HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

E. Coils:

1. Coils shall be constructed of copper tube and aluminum fin with copper headers. Fins constructed of aluminum or copper shall be rippled for maximum heat transfer and shall be mechanically bonded to the tubes by mechanical expansion of the tubes. The coils shall have a Type 316 stainless steel casing. All coils shall be factory tested with air at 300 psig while immersed in an illuminated water tank. 2. Coils shall be ARI 410 performance rated. 3. Headers shall be located inside of the air handler unit and arranged for counterflow between air and water. Locate supply and return connections on same side.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 7 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

4. Coils shall be removable from the unit at the header end, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. All water coils shall be equipped with a capped vent tapping at the top of the return header, and a capped drain tapping at the bottom of the supply header. Coils shall be completely drainable. 5. Water coils shall be circuited to provide adequate tube velocities to meet design requirements. Internal turbulators are not acceptable. 6. Refrigerant Superfin evaporator type coils shall be equipped with distributors connected to the coil by copper tubes. Hot gas bypass inlet shall be at the refrigerant distributor. Solenoid valves, expansion valves, and related accessories are to be provided and installed by the refrigeration contractor. 7. Refrigerant coils shall be alternate tube circuited in order to distribute the cooling effect over the entire coil face at reduced load conditions. 8. Provide Heresite P-413, a pure phenolic thermosetting resinous coating, to protect coils against exposure to corrosive atmospheres. The process shall be accomplished by a multiple coat application of degreasing and etching, dipping and baking (four times), resulting in complete coating coverage of the fins, tubes, headers and casing.

F. Humidifier:

1. Dispersion Panel: Humidity distribution system shall incorporate the manufacturer-supplied distribution manifold incorporating metered orifices. Orifices shall draw steam from the center of the distribution tube to utilize the driest steam available. 2. Type 316 stainless steel steam supply header/separator. 3. Type 316 stainless steel condensate collection header. 4. Bank of closely-spaced Type 316 stainless steel steam dispersion tubes spanning the distance between the supply and condensate headers. 5. Humidifier section shall have a Type 316 stainless steel casing. 6. Condensate Tempering Device: Device shall mix cold water via temperature actuated valve with hot water discharged from humidifier to reduce the discharged hot water to 140 degrees F. Dristeem; Drane- Kooler, or approved equal.

G. Sound Attenuators:

1. Sound attenuators shall be an integral part of the air handling units. Sound power level reduction shall meet or exceed performance indicated on the data sheet supplements at the end of this section. 2. Material of construction shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 3. Interior baffles for rectangular silencers shall be made from not less than 26-gauge perforated stainless steel. 4. Acoustical fill material shall be of inorganic mineral or glass fiber. Material shall be inert, vermin, and moisture proof.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 8 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

5. Combustion rating for the acoustical fill shall be not greater than the following when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255, or UL 723: a. Flamespread Classification: 20. b. Smoke Developed Rating: 20. c. Fuel Contribution: 15. 6. Silencers shall be made airtight with approved duct seal material to match pressure class of system for which it is used. Silencers shall not fail structurally when subjected to a differential pressure of 8 inches WC inside to outside of casing. 7. The air pressure drop across silencers shall not exceed 0.2-inch WC at the design flow rate. 8. Size, type, and rating of silencers shall meet or exceed the insertion loss and air pressure loss scheduled at the end of this section.

H. Mixing Section:

1. Include mixing dampers on return and outside air inlets of the type shown. 2. Set parallel-blade dampers to merge air streams inside the box. 3. Position opposed-blade dampers across the long dimension of each air opening, with linkage arranged so corresponding outside and return air dampers move together. 4. Where opposed-blade dampers are required in filter mixing boxes, furnish either the combination style box, or a two-piece assembly with a vee filter box and high efficiency mixing box bolted together. 5. Install damper linkage at the factory to provide minimum and maximum damper segments proportional to quantities of minimum and maximum outside air requirements.

I. Inspection or Access Plenum Module:

1. Install where indicated on data sheets. 2. Furnish access door 60 inches high, or as high as possible, by 24 inches wide minimum.

J. Pre-Wired Equipment and Factory Installed Controls:

1. Air Handler Units shall be factory wired and shall be certified by ETL. Provide single-point power connection for entire unit. 2. All electrical circuits shall undergo a dielectric strength test, and shall be factory tested and checked as to proper function. 3. Prewired air handler units shall bear an ETL label with all the necessary identification marks, electrical data, and any necessary cautions as required by the National Electrical Code. 4. Provide a system of motor control, including all necessary terminal blocks, motor contactors, motor overload protection, grounding lugs,

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 9 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

control transformers, auxiliary contactors and terminals for the connection of external control devices or relays. Provide main NEMA 12 disconnect switch. 5. Automatic controls shall be housed in a NEMA 12 control panel mounted in or on the air handler units, which will meet the standard of the specific installation. 6. Factory-supplied control system with solid state analyzer incorporating proportional and integral control to maintain discharge air reset temperature setpoint provided by DDC system. 7. Fire alarm circuits (where required) shall be powered from a relay in the unit circuitry. 8. Unit shall be controlled remotely by the DDC system. a. Factory controls shall be capable of receiving the following inputs from the DDC system: 1) Unit enable/disable. The unit's factory controls will start the unit's internal components. 2) Heating coil discharge air reset temperature. b. Provide the following outputs to DDC system: Common failure alarm. 9. Provide freezestat downstream of heating coil. Upon sensing heating coil discharge air temperature below 35 degrees F, the factory controls shall shut the AHU down. For constant volume units, freezestat shall be hard-wired to starter in AHU control panel. Variable volume units will have AFD provided by others in electrical room. The AFD will receive a signal directly from the AHU control panel to shut down via output connection at AHU control panel terminal strip (field wiring by others). 10. For constant volume units, provide factory-installed HOA switch mounted on AHU control panel. Variable volume units will have HOA switch provided by others at the AFD. The AFD will send a HAND signal directly from HOA switch to DDC system (field wiring by others). When AHU is in HAND, DDC system shall fully open dampers before starting fan. DDC system shall verify dampers are open with limit switches and send a damper status signal to AHU control panel, at which point AHU control panel shall start fan. 11. See Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL, for additional requirements and interfaces between AHU factory controls and plant DDC system.

K. Manufacturers:

1. Engineered Air. 2. Racan. 3. Temtrol. 4. Or approved equal.

2.4 CENTRIFUGAL FANS

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 10 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

A. Centrifugal Fans:

1. Single-width, single-inlet (SWSI). 2. Housing with lock seam joints or welded to formed scroll sheets with sloping fan cutoff. 3. Spun steel or die-formed bellmouth inlet and welded steel supports. 4. Airfoil or BI wheel fastened to spun steel rim and hub plate. 5. Solid or tubular steel shaft.

B. High efficiency motor.

C. Self-aligning grease-packed pillow-block bearings.

D. Weatherproof cover over motor and drive on outdoor units, or removable belt guard on indoor units.

E. Removable stainless steel inlet screen over open exposed inlet.

F. Fused disconnect.

G. Corrosive Resistant: Provide 2-part epoxy coating.

H. Furnish 3/4-inch drain connection at bottom of fan scroll on outdoor units and on upblast indoor units.

I. Teflon or ceramic shaft seal.

J. Flexible connections on inlet and outlet.

K. Manufacturers and Products:

1. New York Blower. 2. Greenheck. 3. Loren Cook. 4. Or approved equal.

2.5 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS

A. Fans:

1. Constructed of low carbon steel, belt-driven, and painted with an approved rust-resistant coating. 2. Inlets: Fully streamlined. 3. Housings: a. Suitably braced to prevent vibration or pulsation. b. Arc-welded steel throughout. 4. Fan Wheel:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 11 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

a. Die-formed airfoil or BI blades designed for maximum efficiency and quiet operation. b. Continuously weld blades to back plate and to wheel cone. 5. Equip with an adjustable motor base integral with the fan housing. 6. Motor base completely welded, consisting of frame and reinforcing side sheets to assure maximum strength and rigidity.

B. High efficiency motor.

C. Bearings:

1. Ball or roller antifriction type. 2. Equipped with extended lubrication lines to grease fittings outside of the fan housing. 3. Shafts shall operate at no more than 70 percent of first critical speed to assure smooth operation.

D. Fan Accessories:

1. Belt guard. 2. Weatherproof cover. 3. Quick-open access door. 4. Inlet and/or outlet flanges.

E. Fused disconnect.

F. Corrosive Resistant: Provide 2-part epoxy coating.

G. Flexible connections on fan inlet and outlet.

H. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Greenheck; Model BSQ. 2. Loren Cook; Model SQNB. 3. ACME; Centri Master Model XB Series. 4. Or approved equal.

2.6 CEILING FAN (CF-M-1601)

A. Industrial grade and corrosion resistant.

B. Totally-enclosed direct-drive variable speed motor with permanent sealed ball bearings.

C. Motors shall have built-in, self-resetting (internal) thermal overload protection.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 12 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

D. Performance shall be certified by AMCA, an independent laboratory or a University Engineering department with documented testing.

E. All fans to have factory-installed Secondary Support Cable Assembly connected to motor shaft, with minimum 6 feet galvanized cable 3/32-inch by 7 with rated breaking strength of 920 pounds and must comply with CSA Standard C22.2, September 1986.

F. Fan blades shall be straight with contoured shaped design for maximum efficiency. Motor and blades shall have electrostatically applied epoxy paint.

G. Factory Supplied Accessories to Include:

1. Solid state motor speed control (UL listed) with reversible switch. 2. Special length downrods. 3. Totally-enclosed impact resistant fan guard.

H. Performance: 56-inch blades, 310 rpm, 20,500 cfm, 40 watts, 115 volt/ 1 phase/60 Hz.

I. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Canarm; Model CP56 F and R. 2. Leading Edge. 3. Or approved equal.

2.7 WELDING FUME EXHAUSTER (EF-M-1303)

A. General: Provide a complete assembly consisting of a pipe boom, welding exhaust arm, and exhaust fan for removal of welding fumes from the interior of buildings. Provide all components specified herein including any additional accessories required to achieve the arrangement specified.

B. Pipe Boom:

1. 8-inch diameter seamless metal tubing with minimum 1/8-inch wall thickness. 2. 8-foot boom length with support bar, as required, to support entire assembly. 3. Low restriction 8-inch elbow. 4. Welded steel mounting base and rotating bearing assembly suitable for block wall mounting providing 180-degree horizontal rotation. 5. Stainless steel swivels to connect system ducting.

C. Welding Exhaust Arm:

1. 8-inch diameter non-conductive, flame retardant, oil resistant, vacuum service flexible tubing.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 13 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. 15-foot horizontal extension. 3. External segmented steel support arm with gas cylinder counterbalances and adjustable tensioning controls at each joint. 4. Mounting base suitable for connection to pipe boom specified herein providing 180 degree rotation independent of pipe boom. 5. Non-conductive, high impact, fume receptor with swivel collar joint, magnetic base, handle, and corrosion resistant collector screen. 6. Arm shall be factory-assembled and pretuned.

D. Exhaust Fan:

1. Backward-inclined, non-overloading type. 2. Statically and dynamically balanced. 3. All welded 12-gauge minimum, steel construction fan housing. 4. Heresite phenolic resinous coating on all surfaces of the fan and fan wheel. 5. Provide steel discharge ducting from fan through block wall to exterior of the building. Provide hood and mesh bird screen on outlet of duct. 6. Capacity: 980 cfm at 3 inches static pressure. 7. Motor: Direct drive, C-face, industrial grade mounted directly to the housing, 1 hp, 200-volt, three-phase, 60-Hz, open drip-proof enclosure. 8. Mounting base suitable for connection to pipe boom specified herein or block wall with tubing connection to pipe boom.

E. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Pipe Boom: a. Car-Mon Products, Inc., Elgin, IL; Model PB-810. b. NSGV. c. Or approved equal. 2. Welding Exhaust Arm: a. Car-Mon Products, Inc., Elgin, IL; Model EX-158. b. NSGV. c. Or approved equal. 3. Exhaust Fan: a. Car-Mon Products, Inc., Elgin, IL; Model CMW-11. b. NSGV. c. Or approved equal.

2.8 ACCESSORIES

A. Equipment Identification Plates: Furnish 16-gauge Type 304 stainless steel identification plate securely mounted on each separate equipment component and control panel in a readily visible location. Plate shall bear 3/8-inch high engraved block type black enamel filled equipment identification number and letters indicated in this Specification and as shown.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 14 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

B. Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.

2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Manufacturer’s Tests for Air Handling Units:

1. Water Coils: No leaks when tested underwater with 200 psi air. 2. Steam Coils: No leaks when tested at 200 psi steam.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Fans and Air Handlers:

1. Pipe drain pan connection through a running trap to hub or floor drain. Extend drain pipe and terminate 1 inch above drain. 2. Isolate sheet metal duct connections from all noninternally spring- isolated fan units or other rotating equipment. 3. Locate units to provide access spaces required for filter changing; motor, drive, and bearing servicing; and fan shaft and coil removal. 4. Units With Multiple Heating and/or Cooling Coils: Pipe such that each coil has a manual balancing cock and gauge cock as required for water balancing. 5. Inspect internal casing insulation, seal all exposed edges, and butt joints with mastic to ensure insulation will not be loosened during operation. 6. Seismic Restraints: a. Restrain as described in the latest edition of ASHRAE “HVAC Applications,” Chapter on Seismic Restraint Design. b. Restraint Snubbers: Rubber-faced, securely anchored to the floor or structure, and installed with sufficient clearance so that unit isolators are not restricted for proper free isolation but do limit movement in all directions.

3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Air and Water System Balancing: As specified in Section 15950, HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING.

B. Fans and Air Handlers:

1. Lubricate nonsealed bearings prior to startup. 2. Do not operate units until filters are installed. If operated without filters, completely clean coils and interior of units.

C. Vibration:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 15 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1. Statically and dynamically balance fan equipment. 2. Perform field testing on rotating equipment, as specified in Section 15950, HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING, to determine actual operating vibration. 3. If vibration limits described therein are exceeded, rebalance equipment in-place, if directed by ENGINEER, until design tolerances are met. 4. Provide open spring vibration isolators (with neoprene waffle base pads top and bottom) selected for a minimum of 1.5-inch deflection (unless otherwise specified).

3.3 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES

A. Manufacturer's Services and Certificate of Proper Installation: Provide manufacturer's services and Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation in conformance with the requirements of Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES. Manufacturers representation shall provide supervision of equipment installations, field inspection of equipment before startup, and the executed copies manufacturer's services and Certificate of Proper Installation.

B. Duration of Training: The training of OWNER's personnel shall include, but not limited to, 1 hour for each air handling unit.

3.4 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following "END OF SECTION," are a part of this Specification.

1. 15720-01, Air Handling Units and Coils Data Sheets: a. AHU-L-1001, 1002. b. HC-L-1001, 1002. c. CC-L-1001, 1002. d. AHU-L-1101. e. AHU-L-1201. f. CC-L-1201. g. AHU-L-1301. h. HC-L-1301. i. CC-L-1301. j. HRCE-L-1000. k. HRCS-L-1001. l. HRCS-L-1002. m. AHU-M-1001. n. HC-M-1001. o. CC-M-1001. p. AHU-M-1301. q. HC-M-1301. r. AHU-M-1401. s. HC-M-1401.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 16 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

t. CC-M-1401. u. AHU-O-1001. v. HC-O-1001. w. CC-O-1001. x. AHU-O-1101. y. CC-O-1101. z. AHU-O-1102. aa. CC-O-1102. bb. AHU-O-1201. cc. AHU-O-1301. dd. HC-O-1301. ee. CC-O-1301. 2. 15720-02, Fan Data Sheets: a. Centrifugal Fans: 1) EF-L-1001. 2) EF-L-1002. 3) EF-L-1101. 4) EF-L-1102. 5) EF-L-1103. 6) EF-L-1104. b. In-Line Exhaust Fans: 1) EF-L-1301. 2) EF-M-1001. 3) EF-M-1301. 4) EF-O-1001. 5) EF-O-1301.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15720 17 AIR HANDLING ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-L-1001, 1002 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Laboratory Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air LM-10 Arrangement: Blow-through Order of Components: 1: Damper 2: Plenum 3: Pre-filter 4: Final Filter 5: HRCS 6: Plenum 7: Fan 8: Heating coil 9: Plenum 10: Silencer 11: Plenum 12: CHW Coil 13: Future filter section 14: Humidifier 15: Plenum (60" min.) Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening:-- Max Overall Length: 400" Width: 84" Height: 84" Base Rail: 8"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES HRCS-L-1001, Wheel Type: BI or AF Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: 1002 Diameter: 22 inches Top Damper: No Pre-Heat Coil: -- CC-L-1001, Class: 1 Back Damper: Yes Cooling Coil: 1002 HC-L-1001, Flow Rate: 10,000 SCFM Bottom Damper: No Heating Coil: 1002 Static Press: 6.1 in. WC Minimum Outside Air: 10,000 CFM Humidifier: -- Ext. Static Press: 1.8 in. WC Maximum Outside Air: 10,000 CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Outlet Velocity: N/A FPM Filter Media: Other: -- Drive: Belt Max Face Velocity: 375 FPM Fan Speed: 2,481 RPM Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC OPTIONS Brake HP: 14.7 BHP Final Filter Media: Double-Wall Casing: Motor HP: 20 Max Face Velocity: 375 FPM Solid Inner Wall: Yes Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.4 in. WC Perf Inner Wall: -- Disch Arr: -- Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC Wall Thickness: 4 inch Adj Freq Drive: Yes Corrosive Resist: -- 2-Speed Motor: -- Spark-proof: -- TEFC Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Fan Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 95 93 92 91 84 83 83 74 Sound Attenuator Sound Power Level (dB) Reduction

REMARKS 1. Fan selected based on combining clean filter pressure drop and dirty filter allowance. 2. Silencer provided by AHU manufacturer. Maximum face velocity 375 FPM and air pressure drop 0.05" WC at peak flow rate. 3. Fan performance sizing includes Future Filter Media. 4. Allow a total of 38 inches for future filter section. Provide 26-inch plenum access with access door and 12 inches for filter media.

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 1 AHU-L-1001, 1002 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL HC-L-1001, 1002 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-L-1001, 1002 Service: Heating

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 61" Coil Height: 48" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 10,000 CFM: -- Htg Capacity:-- MBH Face Velocity: 375 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 572 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: -- MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 1 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 144 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 10 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: -- °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 65.0 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: -- °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.1 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: 35% propylene glycol GPM: 41 Entering Liquid Temp: 190 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 160 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 2.6 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 HC-L-1001, 1002 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL CC-L-1001, 1002 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-L-1001, 1002 Service: Cooling and dehumidification

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 71" Coil Height: 67" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 10,000 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 375 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 452 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 795 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 8 10 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 144 120 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 95 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: 81 °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 52.0 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: 52.0 °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.9 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: Water GPM: 110 130 Entering Liquid Temp: 43 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 59.0 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 4 8 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 (per Addendum No. 1) 3 CC-L-1001, 1002 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-L-1101 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Mechanical Room Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air LM-4 Arrangement: Draw-through Order of Components: 1: Mixing box2: Filters 3: Fan 4: 5: Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening: -- Max Overall Length: 87" Width: 64" Height: 40" Base Rail: 3"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES Wheel Type: BI or AF Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: -- Diameter: 16 inches Top Damper: Yes Pre-Heat Coil: -- Class: 1 Back Damper: Yes Cooling Coil: -- Flow Rate: 4,200 SCFM Bottom Damper: -- Heating Coil: -- Ext. Static Press: 0.37 in. WC Minimum Outside Air: 400 CFM Humidifier: -- Outlet Velocity: 1,489 FPM Maximum Outside Air: 4,200 CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Drive: Belt Filter Media: Other: -- Fan Speed: 1,219 RPM Max Face Velocity: 500 FPM Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC Brake HP: 1.14 BHP Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC OPTIONS Motor HP: 1.5 HP Heater: Double-Wall Casing: Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 Direct/Indirect Fired: -- Solid Inner Wall: Yes Disch Arr: -- Input: -- MBH Perf Inner Wall: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- Output: -- MBH Wall Thickness: 2 inch 2-Speed Motor: -- Natural Gas Pressure: -- in. WC Corrosive Resist: -- Entering Air Temp: -- deg F Spark-proof: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- deg F TEFC Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Fan Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 80 83 83 80 76 72 67 60 Fan Outlet Sound Power Level (dB) 94 87 85 7775 71 64 57

REMARKS 1. Fan selected based on combining clean filter pressure drop and dirty filter allowance.

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 1 AHU-L-1101 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-L-1201 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Electrical Room, Computer Server Room Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air LM-2 Arrangement: Draw-through Order of Components: 1: Mixing box2: Filter 3: Plenum4: Cooling coil 5: Fan Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening: -- Max Overall Length: 81" Width: 45" Height: 31" Base Rail: 3"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES Wheel Type: BI or AF Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: -- Diameter: 10 inches Top Damper: Yes Pre-Heat Coil: -- Class: 1 Back Damper: Yes Cooling Coil: CC-L-1201 Flow Rate: 1,200 SCFM Bottom Damper: -- Heating Coil: -- Ext. Static Press: 0.47 in. WC Minimum Outside Air: 120 CFM Humidifier: -- Outlet Velocity: 1,076 FPM Maximum Outside Air: 1,200 CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Drive: Belt Filter Media: Other: -- Fan Speed: 2,282 RPM Max Face Velocity: 475 FPM Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC Brake HP: 0.51 BHP Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC OPTIONS Motor HP: 3/4 HP Heater: Double-Wall Casing: Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 Direct/Indirect Fired: -- Solid Inner Wall: Yes Disch Arr: -- Input: -- MBH Perf Inner Wall: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- Output: -- MBH Wall Thickness: 2 inch 2-Speed Motor: -- Natural Gas Pressure: -- in. WC Corrosive Resist: -- Entering Air Temp: -- deg F Spark-proof: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- deg F TEFC Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 72 80 78 7777 71 66 58 Casing Sound Power Level (dB)

REMARKS 1. Fan selected based on combining clean filter pressure drop and dirty filter allowance.

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 1 AHU-L-1201 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL CC-L-1201 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-L-1201 Service: Cooling

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 22.5" Coil Height: 20" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 1,200 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 34.7 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 34.7 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 6 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 120 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 80.2 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: 62.3 °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 53.50 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: 52 °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.6 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: Water GPM: 4.4 Entering Liquid Temp: 43 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 58.7 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 1.41 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 CC-L-1201 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-L-1301 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Conf/Office Areas, Vest Corridor, Library, Restrooms, Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous AC/Safety, Lab Manager, Data Room, Lab Supply

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air LM-6 Arrangement: Horizontal draw-through Order of Components: 1: 2: RA Fan (T) 3: Exhaust damper (T) 4: Mixing box (T) 5: Pre-filter (T) Plenum for Stacked Units 6: Final filter (T)7: Heating coil (T) 8: (T&B) 9: Cooling coil (B) 10: Plenum (B) (T) - Top (B) - Bottom 11: SA plenum fan (B)12: Silencer (B) 13: Plenum (B) Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening: -- Max Overall Length: 214" Width: 30" Height: 88" Base Rail: 8"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: -- SA Fan RA Fan Top Damper: Yes Pre-Heat Coil: -- Wheel Type: BI or AF BI or AF Back Damper: -- Cooling Coil: CC-L-1301 Diameter: 18 9 inches Bottom Damper: -- Heating Coil: HC-L-1301 Class: 11 Minimum Outside Air:1,900 CFM Humidifier: -- Flow Rate: 3,800 1,900 SCFM Maximum Outside Air: 3,800 CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Static Press: 4.70 .75 in. WC Pre-Filter Media: Other: -- Ext. Static Press: 1.75 0.11 in. WC Filter Efficiency: 30% Outlet Velocity: N/A N/A FPM Max Face Velocity: 475 FPM Drive: Direct Direct Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC OPTIONS Fan Speed: 2,337 1,188 RPM Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC Double-Wall Casing: Motor Speed: 1,750 1,750 RPM Final Filter Media: Solid Inner Wall: Yes Brake HP: 4.2 .42 BHP Filter Efficiency: 65% Perf Inner Wall: -- Motor HP: 5 1 HP Max Face Velocity: 475 FPM Wall Thickness: 2 inch Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 460/3/60 Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.4 in. WC Corrosive Resist: -- Disch Arr: -- -- Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC Spark-proof: -- Adj Freq Drive: Yes Yes TEFC Motor: -- 2-Speed Motor: -- -- Roof Curb: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 RA Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 79 79 76 75 77 74 73 70 RA Outlet Sound Power Level (dB) SA Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 88 85 85 82 75 73 73 66

REMARKS 1. Fan selected based on combining clean filter pressure drop and dirty filter allowance. 2. Silencer provided by AHU manufacturer. Maximum face velocity 500 FPM and air pressure drop 0.05" WC at peak flow rate.

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 1 AHU-L-1301 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL HC-L-1301 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-L-1301 Service: Heating

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 33" Coil Height: 42" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 1,900 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 105 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: -- MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 1 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 72 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 9.0 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: -- °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 65.0 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: -- °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.1 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: 35% propylene glycol GPM: 7.4 Entering Liquid Temp: 190 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 160 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 4 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 HC-L-1301 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL CC-L-1301 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-L-1301 Service: Cooling

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 33" Coil Height: 45" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 3,800 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 116 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 180 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 8 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 144 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 86.5 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: 71.2 °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 54.0 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: 53.6 °F Air Pressure Drop: 1.2 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: Water GPM: 21.9 Entering Liquid Temp: 43 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 59 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 5.6 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 CC-L-1301 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL HRCE-L-1000 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: See Remarks Service: Heat Recovery - Exhaust Air

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air LM-16

Coil Width: 2 @ 52" Coil Height: 2 @ 48" Casing Width: 70" Casing Height: 120"

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 8,268 (Remark 2.) CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 208 210 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 257.3 262 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 6 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 120 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 70 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: 58.5 46.5 °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 48.7 46.3 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: 46.6 °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.85 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Pre-Filter Media Liquid: 35% propylene glycol Max. Face Velocity: 475 FPM GPM: 150 155 (each) Clean Filter Press. Drop:0.3 in WC Entering Liquid Temp: 36.9 °F Dirty Filter Press. Drop:0.6 in WC Leaving Liquid Temp: 40.6 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 10.9 12 Ft. Max

OPTIONS

REMARKS 1. Coil shall be factory installed 30% efficient flat filter (side loading), drain pan, intake and outlet dampers (match size of duct connections shown on Drawings) all installed inside a double-wall casing constructed to the same Specification as AHU-L-1001. Access sections shall be included upstream and downstream of coil to facilitate coil maintenance. Include filter pressure gauge as specified for AHUs. Overall width of casing shall not exceed 70". 2. Two coils, each at 8,268 cfm, or 16,555 cfm total.

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 (per Addendum No. 1) 10 HRCE-L-1000 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL HRCS-L-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-L-1001 Service: Heat Recovery - Supply Air

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 62" Coil Height: 60" Casing Width: -- Casing Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 9,745 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 375 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 257 265 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 257 265 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 8 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 96 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 10 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: -- °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 34.5 °F min. Leaving Air WB Temp: -- °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.4 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: 35% propylene glycol GPM: 150 155 Entering Liquid Temp: 40.6 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 36.9 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 11.71 13 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 (per Addendum No. 1) 11 HRCS-L-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL HRCS-L-1002 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-L-1002 Service: Heat Recovery - Supply Air

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 62" Coil Height: 60" Casing Width: -- Casing Height: --

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 (per Addendum No. 1) 12 HRCS-L-1002 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-M-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Parts Tool Room and Corridor, Manager Office, Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous Meeting Room, Open Offices and Corridor (Printers) Instrument Repair Shop

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air LM-4 Arrangement: Horizontal draw-through Order of Components: 1: RA Fan (T) 2: Exhaust damper (T) 3: Mixing box (T) 4: Pre-filter (T) Stacked Units 5: Final filter (T) 6: Heating coil (T) 7: Plenum (T/B) 8: Cooling coil (B) 9: Plenum (B) (T)-Top; (B)-Bottom 10: SA fan (B) 11: Silencer (B) 12: Plenum Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening: -- Max Overall Length: 209" Width: 68" Height: 88" Base Rail: 8"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: -- SA Fan RA Fan Top Damper: Yes Pre-Heat Coil: -- Wheel Type: BI or AF BI or AF Back Damper: Yes Cooling Coil: CC-M-1001 Diameter: 18 16 inches Bottom Damper: -- Heating Coil: HC-M-1001 Class: 11 Minimum Outside Air: 600 CFM Humidifier: -- Flow Rate: 4,300 3,700 SCFM Maximum Outside Air: 4,300 CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Static Press: 4.10 0.75 in. WC Pre-Filter Media: Other: -- Ext. Static Press: -- -- in. WC Filter Efficiency: 30% Outlet Velocity: N/A N/A FPM Max Face Velocity: 500 FPM Drive: Belt Belt Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC OPTIONS Fan Speed: 2,355 680 RPM Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC Double-Wall Casing: Motor Speed: 1,750 1,750 RPM Final Filter Media: Solid Inner Wall: Yes Brake HP: 4.1 0.32 BHP Filter Efficiency: 60% Perf Inner Wall: -- Motor HP: 5 1.5 HP Max Face Velocity: 500 FPM Wall Thickness: 2 inch Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 460/3/60 Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.4 in. WC Corrosive Resist: Epoxy Disch Arr: -- -- Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC Spark-proof: -- Adj Freq Drive: Yes Yes TEFC Motor: -- 2-Speed Motor: -- -- Roof Curb: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 SA Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 8885 85 83 76 74 73 66 RA Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 75 7777 77 71 69 69 64 RA Outlet Sound Power Level (dB) Sound Attenuator Sound Power Level (dB) Reduction

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 1 AHU-M-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL HC-M-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-M-1001 Service: Heating

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 30" Coil Height: 35" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 2,150 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 63 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 1 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 72 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 53.0 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: -- °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 75.0 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: -- °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.1 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: 35% propylene glycol GPM: 4.5 Entering Liquid Temp: 190 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 160 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 0.65 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 HC-M-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL CC-M-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-M-1001 Service: Cooling

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 30" Coil Height: 39" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 4,300 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 109 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 130 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 6 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 144 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 77.5 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: 64.7 °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 53.5 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: 53.4 °F Air Pressure Drop: 1 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: Water GPM: 16.3 Entering Liquid Temp: 43 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 59 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 6 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 CC-M-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-M-1301 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Paint Prepare Room, Paint Room, Welding Shop Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air LM-3 Arrangement: Draw-through Order of Components: 1: Damper 2: Plenum 3: Pre-filter 4: Heating coil 5: Fan Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening: -- Max Overall Length: 104" Width: 55"Height: 39" Base Rail: 3"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES Wheel Type: BI or AF Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: -- Diameter: 10 inches Top Damper: -- Pre-Heat Coil: -- Class: 1 Back Damper: Yes Cooling Coil: -- Flow Rate: 2,200 SCFM Bottom Damper: -- Heating Coil: HC-M-1301 Ext. Static Press: 1 in. WC Minimum Outside Air: 2,200 CFM Humidifier: -- Outlet Velocity: N/A FPM Maximum Outside Air: 2,200 CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Drive: Belt Filter Media: Other: -- Fan Speed: 1,010 RPM Max Face Velocity: 500 FPM Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC Brake HP: 1.01 BHP Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC OPTIONS Motor HP: 1-1/2 HP max. Heater: Double-Wall Casing: Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 Direct/Indirect Fired: -- Solid Inner Wall: Yes Disch Arr: -- Input: -- MBH Perf Inner Wall: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- Output: -- MBH Wall Thickness: 2 inch 2-Speed Motor: -- Natural Gas Pressure: -- in. WC Corrosive Resist: -- Entering Air Temp: -- deg F Spark-proof: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- deg F TEFC Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 80 83 78 77 79 75 74 71 Outlet Sound Power Level (dB)

REMARKS 1. Fan selected based on combining clean filter pressure drop and dirty filter allowance.

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 1 AHU-M-1301 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL HC-M-1301 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-M-1301 Service: Heating

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 30" Coil Height: 30" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 2,200 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 500 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 169 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 2 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 144 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 9.0 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: -- °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 80.0 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: -- °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.15 in. WC max. Refrigerant: -- Liquid: 35% propylene glycol GPM: 12 Entering Liquid Temp: 190 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 160 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 4.53 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 HC-M-1301 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-M-1401 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Tool Room, Wash-Up Area, Basement Hall/Stair Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous Maintenance Shop

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air Arrangement: Draw-through Order of Components: 1: Mixing box 2: Filters3: Heating coil 4: Plenum 5: Cooling coil 6: SA Fan Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening: -- Max Overall Length: 134" Width: 70"Height: 51" Base Rail: 4"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES Wheel Type: BI or AF Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: -- Diameter: 16 inches Top Damper: Yes Pre-Heat Coil: -- Class: 1 Back Damper: Yes Cooling Coil: CC-M-1401 Flow Rate: 3,800 SCFM Bottom Damper: -- Heating Coil: HC-M-1401 Ext. Static Press: 0.75 in. WC Minimum Outside Air: 1,200 CFM Humidifier: -- Outlet Velocity: N/A FPM Maximum Outside Air: 1,200 CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Drive: Belt Filter Media: Other: -- Fan Speed: 1,200 RPM Max Face Velocity: 500 FPM Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC Brake HP: 2.4 BHP Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC OPTIONS Motor HP: 3 HP max. Heater: Double-Wall Casing: Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 Direct/Indirect Fired: -- Solid Inner Wall: Yes Disch Arr: -- Input: -- MBH Perf Inner Wall: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- Output: -- MBH Wall Thickness: 2 inch 2-Speed Motor: -- Natural Gas Pressure: -- in. WC Corrosive Resist: -- Entering Air Temp: -- deg F Spark-proof: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- deg F TEFC Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 84 84 86 85 79 75 71 66 Outlet Sound Power Level (dB)

REMARKS 1. Fan selected based on combining clean filter pressure drop and dirty filter allowance.

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 1 AHU-M-1401 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL HC-M-1401 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-M-1401 Service: Heating

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 36" Coil Height: 45" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 3,800 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 255.3 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 135 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 2 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 96 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 47.3 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: -- °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 80.0 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: -- °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.15 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: 35% propylene glycol GPM: 9.6 Entering Liquid Temp: 190 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 160 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 4 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 HC-M-1401 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL CC-M-1401 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-M-1401 Service: Cooling

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 36" Coil Height: 45" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 3,800 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 98 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 126 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 6 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 96 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 84.1 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: 69.7 °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 60.5 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: 58.7 °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.6 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: Water GPM: 15.8 Entering Liquid Temp: 43 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 59 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 6 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 CC-M-1401 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-O-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Office Areas, Library, Conference Room, Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous Reception/Lobby, Storage Room

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air LM-8 Arrangement: Horizontal draw-through Order of Components: 1: RA Fan (T)2: Mixing box (T) 3: Pre-filter (T) 4: Final filter (T) 5: Heating coil (T) Stacked Units (T) - Top, (B) Bottom 6: Plenum (T/B)7: Cooling coil (B) 8: SA fan (B) 9: Plenum (B) 10: Silencer Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening: -- Max Overall Length: 200" Width: 83"Height: 114" Base Rail: 8"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: -- SA Fan RA Fan Top Damper: Yes Pre-Heat Coil: -- Wheel Type: BI or AF BI or AF Back Damper: Yes Cooling Coil: CC-O-1001 Diameter: 22 22 inches Bottom Damper: -- Heating Coil: HC-O-1001 Class: 11 Minimum Outside Air: 900 CFM Humidifier: -- Flow Rate: 6,900 5,600 SCFM Maximum Outside Air: 6,900 CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Static Press: 3.90 0.50 in. WC Pre-Filter Media: Other: -- Ext. Static Press: 1.4 0.3 in. WC Filter Efficiency: 30% Outlet Velocity: N/A 1,094 Max Face Velocity: 500 FPM Drive: Belt Belt Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC OPTIONS Fan Speed: 1,859 629 RPM Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC Double-Wall Casing: Motor Speed: 1,750 1,750 RPM Final Filter Media: Solid Inner Wall: Yes Brake HP: 6.14 0.75 BHP Filter Efficiency: 65% Perf Inner Wall: -- Motor HP: 7.2 1 HP Max Face Velocity: 500 FPM Wall Thickness: 2 inch Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 460/3/60 Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.4 in. WC Corrosive Resist: -- Disch Arr: -- 3 Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC Spark-proof: -- Adj Freq Drive: Yes Yes TEFC Motor: -- 2-Speed Motor: -- -- Roof Curb: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 SA Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 90 89 88 82 77 77 74 67 Sound Attenuator Power Level (dB) Reduction

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 1 AHU-O-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL HC-O-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-O-1001 Service: Heating

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 48" Coil Height: 48" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 3,450 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 90.2 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 90.2 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 1 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 72 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 45.0 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: -- °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 69.2 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: -- °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.02 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: 35% propylene glycol GPM: 6.6 Entering Liquid Temp: 190 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 160.9 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 0.8 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 HC-O-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL CC-O-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-O-1001 Service: Cooling

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 48" Coil Height: 50" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity: -- FPM CFM: 6,900 CFM: -- Htg Capacity: -- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 202.2 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 250.8 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 6 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 120 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 79.5 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: 64.8 °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 52.6 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: 52.5 °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.77 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: Water GPM: 30 Entering Liquid Temp: 43 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 58.7 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 4.4 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 CC-O-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-O-1101 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Electrical and Computer Server Room Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air LM-2 Arrangement: Draw-through Order of Components: 1: Mixing box 2: Filters 3: Plenum 4: Cooling coil 5: Fan Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening: -- Max Overall Length: 81" Width: 45" Height: 31" Base Rail: 3"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES Wheel Type: BI or AF Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: -- Diameter: 10 12 inches Top Damper: Yes Pre-Heat Coil: -- Class: 1 Back Damper: Yes Cooling Coil: CC-O-1101 Flow Rate: 1,300 SCFM Bottom Damper: -- Heating Coil: -- Ext. Static Press: 1.5 in. WC Minimum Outside Air: 130 CFM Humidifier: -- Outlet Velocity:1166 1,032 FPM Maximum Outside Air: 1,300 CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Drive: Belt Filter Media: Other: -- Fan Speed:2297 2,694 RPM Max Face Velocity: 500 FPM Motor Speed:1725 3,450 RPM Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC Brake HP:0.49 0.86 BHP Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC OPTIONS Motor HP: 3/4 1.5 HP max. Heater: Double-Wall Casing: Voltage/Ph/Hz: 480460/3/60 Direct/Indirect Fired: -- Solid Inner Wall: Yes Disch Arr: -- Input: -- MBH Perf Inner Wall: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- Output: -- MBH Wall Thickness: 2 inch 2-Speed Motor: -- Natural Gas Pressure: -- in. WC Corrosive Resist: -- Entering Air Temp: -- deg F Spark-proof: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- deg F TEFC Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Inlet Sound Power Level (dB) 72 80 80 78 82 77 83 77 81 71 77 66 71 58 65 85

REMARKS 1. Fan selected based on combining clean filter pressure drop and dirty filter allowance.

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 (per Addendum No. 1) 24 AHU-O-1101 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: COIL CC-O-1101 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

DATA

Location: AHU-O-1101 Service: Cooling

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air

Coil Width: 24" Coil Height: 20" Duct Width: -- Duct Height: --

STEAM HYDRONIC OR DX ELECTRIC CFM: -- Type: Hydronic Type: -- Face Velocity:-- FPM CFM:1,300 CFM: -- Htg Capacity:-- MBH Face Velocity: 475 FPM max. Entering Air Temp: -- °F Rows: -- Sensible Cap: 39.1 MBH Heating Capacity: -- KW Fins/Feet: -- Total Cap: 39.1 MBH Voltage/Phase/Hz: -- Steam Press: -- PSIG Rows: 6 Control Lbs/Hour: -- Fins/Feet: 96 Qty. of Stages: -- Entering Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air DB Temp: 82 °F SCR Proportional: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- °F Entering Air WB Temp: 62.7 °F Control Cabinet NEMA: -- Air Pressure Drop: -- in. WC Leaving Air DB Temp: 54.1 °F Leaving Air WB Temp: 52 °F Air Pressure Drop: 0.42 in. WC Refrigerant: -- Liquid: Water GPM: 4.4 Entering Liquid Temp: 43 °F Leaving Liquid Temp: 58.5 °F Liquid Pressure Drop: 4 Ft. max.

OPTIONS

REMARKS

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 COIL 15720-01 1 CC-O-1101 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-O-1102 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Computer Server Room (Redundant) Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PERFORMANCE DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Engineered Air Arrangement: Draw-through Order of Components: 1: RA damper 2: Plenum 3: Filters 4: Cooling coil 5: Fan Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: -- lbs Roof/Wall Opening: -- Max Overall Length: 94" Width: 41" Height: 24" Base Rail: 2"

FAN MODULE OTHER MODULES OTHER MODULES Wheel Type: BI or AF FC Mixing Box: Heat Recovery Coil: -- Diameter: 9.5 inches Top Damper: -- Pre-Heat Coil: -- Class: 1 Back Damper: Yes Cooling Coil: CC-O-1102 Flow Rate: 500 SCFM Bottom Damper: -- Heating Coil: -- Ext. Static Press: 0.36 in. WC Minimum Outside Air: -- CFM Humidifier: -- Outlet Velocity: -- FPM Maximum Outside Air: -- CFM Moisture Eliminator: -- Drive: Belt Filter Media: Other: -- Fan Speed: 1300 1,484 RPM Max Face Velocity: 500 FPM Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM Clean Filter Press Drop: 0.3 in. WC Brake HP: 0.39 BHP Dirty Filter Allowance: 0.6 in. WC OPTIONS Motor HP: 1/4 0.50 HP max. Heater: Double-Wall Casing: Voltage/Ph/Hz: 115/1/60 Direct/Indirect Fired: -- Solid Inner Wall: Yes Disch Arr: -- Input: -- MBH Perf Inner Wall: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- Output: -- MBH Wall Thickness: 2 inch 2-Speed Motor: -- Natural Gas Pressure: -- in. WC Corrosive Resist: -- Entering Air Temp: -- deg F Spark-proof: -- Leaving Air Temp: -- deg F TEFC Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lwa Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Discharge Sound Power Level (dB) 72 72 69 68 70 67 66 63 Casing Sound Power Level (dB)

REMARKS 1. Fan selected based on combining clean filter pressure drop and dirty filter allowance.

5/9/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 AIR HANDLING UNIT 15720-01 (per Addendum No. 1) 26 AHU-O-1102 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: CENTRIFUGAL FAN EF-L-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run WRF Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/95 °F Service: Laboratory Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PHYSICAL DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Cook 270 CPS-A Arrangement: 10 Configuration: Upblast Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: -- Weight: -- lbs Max Overall Length: 49-3/16" Width: 49-1/16" Height: 63-3/4"

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Roof Curb: -- Diameter: 27 inches Corrosive Resistant: Yes Curb Extension: -- Class: 1 Spark-proof Construction: -- Curb Seal: -- Flow Rate: 8,270 SCFM Special Coating: -- Drain and Plug: Yes Ext. Static Press:5.20 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Motor Cover/Belt Guard: Yes Outlet Velocity: 1,973 FPM Gravity Damper: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motorized Damper: -- Fan Speed: 1,402 RPM Disconnect Switch - Prewired Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Brake HP: 9.45 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Motor HP: 15.0 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R: -- Adj Freq Drive: Yes NEMA 4X: -- 2-Speed Motor: -- Solid State Speed Control: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LwiA Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Bare Sound Power Level (dB) 102 102 99 90 87 85 83 79 95

REMARKS

1. Inlet or outlet flex connectors.

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 CENTRIFUGAL FAN 15720-02 1 EF-L-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: CENTRIFUGAL FAN EF-L-1002 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run WRF Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/95 °F Service: Laboratory Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PHYSICAL DATA

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Roof Curb: -- Diameter: 27 inches Corrosive Resistant: Yes Curb Extension: -- Class: 1 Spark-proof Construction: -- Curb Seal: -- Flow Rate: 8,270 SCFM Special Coating: -- Drain and Plug: Steel drain Ext. Static Press:5.20 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Motor Cover/Belt Guard: Yes Outlet Velocity: 1,973 FPM Gravity Damper: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motorized Damper: -- Fan Speed: 1,402 RPM Disconnect Switch - Prewired Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Brake HP: 9.45 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Motor HP: 15.0 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R: -- Adj Freq Drive: Yes NEMA 4X: -- 2-Speed Motor: -- Solid State Speed Control: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LwiA Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Bare Sound Power Level (dB) 102 102 99 90 87 85 83 79 95

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 CENTRIFUGAL FAN 15720-02 1 EF-L-1002 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: CENTRIFUGAL FAN EF-L-1101 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run WRF Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/95 °F Service: WW Microbiology Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PHYSICAL DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Cook 100 CPS Arrangement: 10 Configuration: Upblast Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: -- Weight: -- lbs Max Overall Length: 26-9/16" Width: 19" Height: 30-3/4"

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Roof Curb: -- Diameter: 10 inches Corrosive Resistant: Yes Curb Extension: -- Class: 1 Spark-proof Construction: -- Curb Seal: -- Flow Rate: 1,165 SCFM Special Coating: -- Drain and Plug: Steel drain Ext. Static Press:2.30 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Motor Cover/Belt Guard: Yes Outlet Velocity: 2,043 FPM Gravity Damper: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motorized Damper: -- Fan Speed: 3,111 RPM Disconnect Switch - Prewired Motor Speed: 3,450 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Brake HP: .910 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Motor HP: 1-1/2 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- NEMA 4X: -- 2-Speed Motor: -- Solid State Speed Control: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LwiA Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Bare Sound Power Level (dB) 82 89 91 87 84 80 74 69 89

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 CENTRIFUGAL FAN 15720-02 1 EF-L-1101 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: CENTRIFUGAL FAN EF-L-1102 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run WRF Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/95 °F Service: WW Microbiology Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PHYSICAL DATA

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LwiA Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Bare Sound Power Level (dB) 82 89 91 87 84 80 74 69 89

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 CENTRIFUGAL FAN 15720-02 1 EF-L-1102 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: CENTRIFUGAL FAN EF-L-1103 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run WRF Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/95 °F Service: Nutrients/Metals Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PHYSICAL DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Cook 120 CPS Arrangement: 10 Configuration: Upblast Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: -- Weight: -- lbs Max Overall Length: 28-3/16" Width: 22-13/16" Height: 31-3/8"

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Roof Curb: -- Diameter: 12 inches Corrosive Resistant: Yes Curb Extension: -- Class: 1 Spark-proof Construction: -- Curb Seal: -- Flow Rate: 1,550 SCFM Special Coating: -- Drain and Plug: Steel drain Ext. Static Press:4.0 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Motor Cover/Belt Guard: Yes Outlet Velocity: 1,867 FPM Gravity Damper: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motorized Damper: -- Fan Speed: 3,016 RPM Disconnect Switch - Prewired Motor Speed: 3,450 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Brake HP: 1.62 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Motor HP: 3 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- NEMA 4X: -- 2-Speed Motor: -- Solid State Speed Control: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LwiA Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Bare Sound Power Level (dB) 88 95 97 92 87 84 78 73 94

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 CENTRIFUGAL FAN 15720-02 1 EF-L-1103 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15720: CENTRIFUGAL FAN EF-L-1104 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run WRF Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/95 °F Service: Nutrients/Metals, W Microbiology, Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Standby WW Microbiology PHYSICAL DATA

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Roof Curb: -- Diameter: 12 inches Corrosive Resistant: Yes Curb Extension: -- Class: 1 Spark-proof Construction: -- Curb Seal: -- Flow Rate: 1,550 SCFM Special Coating: -- Drain and Plug: Steel drain Ext. Static Press:4.0 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Motor Cover/Belt Guard: -- Outlet Velocity: 1,867 FPM Gravity Damper: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motorized Damper: -- Fan Speed: 3,016 RPM Disconnect Switch - Prewired Motor Speed: 3,450 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Brake HP: 1.62 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Motor HP: 3.0 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R: -- Adj Freq Drive: Yes NEMA 4X: -- 2-Speed Motor: -- Solid State Speed Control: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LwiA Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Bare Sound Power Level (dB) 88 95 97 92 87 84 78 73 94

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 CENTRIFUGAL FAN 15720-02 1 EF-L-1104 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4 SECTION 15720: IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN EF-L-1301 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Janitor, Restrooms, Copier/Printer, Storage Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PHYSICAL DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Greenheck BSQ-90 Arrangement: Horizontal Ceiling Hung Configuration: Motor 3:00 Access 6:00 Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: 140 lbs Max Overall Length: 21" Width: 15" Height: 15"

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Filter Box: -- Diameter: 9 inches Corrosive Resistant: -- Filter Efficiency: -- Class: 1 Spark-Proof Construction: -- Filter Thickness: -- Flow Rate: 700 SCFM Special Coating: -- Inlet Guard: -- Ext. Static Press: 1.2 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Outlet Guard: -- Outlet Velocity: -- FPM Speed Control: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motor Cover/Belt Guard: Yes Fan Speed: 2,025 RPM Disconnect Switch Gravity Damper: -- Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Motorized Damper: -- Brake HP: 0.42 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Inlet Vane Damper: -- Motor HP: 1/2 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Control Damper: -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R Disconnect Switch: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- NEMA 4 Disconnect Switch: -- 2-Speed Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 12345678LwiA Radiated Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 20004000 8000 Sound Power Level (dB) 79 86 79 83 71 65 64 62 81

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN 15720-02 1 EF-L-1301 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4 SECTION 15720: IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN EF-M-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Mechanical Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Tool Storage, Janitor, Men/Women, Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous Wash-up Area, Maintenance Shop

PHYSICAL DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Greenheck BSQ-120 Arrangement: Horizontal Ceiling Hung Configuration: Motor 3:00 Access 6:00 Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: 172 lbs Max Overall Length: 21" Width: 19" Height: 19"

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Filter Box: -- Diameter: 12 inches Corrosive Resistant: -- Filter Efficiency: -- Class: 1 Spark-Proof Construction: -- Filter Thickness: -- Flow Rate: 1,200 SCFM Special Coating: -- Inlet Guard: -- Ext. Static Press: 1.3 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Outlet Guard: -- Outlet Velocity: -- FPM Speed Control: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motor Cover/Belt Guard: Yes Fan Speed: 1,730 RPM Disconnect Switch Gravity Damper: -- Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Motorized Damper: -- Brake HP: 0.52 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Inlet Vane Damper: -- Motor HP: 3/4 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Control Damper: -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R Disconnect Switch: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- NEMA 4 Disconnect Switch: -- 2-Speed Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 12345678LwiA Radiated Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 20004000 8000 Sound Power Level (dB) 83 77 73 73 68 65 61 56 74

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN 15720-02 1 EF-M-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4 SECTION 15720: IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN EF-M-1301 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Welding Shop Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Mechanical Rooms, Welding Shop Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PHYSICAL DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Greenheck BSQ-140 Arrangement: Horizontal Ceiling Hung Configuration: Motor 3:00 Access 6:00 Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: 227 lbs Max Overall Length: 22" Width: 23" Height: 23"

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Filter Box: -- Diameter: 14 inches Corrosive Resistant: -- Filter Efficiency: -- Class: 1 Spark-Proof Construction: -- Filter Thickness: -- Flow Rate: 2,400 SCFM Special Coating: -- Inlet Guard: -- Ext. Static Press: 0.9 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Outlet Guard: -- Outlet Velocity: -- FPM Speed Control: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motor Cover/Belt Guard: Yes Fan Speed: 1,580 RPM Disconnect Switch Gravity Damper: -- Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Motorized Damper: -- Brake HP: 0.83 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Inlet Vane Damper: -- Motor HP: 1 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Control Damper: -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R Disconnect Switch: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- NEMA 4 Disconnect Switch: -- 2-Speed Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 12345678LwiA Radiated Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 20004000 8000 Sound Power Level (dB) 78 80 82 77 70 68 65 60 78

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN 15720-02 1 EF-M-1301 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4 SECTION 15720: IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN EF-O-1001 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Storage Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Printers, Restrooms, Janitor, Mud Room, Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous Supply Room, Parts Room

PHYSICAL DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Cook 135 SQN-HP Arrangement: Horizontal Ceiling Hung Configuration: Motor 3:00 Access 6:00 Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: 191 lbs Max Overall Length: 22-1/4" Width: 20-1/4" Height: 33-1/4"

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Filter Box: -- Diameter: 13 inches Corrosive Resistant: -- Filter Efficiency: -- Class: 1 Spark-Proof Construction: -- Filter Thickness: -- Flow Rate: 1,075 SCFM Special Coating: -- Inlet Guard: -- Ext. Static Press: 1.5 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Outlet Guard: -- Outlet Velocity: -- FPM Speed Control: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motor Cover/Belt Guard: Yes Fan Speed: 1,780 RPM Disconnect Switch - Standard Prewired Gravity Damper: -- Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Motorized Damper: -- Brake HP: 0.55 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Inlet Vane Damper: -- Motor HP: 0.75 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Control Damper: -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R Disconnect Switch: -- Adj Freq Drive: -- NEMA 4 Disconnect Switch: -- 2-Speed Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 12345678LwiA Radiated Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 20004000 8000 Sound Power Level (dB) 84 85 79 76 73 72 69 62 80

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN 15720-02 1 EF-O-1001 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4 SECTION 15720: IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN EF-O-1301 DATA SHEET

Project: Broad Run Water Reclamation Facility Owner: Loudoun County Sanitation Authority

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Indoor or Outdoor: Indoor Location: Storage Room Ambient Temperature (min/max): 50/104 °F Service: Locker Rooms and Fitness Rooms Duty (Continuous, Intermittent, Standby): Continuous

PHYSICAL DATA

Basis of Design Manufacturer and Model: Cook 195 SQN-B Arrangement: Horizontal Ceiling Hung Configuration: Motor 3:00 Access 6:00 Vibration Isolation: Spring Minimum Deflection: 1" Weight: 315 lbs Max Overall Length: 30-1/4" Width: 32-1/4" Height: 44-15/16"

PERFORMANCE DATA OPTIONS ACCESSORIES Wheel Type: BI Aluminum Construction: Yes Filter Box: -- Diameter: 19 inches Corrosive Resistant: -- Filter Efficiency: -- Class: 1 Spark-Proof Construction: -- Filter Thickness: -- Flow Rate: 4,600 SCFM Special Coating: -- Inlet Guard: -- Ext. Static Press: 1.0 in. WC Insulated Housing: -- Outlet Guard: -- Outlet Velocity: -- FPM Speed Control: -- Drive: Belt ACCESSORIES Motor Cover/Belt Guard: Yes Fan Speed: 1,231 RPM Disconnect Switch - 2-Speed Prewired Gravity Damper: -- Motor Speed: 1,725 RPM NEMA 1 (General Purpose): -- Motorized Damper: -- Brake HP: 1.63 BHP NEMA 1 (Lockable): Yes Inlet Vane Damper: -- Motor HP: 2 HP NEMA 1 (Heavy Duty, Lockable): -- Control Damper: -- Voltage/Ph/Hz: 460/3/60 NEMA 3R Disconnect Switch: -- Adj Freq Drive: Yes NEMA 4 Disconnect Switch: -- 2-Speed Motor: --

NOISE DATA

Octave Band 12345678LwiA Radiated Mid Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 20004000 8000 Sound Power Level (dB) 80 83 86 80 77 76 72 64 84

REMARKS

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN 15720-02 1 EF-O-1301 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15760 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American Gas Association (AGA). 2. Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA): Bulletin 300. 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): 90.1-2001, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. 4. ASTM International (ASTM): A106, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 54, National Fuel Gas Code. b. 70, National Electric Code (NEC). c. 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 6. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Assoc., Inc. (SMACNA): Ducted Electric Heat Guide for Air Handling Systems. 7. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): Product Directories.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals:

1. Shop Drawings: a. Complete specifications, descriptive drawings, catalog cuts, and descriptive literature which shall include make, model, dimensions, weight of equipment, and electrical schematics for products specified. b. Manufacturer’s standard finish color selection for cabinet finishes. c. Performance Data, including sound power level data (ref. 10 to minus 12 watts) at design operating point, shall be based on AMCA Bulletin 300, Setup No. 1.

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Recommended procedures for protection and handling of equipment and materials prior to installation. 2. Operation and Maintenance Data: As specified in Section 01430, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15760 1 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Heating Equipment: Minimum operating efficiencies, specified in Chapter 6 of ASHRAE 90.1-2001.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SUPPLEMENTS

A. See supplements to this section for additional product information.

2.2 GAS VENT STACKS FOR GAS-FIRED WATER HEATERS

A. Characteristics:

1. UL listed Type B double wall, insulated gas vent pipe with rain cap. 2. Galvanized steel outer jacket, aluminum inner sleeve. 3. Insulating thimble. 4. Pier section with cleanout where stack is offset. 5. Manufacturer’s standard fittings as required.

B. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Selkirk; Metalbestos. 2. Van Packer.

2.3 HYDRONIC UNIT HEATER (UH)—HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE

A. Characteristics:

1. Arranged for horizontal air distribution. 2. 18-gauge cabinet finished with baked enamel paint. 3. Coil of single tube, single serpentine flow. 4. Copper tubes without turbulators. 5. Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to tubes. 6. Direct-drive motor of shaded pole design with oil-lubricated sleeve bearings and built-in thermal overload protection. 7. Nonferrous multiblade propeller type fan. 8. Adjustable horizontal louvers and vertical diffuser vanes on air discharge side.

B. Capacity: As indicated in Supplements.

C. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Trane; Model S. 2. Dunham-Bush; Model H. 3. Modine; equivalent model.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15760 2 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.4 FINNED-TUBE RADIATORS (BB)—FLAT TOP

A. Characteristics:

1. Full backplate supported wall-hung steel enclosure. 2. 16-gauge flat top. 3. Wall brackets with concealed fasteners. 4. Element supports. 5. Sponge rubber wall gasket. 6. Cabinet Finish: Baked enamel of a color selected by OWNER from manufacturer’s standard color chart. 7. End panels and special corners wherever enclosure does not abut a finished wall. 8. 6-inch wide by 9-inch tall access panel at each end of every enclosure section or where shown on the Drawings for access to valves and balance fittings. 9. Grilles shall be clear anodized extruded aluminum. 10. Additional set of supports shall be included for integral support of return tubing. 11. Heating elements shall be manufactured with seamless copper tubing. 12. CONTRACTOR to field cut openings for tubing where required.

B. Capacity: As indicated in Supplements.

C. Manufacturer and Product:

1. Sterling; VB-AR-24. 2. Or equal.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

B. Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.

2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Factory Tests and Adjustments: Test equipment identical to that furnished.

1. Functional Test: Perform manufacturer’s standard motor test on equipment. Include vibration test, as follows: a. Dynamically balance rotating parts of each unit and its driving unit before final assembly.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15760 3 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Limits: 1) Driving Unit Alone: Less than 80 percent of NEMA MG1 limits. 2) Complete Rotating Assembly Including Coupling, and Motor: Less than 90 percent. 2. Hydronic Cabinet and Standard Unit Heaters: No leaks when tested underwater with 300 psig air.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Gas-Fired, Hydronic, and Cabinet Unit Heaters:

1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Mount bottom of unit as indicated in Supplements or otherwise noted on Drawings.

B. Gas Vent Stacks:

1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Install in accordance with requirements of “National Fuel Gas Code” (NFPA 54).

C. Finned-Tube Radiators: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Manufacturer’s standard access panel assembly shall be aligned with valve locations for clear unobstructed access.

3.2 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES

3.3 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” are a part of this Specification.

1. Operations Complex (O,L,M) Hydronic Unit Heaters. 2. Operations Complex (O,L,M) Finned Tube Radiators.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15760 4 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

OPERATIONS COMPLEX (O, L, M) HYDRONIC UNIT HEATERS SYMBOL AIR DELIVERY DATA MOTOR DATA HEATING COIL DATA UNIT ELECTRIC DATA MOUNTING MAX. MANUFACTURER CFM HORIZ. H.P. RPM CAPAC. AIR SIDE WATER SIDE VOLT PH HEIGHT WEIGHT AND MODEL NO. THROW CFM GPM EWT LWT DELTA P FT. LBS. FT. MBH DEG. F DEG. F FT. H2O UH-O-1201 543 22 1/20 1550 10.8 543 0.9 180.0 155.0 0.02 120 1 9 40 TRANE MODEL 38S

UH-L-1101 591 25 1/20 1550 15.0 591 1.6 180.0 160.0 0.05 120 1 9 40 TRANE MODEL 42S UH-L-1102 591 25 1/20 1550 15.0 591 1.6 180.0 160.0 0.05 120 1 9 40 TRANE MODEL 42S

REMARKS:

NOTE 1 PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED MOTOR STARTER NOTE 2 PROVIDE FIELD INSTALLED OSHA FAN GUARD

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 DATA SHEET 15760-01 1 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

OPERATIONS COMPLEX (O, L, M) FINNED TUBE RADIATORS SYMBOL LOCATION TYPE ELEMENT DATA HOT WATER HEATING COIL DATA MANUFACTURER MATERIAL(S) ACTIVE FIN TUBE DIA. FINS INSTALLED CAPACITY AIR SIDE WATER SIDE AND MODEL NO. LENGTH PER HEIGHT EAT GPM EWT LWT DELTA P FT. INCHES FOOT INCHES BTU/H DEG. F DEG. F DEG. F FT. H2O WALKWAY 0-130, FLAT TOP BB-O-1001 Ops to Maint ENCLOSURE Copper 8' & 7' 3/4 40 32 1100 65 3.3 180 160 2.6 STERLING JVB-AR-24 WALKWAY 0-130, FLAT TOP BB-O-1002 Ops to Maint ENCLOSURE Copper 8' & 7' 3/4 40 32 1100 65 3.3 180 160 2.6 STERLING JVB-AR-24 WALKWAY 0-115, FLAT TOP BB-O-1003 Ops to Lab ENCLOSURE Copper 8' & 7' 3/4 40 32 1100 65 3.3 180 160 2.6 STERLING JVB-AR-24 WALKWAY 0-115, FLAT TOP BB-O-1004 Ops to Lab ENCLOSURE Copper 8' & 7' 3/4 40 32 1100 65 3.3 180 160 2.6 STERLING JVB-AR-24

REMARKS:

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 DATA SHEET 15760-02 1 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15810 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): Handbook. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A167, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. b. A525, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. c. B209, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. b. 255, Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 4. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA): a. HVAC Duct Construction Standards. b. Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems. c. Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide for HVAC Systems. 5. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): a. 181, Standard for Safety Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. b. 555, Standard for Safety Fire Dampers. 6. Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) Standards: 10-1, Factory-Made Air Ducts.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer's data and descriptive literature for duct accessories.

B. Ductwork Leakage Testing: Submit ductwork leakage test reports including testing, adjustments, and re-testing.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 1 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.1 DUCTWORK

A. Metal:

1. Aluminum: ASTM B209, 3003-H-14, 0.027-inch aluminum sheets minimum thickness, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 316, sheet, No. 2B (cold-rolled, bright) finish for concealed Work and No. 3 (intermediate polished) finish for exposed Work. 3. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA “Industrial Duct Construction Standards” and UMC 10-1. 4. Furnish either wye or conical tee fittings for round duct takeoffs from round mains, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 5. Furnish bellmouth or conical tee fittings for round duct takeoffs from rectangular mains. 6. Furnish 45-degree entry fittings conforming to SMACNA requirements for rectangular takeoffs from rectangular or round mains. 7. Duct sizes shown are net air side face-to-face dimensions required. 8. Balancing Dampers: 90 percent unobstructed free area. 9. Furnish seismic restraints for all ductwork systems and sway bracing as described in SMACNA “Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems.”

B. Low and Medium Pressure Ductwork:

1. Medium pressure (2-to 6-inch WC) ductwork includes ductwork between the fans and the air inlets or outlets. 2. Round or Flat Oval Ductwork: a. Spiral Duct Manufacturers: 1) Glass Insulation Co.; Spiro-Duct. 2) United Sheet Metal Co.; Spiral Uniseal. 3) Or approved equal. b. Fittings: Furnish a complete separate fitting for branch takeoffs from spiral ducts. 1) Branch Takeoffs: Conical laterals, conical tees, or as shown. 2) Joint Seal Material: Tape and sealer as manufactured by: a) Hardcast; Type DT tape and HD-20 adhesive. b) United; duct sealer. c) Or approved equal. 3) Fitting Manufacturers: a) Glass Insulation Co.; Type RW. b) United Sheet Metal; Uniform. c) Or approved equal.

C. Mechanical Joint Option:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 2 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1. Fabricate ducts and joints, including gauge and reinforcing, in accordance with SMACNA Manuals. 2. Construct transverse joints with Ductmate 25/35 duct connector systems, W.D.C.I. Heavy/Lite duct connector systems, or Ductlok J/E duct connector system. 3. When using the W.D.C.I. Heavy/Lite system, construct ductwork in accordance to the “W.D.C.I. Heavy “J” and Light “H” Assembly Manual and Duct Construction Standards.” 4. When using Ductlok J/E duct connector system, construct ductwork in accordance with Ductlok's “Rectangular Duct Construction Manual for Low, Medium, and High Pressure.” 5. For longitudinal seams, use the Pittsburgh lock seam sealed internally with a permanently elastic sealer such as Ductmate 5511M mastic. 6. Conform to SMACNA Class A sealing requirements.

D. Exterior Exposed Ductwork:

1. Fabricate from aluminum sheets and line with sound attenuation material, unless indicated otherwise in ductwork schedule at end of section. 2. Joints and Seams: Standing-seam type sealed watertight construction.

2.2 DUCT ACCESSORIES

A. Butterfly Manual Dampers:

1. Fabricate from 18-gauge metal of the same material as the ductwork. 2. Align operating handle with the damper blade. 3. Operator Manufacturer: a. Accessible Ductwork: Ventlok; Type 620 or 635, or approved equal. b. Accessible Insulated Ductwork: Ventlok; Type 639, or approved equal. c. Concealed Ductwork: Ventlok; Type 677, or approved equal, with extended operating rod and concealed regulator with plain cover.

B. Elbows:

1. Rectangular: a. Fit square-turn elbows with vane side rails. b. Shop fabricate double-blade turning vanes of same material as ductwork. c. Fabricate with equal inlet and outlet. d. Rectangular radius elbows with inside radius of 3/4 of duct width in direction of turn. e. Manufacturers and Products:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 3 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1) Elgen; All-Tight. 2) Duro-Dyne; Type TR. 3) Or approved equal. 2. Round: Furnish with centerline radius of 1.5 times duct diameter.

C. Flexible Connections to Noninternally Spring-Isolated Rotating Fan Equipment:

1. Furnish neoprene-coated, fire-resistant glass fabric, with 2-inch minimum clearance between casing and ductwork. 2. Coat outdoor flexible connectors with Hypalon for UV protection. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Ventfabrics; Ventglas. b. Duro-Dyne; Durolon. c. Or approved equal.

D. Duct Inspection Doors:

1. Size: 12-inch by 12-inch unless indicated otherwise on Drawings with gasketing around periphery. 2. Panels: Hinged, insulated, and fabricated of same material as ductwork or 316 stainless steel in FRP ductwork. 3. On smaller ductwork furnish a separate size 8-inch by 8-inch access door. 4. Manufacturers: a. Ventlok. b. Duro-Dyne. c. Or approved equal.

E. Manual Opposed-Blade Balancing Dampers:

1. Furnish externally operated, gang airfoil damper blades. 2. Fabricate from same material as ductwork. 3. Stainless steel or nylon sleeve bearings. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Ruskin; CD102. b. American Warming & Ventilating; Model VC-31. c. Or approved equal.

F. Pressure Relief Back Pressure Dampers (Vertical Mount):

1. Extruded 3-1/2 inch 12 gauge aluminum frame. 2. Continuous sponge rubber gasket at face flange. 3. Aluminum blades with felt edges, seals, and stiffening rib. 4. Type 316 stainless steel axles and linkages. 5. Nylon bearings. 6. Face Grille: 1/2-inch expanded aluminum.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 4 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

7. Standard mill finish. 8. Manufacturer and Product: American Warming & Ventilating; Model BD-41, or approved equal.

G. Duct Mounted Fire Dampers in Fire Walls with Rating of 2 Hours or Less:

1. NFPA 90A rated for 1-1/2-hour service. 2. Galvanized blades, frame, and mounting angles. 3. Accordion style folded blades. 4. 165 degrees F fusible link. 5. Approved for installation with 2-hour fire rating. 6. Rated, manufactured, tested, and approved in accordance with UL Standard 555. 7. Blades out of the air stream when open. 8. Furnish with sleeved frame for duct connections. 9. Labeled for use in a static mode. 10. Furnish dynamic and horizontal mounted dampers with springs for proper closure. 11. Dampers for Corrosive Service: Type 316 stainless steel. 12. Manufacturers and Products: a. Nailor-Hart; Model 0130, Type B. b. Ruskin; IBD20, Type B. c. Or approved equal.

H. Duct Mounted Fire Dampers in Walls with 3-Hour or Greater Fire Rating:

1. NFPA 90A rated for 3-hour service. 2. Galvanized blades, frame, and mounting angles. 3. Accordion style folding blades. 4. 165 degrees F fusible link. 5. Approved for installation in a 4-hour wall. 6. Rated, manufactured, tested, and approved in accordance with UL Standard 555. 7. Blades out of the air stream when open. 8. Furnish with sleeved frame for duct connection. 9. Labeled for use in a static mode. 10. Furnish dynamic and horizontal mounted dampers with springs for proper closure. 11. Dampers for Corrosive Service: Type 316 stainless steel. 12. Manufacturers and Products: a. Nailor-Hart; Model 0530, Type B. b. Ruskin; IBD23, Type B. c. Or approved equal.

I. Smoke Damper:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 5 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1. Frame: Minimum 16-gauge galvanized steel formed into a structural hat channel shape with reinforced corners. 2. Bearings: Stainless steel sleeve turning in an extruded hole in the frame. 3. Blades: Airfoil shaped double skin construction with 14-gauge equivalent thickness. Silicone rubber blade edge seals designed to withstand 450 degrees F. 4. Jamb Seals: Stainless steel flexible metal compression type. 5. UL labeled as a Leakage Rated Damper under the latest version of UL 555S. Leakage Class I (4 cfm per square foot at 1-inch WG). 6. Electric actuator. 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. Ruskin SD60. b. Greenheck SMD.

J. Sheet Metal Plenums:

1. Fabricate from minimum 18-gauge metal of the same material as the ductwork. 2. Brace with a frame of the same material for rigidity.

K. Louver and Grille Blank-Off Sections:

1. Fabricate from 20-gauge aluminum sheets. 2. Line with sound attenuation material. 3. Shop prime and paint outside face of blank-off section with two coats of flat black exterior paint.

L. Room Pressurization/Directional Airflow Indicator:

1. Room airflow direction indicator shall indicate the status of the directional airflow into or out of the concerned space. 2. The status indication shall be via a visual-only primary element that does not utilize any electricity. The visual indicator shall display a degradation of the desired one directional airflow prior to a neutral or reversal of directional airflow. 3. Smoke Limiting: Per NFPA, room walls shall limit smoke migration which includes any openings in walls. The primary element of the airflow direction indicator shall incorporate a means of stopping airflow through the element when the room door is closed and the room is under proper negative or positive pressure. 4. The visual components shall carry a lifetime warranty against breakage, i.e., the tube, endcaps, indicating sphere, backplates and clear dome covers. 5. The indicator shall be installed with a tilt described in the installation documents. The indicator shall display a self-check for failure each time the airlock or door is opened. This is accomplished by the

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 6 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

indicating sphere rolling to its failsafe position (corridor for negative rooms, inside room for positive rooms, in the wall for switchable rooms) when the door to the room is opened. The indicating sphere should go back to its proper position (in the room for negative rooms, in the corridor for positive rooms) when the door is closed. 6. Each indicator installed shall have a small, laminated sign next to it describing the intent and operation of the indicator. 7. Provide 1/4-inch thick escutcheon plates to cover hole. 8. New CMU or Poured Concrete Walls: Provide a 2-1/2-inch diameter Electrical Metallic Tube (EMT) sleeve prior to pouring of mortar or concrete. Provide 6-inch diameter by 1/4-inch thick escutcheon plates to cover any irregularities around the sleeve. Provide fire-rating via proper means, as required. 9. Manufacturers and Products: ADI; Model 69.

2.3 DUCT INSULATION

A. Flexible Fiberglass Insulation:

1. Density: 3/4 pound per cubic foot. 2. FSK (Foil-Skrim-Kraft) Facing: Maximum vapor transmission rate of 0.02 perm. 3. Flame spread and smoke development rating of 25/50. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Schuller (Manville); Type 75 FSK. b. Owens-Corning Fiberglass. c. Or approved equal.

B. Rigid Fiberglass (Board) Insulation:

1. Fiberglass, minimum 2.75 PCF density board, K factor 0.23 maximum at 75 degrees F mean, with factory-applied FSK vapor barrier jackets for temperatures from 100 to 850 degrees F. 2. Flame spread and smoke development rating of 25/50. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. CertainTeed; IB 850. b. Knauf; Elevated Temperature Board. c. Owens-Corning Fiberglass; TTW. d. Schuller (Manville); 1000 Series Spun-Glass.

C. Duct Liner:

1. Rectangular Ducts: 1-1/2-inch thick, semi-rigid fiberglass, with factory coated edges.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 7 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Round Ducts: 1-inch thick rigid round fiberglass up to 24-inch diameter ducts, and 1-inch semi-rigid fiberglass for ducts larger than 24-inch diameter. 3. NRC of 0.70 or greater based on Type A mounting. 4. 1.5 pcf density and an R-value of 6 minimum. 5. Flame spread/smoke development rating of 25/50. 6. Attach semi-rigid liner with fire-resistant adhesive and Duro-Dyne welded pin fasteners with NC-1 nylon stop clips. 7. Perforated metal inner liner, same material as ductwork. 8. Adhesive strips at all butt joints unless factory coated edges are used. 9. Manufacturers and Products: a. Manville; Permacote or Spiracoustic. b. Owens-Corning; duct liner. c. Or approved equal.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Install sheet metalwork and flexible ductwork in accordance with the latest edition of the SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards.” 2. Cross-break horizontal surfaces of rectangular metal ducts. 3. Install additional bracing as required to prevent ballooning or breathing. 4. For interior ductwork, tape joints with Hardcast Lag-Rite tape and bonder or Ray-Chem shrink tape. For exterior ductwork, tape joints with Hardcast outdoor tape and rosin. Tape joints according to the following table:

Pressure Class Sealing Required 2-inch WC or less Transverse joints More than 2-inch WC Transverse joints and longitudinal seams

5. Seal joints of ductwork in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 6. Provide balancing dampers for grilles and diffusers in the branch duct as near the main as possible. Add or remove balancing dampers as requested by the air-balancing firm for necessary control of air. 7. Make duct size transitions with the maximum inclusive angle of 30 degrees, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 8. Make offsets with maximum angle of 45 degrees. 9. Install seismic restraints on all ductwork systems and sway bracing as described in SMACNA “Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems.” 10. At ceiling grille and diffuser fire dampers, provide thermal blankets where required by local authorities.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 8 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

B. Mechanical Joint Option: Install specified transverse duct joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and installation manuals.

C. Stainless Steel Ductwork:

1. Seal joints and seams with chemical-resistant mastic. 2. Rivet butt joints with a minimum of eight pop rivets.

D. Fire Dampers: Install 1-1/2-hour rated, unless otherwise indicated, at locations shown and in accordance with SMACNA “Fire, Smoke, and Radiation Damper Installation Guide for HVAC Systems.”

E. Duct Smoke Detectors:

1. Install duct smoke detectors where indicated on Drawings and Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS. 2. Duct smoke detectors are supplied by Section 13850, FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM.

F. Duct Inspection Doors: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions at each duct mounted fire damper, duct mounted smoke or ionization detector, downstream side of any elbow 12 inches or larger, electric duct heater, booster coil, humidifier, motorized damper, and sail switch.

G. Insulation:

1. Firmly butt at joints with a maximum allowable compression of 25 percent. 2. Overlap seams a minimum of 2 inches. 3. Finish seams with appropriate 3-inch minimum width pressure sensitive tape or glass fabric and vapor-retardant mastic. 4. For rectangular ducts over 18 inches wide, secure duct wrap to the bottom of the ductwork with mechanical fasteners on 18-inch centers. 5. Apply washers without compressing the insulation. 6. Seal seams, joints, penetrations, and damage to the facing with vapor- retardant mastic. 7. Do not install on ducts that are internally lined.

H. Internal Insulation/Sound Attenuation: Install where shown and in accordance with SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards” and manufacturer's recommendations.

I. Louver and Grille Blank-Off Sections: Attach airtight to louver or grille and install to allow for easy removal.

J. Sound Attenuators:

1. Install in ducts as shown. 2. Provide dielectric separation between ductwork and silencer when materials of construction differ.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 9 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

K. Room Pressurization/Directional Airflow Indicator:

1. The HVAC system must be operational with a proper directional minimum differential pressure of 0.01 inches of water column prior to the installation and testing of the indicators. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall mount and test every indicator for proper operation per the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Turn over the pitch level(s) and installation instructions to the OWNER during job start-up. Provide 8 hours of training to the OWNER for field orientation and operation of a typical indicator.

3.2 DUCTWORK LEAKAGE TESTING

A. All ductwork shall be leak tested. Assemble and install ductwork with maximum allowable leakage as follows:

1. Constant Volume Systems: a. Supply Ductwork, 0- to 2-Inch WC: 2 percent of design CFM. b. Supply Ductwork, 3-Inch WC and Over: 1 percent of design CFM. c. Outside Air and Return Ductwork: 2 percent of design CFM. 2. Variable Volume Systems: a. Supply Ductwork from Fan to Terminal Units: 1 percent of design CFM. b. Supply Ductwork from Terminal Units to Air Outlets: 2 percent of design CFM. c. Outside Air and Return Ductwork: 2 percent of design CFM. 3. Exhaust Systems: a. Exhaust Ductwork, 0- to 2-Inch WC: 2 percent of design CFM. b. Exhaust Ductwork, 3-Inch WC and Over: 1 percent of design CFM.

B. Leak test using a blower to maintain system static pressure during testing in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual."

3.3 SUPPLEMENT

A. The supplement listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” is part of this Specification.

1. Ductwork and Insulation Schedule.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 10 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

DUCTWORK AND INSULATION SCHEDULE Ductwork SMACNA Pressure Insulation Insulation Section Material Class (inch wg) Type Thickness Row System Type (note 1) (note 2) (notes 3, 4) (note 5) (inch) Remarks 1 Constant Volume Units; Heating only SA AL 2.0 -- -- 2 Constant Volume Units: Heating and air conditioning SA AL 2.0 RF 2.0 See Note 6 3 Variable Volume Units: Ductwork from AHU fan to SA AL 6.0 RF 2.0 terminal control units 4 Variable Volume Units: Ductwork from terminal control SA AL 2.0 DL 1.5 units to air outlets 5 Variable volume units RL AL 2.0 RF 1.5 6 Outside air (except plenums) OA AL -2.0 RF 2.0 See Note 6 7 Return air RA AL -2.0 RF 1.0 See Note 6 8 Exhaust air (except laboratory exhaust, kitchen hood EA AL -2.0 -- -- exhaust, and plenums) 9 Laboratory exhaust EA SST -8.0 RF 1.0 10 Kitchen hood exhaust EA AL -2.0 -- -- 11 Plenums OA AL -2.0 DL 2.0 12 Plenums EA, RL AL 2.0 DL 2.0 13 Transfer air ducts TA AL ±2.0 DL 2.0 Notes: 1. Section Designations: AP – air plenum, SA – supply air, OA – outside air, RA – return air, RL – relief air, EA – exhaust air, TA – transfer air. 2. Ductwork Materials: AL – aluminum, SST – stainless steel. 3. SMACNA Pressure Class; 2”, 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 8”, and 10”. 4. SMACNA Seal Class-A. 5. Insulation Type: FF – flexible fiberglass, RF – rigid fiberglass, DL – duct liner. 6. Concealed ductwork may be flexible fiberglass.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15810 SUPPLEMENT 1 DUCTWORK AND INSULATION SCHEDULE ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15840 TERMINAL CONTROL UNITS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA): Bulletin 300. 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): 112, Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): MG 1-12.53a, Motors and Generators. 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70, National Electric Code (NEC). b. 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 5. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): Product Directories.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals:

1. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer’s product information including complete specifications, descriptive drawings, catalog cuts, and descriptive literature which shall include make, model, dimensions, weight of equipment, electrical schematics, and noise and pressure loss data.

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Recommended procedures for protection and handling of equipment and materials prior to installation. 2. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance for products furnished. 3. Detailed information on structural, mechanical, electrical, or other modifications necessary to adapt the arrangement or details shown and specified to the products furnished. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data: As specified in Section 01430, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15840 1 TERMINAL CONTROL UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS

A. Construction:

1. Single duct reheat terminal control unit with pressure independent automatic damper operation. 2. Cabinet Materials: 22-gauge, zinc-coated steel with factory applied enamel paint finish, or galvanized sheet steel. 3. Insulate internal surfaces of control box section and discharge plenum section acoustically and thermally with 1/2-inch thick, 1.75-pound density, matte-faced insulation. All cold surfaces shall be insulated with complete vapor barrier to prevent condensation. 4. Automatic Dampers: Factory install and test. 5. Access panel in side panel.

B. Hot Water Heating Coil:

1. Coil: a. Aluminum plate fin type with full fin collars for accurate spacing and maximum fin-tube contact. b. Female sweat connections. 2. Tubes: 5/8-inch outside diameter seamless copper expanded into the fin collar for permanent fin-tube bond. 3. Insulate coil section with 1-inch thickness, rigid insulation specified in Section 15810, DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES. Provide complete vapor barrier.

C. Controls:

1. Adjustable for a maximum reduction of air volume to minimum airflow design air volume as indicated in Supplements. 2. Factory install damper operators and controller furnished under Section 17901, HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS. 3. Capable of modulating, in sequence, the damper and the hot water coil valve in response to the space thermostat.

D. Capacities: See Supplements at the end of this Section.

E. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Trane; VCWF. 2. Carnes; Type AV. 3. Titus; ESV.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15840 2 TERMINAL CONTROL UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.2 ACCESSORIES

B. Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Factory Tests: Leak test heating coils underwater with 250 psig air; no leaks allowed.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Support terminal control units from structure with galvanized steel straps or threaded rods from 4 corners of the unit.

B. Provide four duct diameters of straight duct length to the air terminal unit inlet to allow for proper control, unless otherwise allowed by the unit manufacturer.

C. Duct Connections: As specified in Section 15810, DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES.

D. Wiring Connections: As specified in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL.

3.2 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” are part of this Specification:

1. Operations Building (O), Variable Air Volume Terminal Unit Schedule. 2. Laboratory Building (L), Variable Air Volume Terminal Unit Schedule. 3. Maintenance Building (M), Variable Air Volume Terminal Unit Schedule.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15840 3 TERMINAL CONTROL UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNITS (TU) AIR DATA HOT WATER HEATING COIL DATA MAX. BASIS OF REMARKS OPERATIONS BUILDING INLET SUPPLY MAX CAPACITY HEATING WATER MAX NC AT DESIGN DIA MAX. MIN. TEMP. APD AIRFLOW EAT LAT EWT LWT FLOW WPD 1.5" WC SYMBOL SERVING (Inches) (CFM) (CFM) (DEG. F) (Inch WC) (MBH) (CFM) (DEG. F) (DEG. F) (DEG. F) (DEG. F) (GPM) (FT H2O) RADIATED AHU-O-1001 TU-O-1001 OPEN OFFICE 10 800 450 55 0.25 22.2 450 55.0 100.0 180 160 2.2 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-O-1002 N. CORRIDORE/MUD ROOM 10 1,050 525 55 0.25 25.8 525 55.0 100.0 180 160 2.6 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-O-1003 PRINTERS/LIBRARY 8 600 300 55 0.25 14.8 300 55.0 100.0 180 160 1.5 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-O-1004 MANAGER'S OFFICE 5 300 200 55 0.25 9.7 200 55.0 100.0 180 160 1.0 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-O-1005 OFFICE 5 200 150 55 0.25 7.3 150 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.7 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-O-1006 OFFICE 5 200 100 55 0.25 4.8 100 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.5 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-O-1007 RECEPTION 5 300 150 55 0.25 7.3 150 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.7 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-O-1008 ENTRY 5 150 150 55 0.25 7.3 150 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.7 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-O-1009 CONFERENCE ROOM 10 900 450 55 0.25 21.9 450 55.0 100.0 180 160 2.2 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-O-1010 LOBBY 12 1,400 800 55 0.25 39.0 800 55.0 100.0 180 160 3.9 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-O-1011 MEETING ROOM 5 250 125 55 0.25 6.1 125 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.6 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-O-1012 OFFICE 5 300 150 55 0.25 7.3 150 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.7 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-O-1013 STORAGE 8 550 275 55 0.25 13.5 275 55.0 100.0 180 160 1.3 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 AHU-O-1301 TU-O-1301 WOMEN'S LOCKER ROOM 8 600 600 55 0.25 29.0 600 55.0 100.0 180 160 2.9 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-O-1302 UTILITY ROOM 10 800 800 55 0.25 39.1 800 55.0 100.0 180 160 3.9 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-O-1303 MEN'S LOCKER ROOM 10 800 800 55 0.25 38.9 800 55.0 100.0 180 160 3.9 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-O-1304 LUNCH ROOM 14 2,000 1,000 55 0.25 97.2 2,000 55.0 100.0 180 160 9.8 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-O-1305 CONTROL ROOM 10 800 400 55 0.25 19.5 400 55.0 100.0 180 160 2.0 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2

REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE COIL PIPING PER STANDARD DETAIL 15419 2. PROVIDE COIL PIPING PER STANDARD DETAIL 15432

3/30/2017 WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 DATA SHEET 15840-01 1 TERMINAL CONTROL UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

AHU - L - 1301 TU-L-1301 VEST./ CORRIDOR / JAN./ STORAGE 10 900 450 55 0.25 22.0 450 55.0 100.0 180 160 2.2 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-L-1302 NOT USED ------160 ------TU-L-1303 OPEN OFFICE AREA 12 1,500 750 55 0.25 36.6 750 55.0 100.0 180 160 3.7 3 32 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-L-1304 OFFICE / SAFETY 5 300 150 55 0.25 7.3 150 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.7 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-L-1305 LAB MANAGER 6 400 400 55 0.25 9.8 400 55.0 100.0 180 160 1.0 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-L-1306 OFFICE (FLEX SPACE) 8 550 275 55 0.25 13.4 275 55.0 100.0 180 160 1.3 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-L-1307 LAB SUPPLIES 5 300 150 55 0.25 7.3 150 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.7 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1

REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE COIL PIPING PER STANDARD DETAIL 15419 2. PROVIDE COIL PIPING PER STANDARD DETAIL 15432. 3. LABORATORY TERMINAL UNIT MINIMUM POSITION APPLIES ONLY DURING UNOCCUPIED SCHEDULE.

3/30/2017 TOR/170164.CD DATA SHEET 15840-02 1 TERMINAL CONTROL UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

AHU-M-1001 TU-M-1001 ELECTRICAL ROOM 12 1,400 700 55 0.25 34.2 700 55.0 100.0 180 160 3.4 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-M-1002 MANAGER'S OFFICE 6 400 200 55 0.25 9.8 200 55.0 100.0 180 160 1.0 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-M-1003 LIBRARY/CONFERENCE ROOM 5 300 150 55 0.25 7.3 150 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.7 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-M-1004 OPEN OFFICE/PRINTERS/COFFEE 14 1,800 900 55 0.25 43.9 900 55.0 100.0 180 160 4.4 3 30 TRANE VCWF 2 TU-M-1005 TELCO EQUIPMENT 5 150 75 55 0.25 3.7 75 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.4 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1 TU-M-1006 INSTRUMENT SHOP 5 250 125 55 0.25 6.1 125 55.0 100.0 180 160 0.6 3 30 TRANE VCWF 1

REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE COIL PIPING PER STANDARD DETAIL 15419 2. PROVIDE COIL PIPING PER STANDARD DETAIL 15432

3/30/2017 TOR/170164.CD DATA SHEET 15840-03 1 TERMINAL CONTROL UNITS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15850 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): Product Directories.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings:

1. Manufacturer’s data and descriptive literature for products specified. 2. Furnish the following information for each type of diffuser, register, and grille furnished. a. NC sound data. b. Static pressure loss data. c. Throw data. d. Insulation specifications.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. See Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, for specific requirements related to the materials specified herein.

B. Where a round duct is shown leading to a rectangular necked diffuser, provide manufacturer’s accessory adapter or duct transition. Where a round duct is shown leading to a rectangular necked grille, provide manufacturer’s accessory adapter, a duct transition, or fabricated plenum. Unless otherwise noted, sizes shown on Drawings are neck sizes.

C. Provide aluminum construction for diffusers located in locker, toilet, or shower rooms, for systems with aluminum ductwork, and as noted on the Drawings.

D. Maximum static pressure loss shall be 0.15 inch W.C. unless indicated otherwise.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15850 1 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.2 CEILING DIFFUSERS

A. Round Ceiling Diffuser (CD1):

1. Multi-position adjustable core with safety chain. 2. Uniform 360-degree discharge pattern. 3. Aluminum construction. 4. Frame suitable for stucco finish ceiling mounting or mounting on exposed air duct. 5. Factory set cone positions for vertical flow. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model 5RM-2. b. Titus; Model TMRA-AA.

B. Square Ceiling Diffusers (CD2):

1. Stamped aluminum construction with baked white enamel finish. 2. 24 by 24 panel size unless indicated otherwise. 3. Round or square neck, as indicated on Drawings. 4. Removable core section of louvers. 5. Continuous sponge rubber gasket at face flange. 6. Furnish blankoff baffles required for the air discharge patterns shown. 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model 56400, 56600 (supply), Model 56490, 56690 (return). b. Carnes; Type SF.

C. Slot Diffusers (CD3, CD3A):

1. Extruded aluminum. 2. Two 3/4-inch slots (CD3); three 3/4-inch slots (CD3A). 3. Frame suitable for mounting in ceiling as indicated on Drawings. 4. Inlet duct collar on side of plenum. 5. Adjustable pattern deflector from vertical to horizontal discharge. 6. Internal plenum surfaces lined with 1/4-inch thick neoprene-coated fiberglass insulation. 7. Factory baked white enamel finish. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model TBS. b. Carnes; Model DAS. c. Titus; Model TBD-30.

D. Square and Rectangular Ceiling Diffusers (CD4):

1. Aluminum construction with baked white enamel finish. 2. Removable core section of louvers. 3. Rectangular or round neck, as indicated.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15850 2 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

4. Continuous sponge rubber gasket at face flange. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Carnes; Type SA (aluminum). b. Krueger; Model 5SH-UT (aluminum). c. Titus; Model TDCA-AA (aluminum).

E. Linear Diffusers (CD5):

1. Rectangular aluminum construction. 2. Extruded 1-inch flat slotted frame with concealed fasteners. 3. Concealed swing type adjustable deflector blades. 4. Two 3/4-inch slots. 5. Continuous sponge rubber gasket at face flange. 6. Baked white enamel finish. 7. Flat black deflector blade. 8. Furnish with 1/2-inch internally lined plenum with side inlet duct collar. 9. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model 1900. b. Carnes; Model CH Channel-Aire.

F. Laboratory High Capacity Laminar Flow Ceiling Diffusers (CD6):

1. Fabricated aluminum construction with perforated radial face and directional blades. 2. Nonaspirating, radial, one-way throw pattern. 3. 24-inch by 24-inch or 24-inch by 48-inch face as indicated. 4. Frame suitable for mounting in ceiling as shown on Drawings. 5. Plenum: a. Fabricated steel. b. Internal spreading means to provide uniform air discharge velocity over the face of the unit. 6. 12-inch round inlet collar on top of plenum. 7. Factory baked white epoxy finish. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; total air diffuser Model TADI. b. No other product will be accepted.

G. Laboratory High Capacity Laminar Flow Ceiling Diffusers (CD7): Same as specified above for CD6 except two-way throw pattern.

1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; total air diffuser Model TADII. b. No other product will be accepted.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15850 3 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.3 SUPPLY GRILLES AND REGISTERS

A. Supply Grilles (SG1):

1. Rectangular aluminum construction. 2. 26-gauge minimum steel construction where grille is mounted on the fire damper sleeve at a fire wall. Construction of Type 304 stainless steel where indicated. 3. Adjustable front horizontal and rear vertical vanes on 3/4-inch centers. 4. Continuous sponge rubber gasket at face flange. 5. 1-inch minimum flat aluminum frame. 6. Prime coat finish 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model 5880H (aluminum). b. Carnes; Type RADAH (aluminum). c. Titus; Model 300FL (aluminum) or Model 300RL-SS (stainless steel).

B. Wall Supply Grilles (WSG):

1. Rectangular aluminum construction. 2. Adjustable front horizontal and rear vertical vanes on 3/4-inch centers. 3. Continuous sponge rubber gasket at face flange. 4. 1-inch minimum flat aluminum frame. 5. Prime coat finish. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model 5880H. b. Carnes; Type RADAH.

C. High Capacity Wall Supply Grilles (SG2):

1. Industrial type, rectangular shaped. 2. Aluminum construction. 3. Individually adjustable front horizontal and rear vertical aluminum blades on 2-inch centers. 4. Continuous sponge rubber gasket at face flange. 5. Metallic gray finish. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model 6880-20H. b. Titus; Series 132RS.

D. Supply Registers (SR1):

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15850 4 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3. Individually adjustable horizontal face and vertical rear louver fins. 4. Gang-operated opposed-blade horizontal volume control damper. 5. Continuous sponge rubber gasket at face flange. 6. 1-inch flat aluminum frame. 7. Prime coat finish. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model 588OH-OBD (aluminum). b. Carnes; Type RNDAH (aluminum). c. Titus; Model 300FL/AG-15-AA (aluminum) or Model 300RL/AG-15-SS (stainless steel).

E. High Throw Wall Supply Registers (SR2):

1. Industrial grade. 2. Aluminum construction. 3. Rotatable aluminum barrel with individually adjustable lateral diffusing vanes. 4. Gang-operated opposed-blade vertical volume control damper. 5. Mounting collar for direct attachment to ductwork. 6. Continuous sponge rubber gasket at face flange. 7. Clear lacquer satin finish. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model DPL Punkah. b. Agitair; Type Rotojet. c. Titus; Model DL drum louver.

2.4 RETURN AND EXHAUST GRILLES AND REGISTERS

A. Ceiling and Wall Return and Exhaust Grilles (RG1, EG1):

1. Rectangular aluminum construction. 2. 26-gauge minimum steel construction where grille is mounted on the fire damper sleeve at a fire wall. Construction of Type 304 stainless steel where indicated. 3. Fixed horizontal louvers set at 35 to 45 degrees. 4. 1-inch minimum flat aluminum frame. 5. Baked white enamel finish for ceiling grilles and prime coat finish for wall grilles. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model S580H (aluminum). b. Carnes; Type RAAAH (aluminum). c. Titus; Model 350FL (aluminum) or 350 RL-SS (stainless steel).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15850 5 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

B. Ceiling and Wall Return and Exhaust Registers (RR1, ER1):

1. Rectangular aluminum construction. 2. 26-gauge minimum steel construction where grille is mounted on the fire damper sleeve at a fire wall. Construction of Type 304 stainless steel where indicated. 3. Fixed horizontal louvers set at 35 to 45 degrees. 4. Gang-operated opposed-blade volume control damper. 5. 1-inch flat aluminum frame. 6. Baked white enamel finish for ceiling registers and prime coat finish for wall registers. 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model S580H-OBD (aluminum). b. Carnes; Type RNAAH (aluminum). c. Titus; Model 350FL/AG-15-AA (aluminum) or Model 350 RL-SS/AG-15-SS (stainless steel).

C. Perforated Ceiling Return and Exhaust Grilles (RG2, EG2):

1. Stamped aluminum construction. 2. Removable perforated faceplate. 3. Size to fit into standard lay-in tee-bar ceiling. 4. Baked white enamel faceplate. 5. Flat black interior. 6. Round neck. 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model 56590. b. Carnes; Type SPRB, aluminum. c. Titus; Model 8R, aluminum.

D. High Capacity Return and Exhaust Grilles (RG3, EG3):

1. Square aluminum eggcrate construction. 2. Extruded 1-1/4-inch flat frame with concealed fasteners. 3. Fixed 1/2-inch by 1/2-inch by 1/2-inch louvers. 4. Baked white enamel finished frame. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Krueger; Model EGC-5. b. Carnes; Type RAPAF. c. Titus; Model 50F.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

A. Tools: Furnish one complete set of special tools recommended by the manufacturer for maintenance, dismantling, or repair of each separate type of air outlet and inlet. Furnish a toolbox for storage of the special tools. Identify

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15850 6 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

with the associated equipment number by means of a stainless steel or solid plastic nametag attached to the box.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install diffusers, grilles, and registers tight on their respective mounting surfaces, level, plumb, and true with room dimensions.

B. Provide appropriate frame to adapt to mounting surface.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15850 7 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15900 HVAC CONTROLS - COORDINATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Specification section describes the coordination responsibilities related to the plant-wide HVAC control system. See Division 17 for technical portion of HVAC control system.

B. A plant-wide distributed direct digital (DDC) control system shall be provided to control the HVAC equipment. HVAC control panels (HCP) shall be located in each building throughout the plant that will contain the control loops and set points used in the operating sequences for the HVAC system. All these HVAC control panels shall be networked together as part of this plant-wide integrated HVAC control system. Front-end computer with graphical interfaces shall be located in the Operations Building main control room, as shown on the Drawings. Control panels inside the buildings shall be connected via copper cables. Plant-wide dedicated fiber-optic network shall carry data among the buildings and this will use Ethernet protocol. Fiber-optic network hubs and/or switches may be located in fiber distribution cabinets located as shown on the Drawings. Setpoints and logical sequences for HVAC systems in any building are re-programmable from HCP panels located anywhere in the plant using a portable operator interface device. Setpoints and logical sequences can also be re-programmed at the front-end computer.

1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The entire HVAC control system work including network design and implementation shall be performed by Contract 1. See Division 17 for the HVAC control system work. The Contractor performing the HVAC control system work is referred to as the HVAC Controls Subcontractor (HVACCS).

B. The Contract 1 Control Contractor (HVACCS) shall be responsible for fulfilling the HVAC control requirements of Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS and Section 15995, MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING. Commissioning of each individual equipment installed under Contract 4 shall be the responsibility of the Contract 4 CONTRACTOR. Contract 4 CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible to provide labor and parts and equipment (not part of control system) as necessary to assist HVACCS in installing and commissioning the HVAC control system. These sections list the responsibilities of the Contractor for commissioning the mechanical systems, including the control system, in Contract 1 and Contract 4.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15900 1 HVAC CONTROLS - COORDINATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

C. The HVACCS shall be responsible for running all the control conduits and wiring. The HVACCS shall need to coordinate with Contract 4.

D. HVAC control panels in Contract 4 shall be installed by the HVACCS. Conduits and wiring required for power to HVAC control system shall be the responsibilities of the HVACCS (whether it is shown on the electrical drawings or not). HVACCS shall coordinate with the Division 16 Contractors in Contract 4.

E. Plant-wide fiber-optic network shall be provided under Division 16, ELECTRICAL. Fiber-optic patch panels (FPP) and fiber distribution cabinets (FDC) in each building shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor. HVACCS shall run fibers from the patch panel to the first HVAC control panel in each building. The HVACCS will run copper cables throughout each building to connect the remaining HVAC control panels. See Drawing 5-SE-531, Drawing 5-SE-532, Drawing 5-SE-533, and Drawing 5-SE-534 for plant-wide fiber optic network schematic. Fiber optic network is based on 50 micron multimode fibers. Single node fibers will also be available but 62.5 micron multimode fibers will not be available.

F. Fiber-optic network hubs and/or switches located throughout the plant shall be provided by the HVACCS.

G. General Contractor and Electrical Subcontractor for Contract 4 shall be responsible for providing required power conduits and wiring for HVAC control system.

H. HVAC control valves and actuators shall be supplied by the HVACCS and installed by Contract 4. The only exception to this are VAV box reheat coil control valves with Detail No. 15419. In these cases, Contract 4 shall supply and install the control valves. HVACCS shall provide the actuators.

I. If the dampers are part of air handling units, they will be provided by the air handling unit manufacturers for Contract 4. If the dampers are not part of air handling units, they will be supplied by the HVACCS, and installed by Contract 4. Damper actuators for all the dampers shall be provided by the HVACCS.

J. Adjustable frequency drives (AFDs) shall be supplied by the HVACCS, and installed by Contract 4. Power wiring from the MCC to the AFD and from the AFD to the motor shall be by Contract 4. Communication wiring between AFD and HVAC control panels will be by the HVACCS. Startup and checkout shall also be by the HVACCS.

K. Current switches shall be provided by the HVACCS. Current switches used with the Alarm Control Panels (ACP) shall be supplied and mounted by the HVACCS. Conduit and wiring between these current switches and the ACP panels shall be the responsibility of Contract 4.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15900 2 HVAC CONTROLS - COORDINATION ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

L. Duct smoke detectors shall be furnished as work of Section 13850, FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM. Mounting of smoke detectors in ductwork shall be by Contract 4. Conduits and wiring from duct smoke detectors to the fire alarm panels is work of Section 13850, FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM. Conduits and wiring from the duct smoke detectors to the HVAC equipment shall be the responsibility of the HVACCS.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15900 3 HVAC CONTROLS - COORDINATION ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15950 HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING - COORDINATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This specification section describes the responsibilities of different contractors and different trades related to the HVAC testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) activities. See Division 17 for technical portion of HVAC TAB.

B. Work involves performing TAB on HVAC air and water systems in Contract 4.

1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The entire TAB work shall be done by one TAB Contractor. See Section 17950, HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING, for the TAB work. This TAB Contractor shall be a Subcontractor to the Contract 1 General Contractor.

B. The TAB Contractor shall coordinate with the Contract 2, Contract 3, and Contract 4 General Contractors to meet the schedule and perform the Work for each contract.

C. The TAB Contractor shall be involved in the commissioning process for Contract 4 as outlined in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS AND ELECTRICAL.

D. Contract 4 shall be responsible to provide labor and parts as necessary to assist the TAB Contractor in balancing and commissioning the system.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15950 1 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING - COORDINATION ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 15995 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This section specifies the unique responsibilities that are a part of, or are related to, the commissioning process for the mechanical systems. The section is tailored to the certification requirements for LEED as prescribed by USGBC. Mechanical systems include those listed in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, as being commissioned. Mechanical systems in all LEED and non-LEED buildings will be commissioned.

B. Related sections:

1. 01040, Coordination 2. 01300, Submittals 3. 01430, Operation and Maintenance Data 4. 01640, Manufacturers' Services 5. 01780, Contract Closeout 6. 01810, Equipment Testing and Facility Startup 7. 01815, General Commissioning Requirements - Building Systems 8. 15994, Plumbing Systems Commissioning

C. This section includes commissioning Work related to the control systems, which is the responsibility of HVACCS of Contract 1. Contract 4 CONTRACTOR shall provide labor and parts (not part of control system) as necessary to assist HVACCS in commissioning the control system.

D. This section includes TAB Work related to system commissioning. Contract 1 Contractor is responsible for TAB Work. Contract 4 CONTRACTOR shall provide labor as necessary to assist TAB Contractor for system commissioning.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all test equipment necessary to fulfill the testing requirements, except required dataloggers will be provided by the OWNER or ENGINEER.

B. Refer to Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, for additional requirements.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 1 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.2 TEST PORTS

A. In the hydronic system, install a P/T plug at each temperature sensor that is an input point to the control system. Install P/T plugs on each side of each control valve and each coil, if control system sensors are not installed in such locations.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal requirements relative to commissioning are found in this section and in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS.

B. Prepare a preliminary schedule for HVAC pipe and duct system testing, flushing and cleaning, equipment startup, and testing adjusting and balancing (TAB) start and completion for use by the ENGINEER. Keep this schedule updated.

3.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS

A. Refer to Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, for requirements for O&M manuals.

3.3 COMMON RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The general commissioning requirements and coordination are detailed in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, and apply to mechanical systems. The CONTRACTOR shall be familiar with all parts of Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, and the commissioning plan issued by the ENGINEER and shall execute all commissioning responsibilities assigned to them in the Contract Documents.

B. The requirements and information in this section is intended to complement and augment the requirements listed elsewhere in the Specification as required to support the commissioning process. It is not the intent to require duplicate efforts. For any requirement in this section, furnishing a copy of similar or nearly similar documentation or performing a task that is nearly identical to that required herein will likely be satisfactory for compliance with these requirements.

C. Notify the OWNER 2 weeks prior to pipe and duct system testing, flushing, cleaning, startup of each piece of equipment, and TAB. Notify the OWNER ahead of time when commissioning activities not yet performed or not yet scheduled will delay construction. Be proactive in seeing that commissioning

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 2 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

processes are executed and that the ENGINEER has the scheduling information needed to efficiently execute the commissioning process.

D. Prefunctional Checklists: The CONTRACTOR shall develop and execute prefunctional checklists as noted in the list of commissioned systems in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, following the process described in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS.

E. Check and testing procedure and startup plan development and execution responsibilities are described in the Check and Testing Responsibility Table supplement to Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS.

F. Training and Orientation: The CONTRACTOR shall follow the facility staff orientation and training requirements as described in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, and other applicable technical sections.

G. Documentation: The CONTRACTOR shall follow the documentation requirements as described in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, and other applicable technical sections. For any testing that the ENGINEER is not present, the CONTRACTOR shall fully document all testing procedures and results, and submit to the OWNER.

3.4 CONTROLS REQUIREMENTS

A. The CONTRACTOR’s commissioning-related responsibilities related to controls in addition to responsibilities listed elsewhere in the Specifications are:

1. Submit a written checkout plan indicating in a step-by-step manner, the procedures that will be followed to test, checkout, and adjust the control system prior to testing, according to the process in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS. At minimum, the plan shall include for each type of equipment controlled by the automatic controls: a. System name. b. List of devices. c. Step-by-step procedures for testing each controller after installation, including: 1) Process of verifying proper hardware and wiring installation. 2) Process of downloading programs to local controllers and verifying that they are addressed correctly.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3) Process for performing and documenting point-to-point checkout for each digital and analog input and output. 4) Process of performing operational checks of each controlled component. 5) Plan and process for calibrating valve and damper actuators and all sensors. 6) A description of the expected field adjustments for transmitters, controllers and control actuators should control responses fall outside of expected values. d. A copy of the log and field checkout sheets that will document the process. This log must include a place for initial and final read values during calibration of each point and clearly indicate when a sensor, controller or command has “passed” and is operating within the contract parameters. e. A description of the instrumentation required for testing. f. Indicate what tests on what systems should be completed prior to TAB using the control system for TAB work. Coordinate with the ENGINEER and TAB contractor for this determination. 2. Point-to-Point Checkout: Included in the checkout plan will be a point- to-point checkout. Each control point tied to a central control system will be verified to be commanding, reporting and controlling according to its intended purpose. For each output, commands will be initiated and verified to be functioning by visually observing and documenting the status of the controlled device in the field (e.g., command lights or sound off, command cooling coil valve to full open, or command heating water pump off). For each input, the system or conditions will be perturbed to initiate the input response being tested and the response in the control system observed and recorded (e.g., high duct static pressure alarm). 3. Calibrations: The prefunctional checklists will contain requirements for calibrations. The CONTRACTOR is responsible to calibrate all field- installed sensors and actuators using test and documentation methods approved by the ENGINEER. a. Sensors installed in the unit at the factory with calibration certification provided need not be field calibrated. b. Valve leak-by tests shall be conducted by the CONTRACTOR when shown on a construction checklist. c. All procedures used shall be fully documented on the prefunctional checklists or other suitable forms, clearly referencing the procedures followed and written documentation of initial, intermediate and final results. 4. Beyond the control points necessary to execute all documented control sequences, provide monitoring, control and virtual points as specified in the Specifications. 5. Provide a signed and dated certification to the OWNER upon completion of the checkout of each controlled device, equipment and

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 4 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

system prior to testing for each piece of equipment or system, that all system programming is complete as to all respects of the Contract Documents, except testing requirements. 6. List and clearly identify on the as-built duct and piping drawings the locations of all static and differential pressure sensors (air, water and building pressure).

PART 4 VERIFICATION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS

4.1 SUMMARY

A. This Part specifies the testing requirements for HVAC and mechanical systems and equipment. From these requirements, the ENGINEER or CONTRACTOR will develop step-by-step procedures. The general testing process, requirements and test method definitions are described in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS.

4.2 TESTS

A. Testing is intended to begin upon completion of a system. Testing may proceed prior to the completion of systems or subsystems at the discretion of the ENGINEER and OWNER. Beginning system testing before full completion, does not relieve the CONTRACTOR from fully completing the system as soon as possible, including all prefunctional checklists and may require retesting portions of the system once all components are fully functioning.

B. Refer to Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, for specific details on non-conformance issues relating to prefunctional checklists and tests. Refer to Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS, for common requirements of deferred testing and to articles in this section.

C. The test procedures for each piece of equipment or system shall contain the following:

1. The CONTRACTORs responsible to execute the tests. 2. A list of the integral components being tested. 3. Prefunctional checklists associated with the components. 4. Prerequisites to testing. 5. Functions and modes to be tested. 6. Required conditions of the test for each mode. 7. Special procedures. 8. Required methods of testing. 9. Required monitoring.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

10. Acceptance criteria. 11. Sampling strategies allowed.

D. Prerequisites. The applicable generic prerequisite checklist items from the list below shall be listed on each written test form and be completed and checked off by ENGINEER prior to or during testing:

1. All related equipment has been started up and startup reports and prefunctional checklists submitted and approved ready for testing. 2. All control system functions for this and all interlocking systems are programmed and operable per Contract Documents, including final setpoints and schedules with debugging, loop tuning and sensor calibrations completed. 3. Piping system flushing complete and required report approved. 4. Water treatment system complete and operational. 5. Vibration control report approved (if required). 6. TAB complete and approved for the hydronic and air systems. 7. These test procedures reviewed and approved by installing CONTRACTOR. 8. Safeties and operating ranges reviewed by the ENGINEER. 9. Test requirements and sequences of operation, schedules, and setpoints attached. 10. False loading equipment, system and procedures ready. 11. Crankcase heaters have been on long enough for immediate startup. 12. Sufficient clearance around equipment for servicing. 13. Record of all values for pre-test setpoints changed to accommodate testing has been made and a check box provided to verify return to original values (control parameters, limits, delays, lockouts, schedules, etc.). 14. Other miscellaneous checks of the construction checklist and startup reports completed successfully.

E. Monitoring:

1. Monitoring is a method of testing as a stand-alone method or to augment manual testing. Features and functions not able to be fully or readily verified through manual tests shall be verified through Building Automation System (BAS) trend logs, including, but not limited to, space and discharge air temperature control, relative humidity control (if required), heat pump water loop temperature, outside air control, optimum start, cycling and staging control and time of day scheduling. 2. All points listed in the required monitoring section of the test requirements of each equipment which are control system monitored points shall be trended by the CONTRACTOR. Up to 75 percent of all real and virtual points in the BAS may be required to be trended (at different times) at as fine a frequency as 2 minutes for as long as 2 weeks. Required points may be specifically listed, but are not limited

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 6 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

to those identified in the testing requirements in this section. Retrending may be required, at no additional cost to the OWNER, to verify corrections or further diagnose problems. 3. Other points may be monitored by the ENGINEER using dataloggers. 4. The ENGINEER will analyze the trend data and issue a report of findings. 5. Trend data from the BAS shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR electronically with the following characteristics: a. Data shall be 24-hour continuous, unless specified. b. The data shall be provided in files that can be directly used in spreadsheet software. c. The .CSV file format is preferred. d. The spreadsheet-ready format file shall have date and time down the left column with at least four columns to the right, each containing the data from a trended point. e. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a description of each point abbreviation being trended, including the units of the value. f. The time of day schedules associated with all trended equipment shall be provided. g. When possible, the individual files will group points from the same equipment or system. h. Data will be gathered in such a manner as to not cause such a drag on the system that some sampling will be missed and trend output will have missing data. i. Data will be downloaded as needed during the trend to ensure no loss of data. j. If critical data is missing from the trend output, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to retrend the points. k. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER when they have made any changes or adjustments to the system during the trend period that may cause data interpretation problems. 6. Prior to the actual trend log being started, the CONTRACTOR shall provide an electronic file of a sample trend log to the ENGINEER to ensure proper formats. 7. Hard copies of monitored data, when requested, must be in columnar format with time down the left column and at east four columns of point values on the same page.

F. At the ENGINEER’s discretion, if large numbers or repeated deficiencies are encountered, the CONTRACTOR shall test and troubleshoot all remaining systems at issue on their own before commissioning with the ENGINEER will resume.

G. Sampling for Identical Units: When there are a number of identical units, at the ENGINEER’s discretion, some or all procedures of a test for a piece of

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

equipment or assembly may be omitted when these same tests on other pieces of identical equipment or assemblies were conducted without deficiency.

H. Opposite-Season Tests: As much testing as possible will occur prior to or during turnover, during which some functions may be tested out-of-season (heating functions tested during warm weather). However, generally some testing shall occur in both the primary heating and cooling seasons. Specific requirements are given in this section. The CONTRACTOR shall return to the site for these tests.

4.3 EQUIPMENT-SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

A. The following paragraphs define testing requirements for each type of system or feature that is a part of the project. The ENGINEER shall use this information to develop specific testing procedures for each of the systems to be commissioned. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for support, execution, and coordination of these tests as described in the project Specifications including intersystem tests and interlocks with systems in divisions besides Division 15.

B. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the ENGINEER to verify that any LEED requirements for testing mechanical systems are included in the tests.

C. Common Testing Requirements:

1. The following requirements apply to all mechanical and control systems and features that are to be commissioned when referenced below. Tests shall: a. Verify functionality and compliance with the design intent for each individual sequence module in the sequences of operation. Verify proper operation of all control strategies, energy efficiency and self-diagnostics features by stepping through each sequence and documenting equipment and system performance. Test every step in every written sequence and other significant modes, sequences, and operational features not mentioned in written sequences; including startup, normal operation, shutdown, scheduled on and off, unoccupied and manual modes, safeties, alarms, over-rides, lockouts, and power failure. b. Verify operation of systems and components that may be impacted during low, normal, and high load conditions and during combinations of environmental and interacting equipment conditions that could reasonably exist that could result in adverse system reaction. c. Verify all alarm and high and low limit functions and messages generated on all points with alarm settings.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 8 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

d. Verify integrated performance of all components and control system components, including all interlocks and interactions with other equipment and systems. e. Verify shutdown and restart capabilities both for scheduled and unscheduled events (e.g., power failure recovery and normal scheduled start/stop). f. Verify proper sequencing of heat transfer elements as required to prevent simultaneous heating and cooling. g. Verify control system stability and tuning by upsetting various control loops under different load conditions and observing the system response. h. When applicable, demonstrate a full cycle from off to on and no load to full load and then to no load and off. i. Verify time of day schedules and setpoints. j. Verify all energy saving control strategies. k. Verify that control system graphics are representative of the systems and that all points and control elements are in the same location on the graphic as they are in the field. l. Verify operator control of all commandable control system points including proper access level as agreed to during the controls integration meetings.

D. Common Acceptance Criteria:

1. The following common acceptance criteria apply to all mechanical equipment, assemblies and features: a. For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the equipment, integral components and related equipment shall respond to varying loads and changing conditions and parameters appropriately as expected, according to the sequences of operation, as specified, according to acceptable operating practice and the manufacturer's performance specifications. b. Systems shall accomplish their intended function and performance (e.g., provide air and water at designated temperature, humidity, and flow rate, etc., maintain space conditions (light and air) at specified levels at varying conditions, etc.). c. Control loops shall be stable under all operating conditions. Control loops shall exhibit a quarter decay ratio type response to a step change or other upset and return to stable operation in a time frame that is reasonable and realistic for the system that they are associated with. d. All safety trips shall require a manual reset to allow a system restart. e. Resetting a manual safety shall result in a stable, safe, and predictable return to normal operation by the system.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 9 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

f. Safety circuits and permissive control circuits shall function in all possible combinations of selector switch positions (hand, auto, inverter, bypass, etc.). g. Other acceptance criteria is given in the equipment testing requirements articles. h. Additional acceptance criteria will be developed by the ENGINEER when detailed test procedures are developed.

E. Equipment-Specific Testing Requirements:

1. Air Handling Units: a. These requirements apply to all air handlers (constant volume, variable air volume and outside air units) and include all components—fans, ducts, coils, valves, dampers, packaged and central control. b. Have the vendor's startup technician, the mechanical contractor and controls contractor participate during the first hour of testing. Thereafter, the controls contractor and mechanical contractor shall finish testing with the ENGINEER. c. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. d. Test the functions of the economizer, dampers, cooling and preheat or heating coil and valves, humidifier, dehumidification functions, heat recovery components, outside air control, CO2 control when applicable, staging of heating and cooling, discharge air temperature and duct and underfloor plenum static pressure, fan speed, variable speed drive functions, including hand, off, auto, supply and return fan/exhaust interactions, optimum start, proper temperature difference across coils in heating and cooling mode, smoke damper functions, night high and low limit, alarms, heating/cooling changeover, freeze stat, low temperature operation, verify minimum outdoor air control, mixed air temperature control and sensor calibrations. Verify no simultaneous heating and cooling, no valve leak-by and proper building pressurization control. e. Test Methods. Utilize active testing for most functions. Utilize trending to verify proper operation of key functions. f. Sampling Strategy. Test all units. g. Opposite Season Testing. Required. h. Additional Acceptance Criteria. 1) Air handler unit with supporting systems shall be able to maintain the supply air temperature within 1.0 degrees F either side of the deadband of the current setpoint during stable periods and without excessive hunting (within +/-4 degrees F during staging).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 10 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2) Air handler unit with supporting systems shall be able to maintain the space temperature to within 2 degrees F of setpoint during all seasons when design assumptions are not exceeded. 3) Space relative humidity shall be maintained within +/-10 percent RH of setpoint. 2. Minimum Outside Air Control (LEED EQ Prerequisite 1): a. Test economizer and damper functions for minimum outside air control in hot, cold and mild weather (or simulated). Verify minimum outside air quantities. b. Test Methods. Utilize active testing for most functions. Utilize trending to verify proper operation of key functions. c. Sampling Strategy. Test all air handling units. d. Opposite Season Testing. Not required. e. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) Minimum outside air to the building shall be maintained within 10 percent of design levels during all conditions of occupancy, including during primary and terminal airflow modulation. 3. CO2 Monitoring (LEED EQ Credit 1): a. Demonstrate that system is providing accurate data by comparing monitored readings to calibrated instruments. During occupied conditions, verify that the minimum outside air control setpoint meets design. b. Test Methods. Utilize active testing for most functions. c. Sampling Strategy. Verify calibration on 20 percent of units or a minimum of two. If 10 percent fail, test another 20 percent. If 10 percent fail again, CONTRACTOR shall document retesting all. Test control functions and interlocks on all air handlers. d. Opposite Season Testing. None required. e. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) CO2 sensor is within 50 ppm of calibrated instrument. 2) Minimum controller maintains indoor air CO2 less than 530 ppm more than outdoor air CO2 concentrations. 4. Thermal Comfort, Temperature and Humidity Control (LEED EQ Credit 7.1; 7.2): a. Verify that temperature and humidity meets design criteria via trend logs of various points during the cooling and heating seasons when temperatures reach to within 5 degrees F of season design (ASHRAE 2-1/2 percent). Specific test requirements for this may have been identified elsewhere in this Specification (e.g., under terminal units). For all areas not specifically specified, otherwise, the following tests shall be conducted: 1) Continuously monitor space zones for one week, including weekends, at a maximum 15-minute sampling rate. b. Test Methods: Trending.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 11 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

c. Sampling Strategy: Trend 20 percent of the office type zones and 100 percent of the labs, computer or other special-use zones. If more than 10 percent or two zones fail, test another 20 percent sample. If the second sample fails the CONTRACTOR shall document retesting on all zones. d. Opposite-Season Testing: Required in both season extremes. e. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) Space temperature average during occupied periods shall remain within 1 degree F of the ends of the deadband; without complaints of drafts, stuffiness or noise from occupants, and without excessive hunting of either the applicable damper or coil valve and without simultaneous heating and cooling (verified from other tests). 2) Relative humidity average during occupied periods shall remain within 10 percent RH of the ends of the design range or setpoint. 5. Measurement and Verification (M&V) Monitoring Capabilities (LEED Energy and Atmosphere Credit 5): a. Demonstrate that system is providing accurate data required by the approved M&V plan by comparing monitored readings to calibrated instruments. Document this verification on the construction checklists or other approved forms. b. Test Methods: Utilize active testing for most functions. Utilize trending to verify that data is being gathered as expected. c. Sampling Strategy: Test all units. d. Opposite-Season Testing: Not required. e. Acceptance Criteria (tolerances) for Calibrations +/-: 1) Cooling coil, chilled; condenser water temps 0.4 deg F 2) Air handler wet bulb or dew point 2.0 deg F 3) Hot water coil and boiler water temp 2.0 deg F 4) Outside air, space air, duct air temps 0.4 deg F 5) Watt, kW; kWh, voltage & amperage 1% of design 6) Pressures, air, water and gas 3% of design 7) Building differential pressure 0.01 inch WC 8) Variable frequency drive 2 Hz 9) Flow rates, air 10% of design 10) Flow rates, water 4% of design 11) Relative humidity 4% of design 12) Combustion flue temps 5.0 deg F 13) CO2 monitor 50 ppm 14) CO monitor 0.6 ppm/deg C 15) Natural gas and oil flow rate 1% of design 16) Steam flow rate 3% of design 6. Adjustable Frequency Drives (AFDs): a. AFDs are tested integrally with the equipment they control for their functionality with controlled equipment.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 12 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. c. Verify that automatic features function regardless of whether inverter mode or bypass mode is selected as long as the drive is in auto. Verify that drive can be run in bypass, that low and high speed limits are set and functioning and that ramping up and down functions are working. d. Test Methods: Utilize manual methods. e. Sampling Strategy: Test all. 7. Terminal Units-VAV Boxes and Fume Hood Exhaust Terminals (Including all Components): a. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. b. Verify damper and fan sequences during heating, cooling, dead bands, occupied, unoccupied, verify flow, valve stroke, verify by measurement, cooling coil valve and heating coil valve positive shutoff (no leak-thru), and thermostat functions. Verify performance of space temperature control. c. Test Methods: Utilize active testing for most functions. Utilize trending to further verify proper operation of key functions. d. Sampling Strategy: Test 5 percent of identical type units (four minimum). If 10 percent of any given function fail, test the failed functions on another 5 percent. If 10 percent of second sample fail, CONTRACTOR shall document retesting of all units e. Opposite-Season Testing: Not required, unless problems exist, except that space temperatures will be trended in the opposite season. f. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) Space temperature during occupied modes shall average within +/-1 degree F of setpoint and always remain within 1 degree F of the ends of the deadband without excessive hunting of either the damper or coil valve, or complaints of drafts or stuffiness from occupants. 8. Heating Water System and Heating Glycol System (Including all Components—Boiler, Pumps, Valves, Piping, Controls, etc.). a. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. b. Have the vendor's startup technician, the mechanical contractor and controls contractor participate during the first hour of testing. Thereafter, the controls contractor and mechanical contractor shall finish testing with the ENGINEER. c. Hydrostatically test assembled boiler and piping in accordance with applicable sections of ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code." d. Operate boilers, boiler trims, burner and combustion control, gas burner system, including all interlock and indicating functions to

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 13 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

demonstrate compliance with specified requirements. During the test, boilers shall be started-up in accordance to manufacturer's recommended startup instructions. Output capacity shall be increased gradually from low to maximum, then from maximum back to low. The test shall be witnessed and shall include an operational test of each safety device including limit switches, differential pressure switches, relief valves, combustion chamber purge controls, flame safety controls, fuel system safety, power failure safety, and all safety alarms and annunciations. Also demonstrate the proper performance of automatic recording and sensing systems. e. Perform boiler efficiency tests. Operate boiler and record data when operating at low fire start, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 80, 60, 40 and 20 percent of full load. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and operate all calorimeter, flue gas analysis equipment necessary to determine the efficiency of the boiler and burner at the various load points. Prepare and submit the ASME combustion efficiency abbreviated form for each boiler test. Prepare boiler efficiency curves from data of test points. f. Perform combustion efficiency test. Demonstrate optimum burner performance. Orsat analyzer or portable electronic flue gas analyzer may be used for flue gas analysis. When burners need readjustment tests shall be repeated. g. Boiler Performance Criteria (Condensing Boilers): 94 percent minimum at 120 degrees F entering water and 25 percent fire and 91 percent minimum at 120 degrees F EWT water and 100 percent fire. h. Fully test primary and secondary loops and on-board control panel functions and features. Test each possible lead boiler as lead boiler, and each pump as lead pump. Test pump lockouts. Test variable speed drive functions, including hand, off, auto. Verify system and zone component sizing by verifying that the design temperature difference between supply and return water is met. Verify that the HW reset parameters and staging parameters are appropriate by examining the HW supply and return temperatures and the reset and staging parameters. Demonstrate proper functioning of all indicating lights. i. Test Methods: Utilize active testing for most functions. Utilize trending to verify proper operation of key functions. j. Sampling Strategy: Test all units. k. Opposite-Season Testing: Yes, in near design conditions. l. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) Boiler shall maintain the supply water setpoint to within +/-3 degrees F of setpoint deadband during stable periods and without excessive hunting (within +/-6 degrees F during staging).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 14 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2) Pumping system and controls shall maintain the current desired pressure setpoint to within an amount equal to 10 percent of the setpoint value either side of the deadband without excessive hunting. 9. Chilled Water System (Including all Components—Chiller, Pumps, Piping, Valves, Controls, etc.): a. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. b. Have the vendor's startup technician, mechanical contractor, and controls contractor participate during the first hour of testing. Thereafter, the controls contractor and mechanical contractor shall finish testing with the ENGINEER. Fully test primary and secondary loops and on-board control panel functions and features. Test variable speed drive functions, including hand, off, auto. Test lead lag and standby action of chillers and pumps, refrigerant release, low load operation, pump differential pressure control, heat exchanger functions, verify design supply/return temperature difference. Demonstrate proper functioning of all indicating lights. For air-cooled water chillers verify proper pressure drop across water-side of air-cooled condenser and sequencing and cycling of condenser fans. Test the air-cooled chiller AFD operation in accordance with paragraph Equipment- Specific Testing Requirements, subparagraph Adjustable Frequency Drives (AFDs), of this article. c. Test Methods: Utilize active testing for most functions. Utilize trending to verify proper operation of key functions. d. Sampling Strategy: Test all units. e. Opposite-Season Testing: Yes, in near design conditions. f. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) Chiller shall maintain the chilled water supply setpoint to within +/-1.0 degree F of setpoint deadband during stable periods and without excessive hunting (within +/-3 degrees F during staging). 2) Pumping system and controls shall maintain the current desired pressure setpoint to within an amount equal to 10 percent of the setpoint value either side of the deadband without excessive hunting or for reset pressure, shall reset consistently keep all zones satisfied with minimum pumping pressure. 10. Fin Tube, Convector Heaters and Unit Heaters: a. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. b. Test Methods: Utilize active testing for most functions. Utilize trending to further verify proper operation of key functions. c. Sampling Strategy: Test 20 percent of identical type units or zones (four minimum). If 10 percent of any given function fail, test the

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 15 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

failed functions on another 20. If 10 percent of second sample fail, CONTRACTOR shall document retesting of all units d. Opposite-Season Testing: Required to test in heating season. e. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) Space temperature during occupied modes shall average within +/-1 degree F of setpoint and always remain within 1 degree F of the ends of the deadband without excessive hunting of coil valve, or complaints of drafts or stuffiness from occupants. 11. Fan Coil Units: a. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. b. Test Methods: Utilize active testing. c. Sampling Strategy: Test 20 percent of identical type units or zones (four minimum). If 10 percent of any given function fail, test the failed functions on another 20. If 10 percent of second sample fail, CONTRACTOR shall document retesting of all units d. Opposite-Season Testing: Required to test in cooling season. e. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) Space temperature during occupied modes shall average within +/-1 degree F of setpoint and always remain within 1 degree F of the ends of the deadband without excessive hunting of either the damper or coil valve, or complaints of drafts or stuffiness from occupants. 12. Exhaust Fans: a. These requirements apply to central restroom fans and other exhaust fans servicing mechanical, machine and electrical rooms, garages, etc. b. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. c. Verify that control parameters and interlocks with other equipment function as specified. d. Test Methods: Utilize active testing. e. Sampling Strategy: Test all units. f. Opposite-Season Testing: None required. 13. Piping (HVAC Hydronic, Domestic and Stormwater Supply, Drainage and Venting): a. Clean, flush, pressure and leak test and treat according to the Specifications and codes. CONTRACTOR to submit a plan of the HVAC flushing, cleaning and pressure testing process and fully document the results and submit a report for all piping flushing, cleaning, tests, and water treatment. The ENGINEER spot witnesses the HVAC and domestic flushing, cleaning, and testing, and reviews reports. The ENGINEER verifies the functioning of any heat tracing.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 16 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

14. Ductwork: a. Clean, pressure and leak test according to the Specifications and codes, following methods given in SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. b. For the ductwork of the first major air handler installed, pressure/ leak test all medium pressure ductwork from the air handling unit to terminal units. Other air handler duct systems will be visually inspected, benchmarked off the successful first air handler. Duct sections of other air handlers may be required to be tested, if the ENGINEER identifies duct sealing or construction that appears deficient. More stringent requirements elsewhere in the Specifications will take precedence. c. CONTRACTOR to submit a plan of pressure testing and fully document the results and submit a report. The ENGINEER spot witnesses portions of this activity. d. Acceptance Criteria: Leakage shall not exceed two percent of maximum system air quantity indicated in the schedules. More stringent requirements elsewhere in the Specifications will take precedence. 15. TAB Work: a. ENGINEER shall review TAB report for anomalies and areas that may be performing marginally. CONTRACTOR shall retest as specified in Section 17950, HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. b. Readings shall be within 10 percent of TAB report for air and water quantities and within 2 db for sound measurements. 16. Room Pressure Relationships: a. These testing requirements apply to rooms and spaces that have pressure relationship requirements between other interior spaces, such as labs, isolation and operating rooms. b. These requirements partially fulfill the requirements of LEED IEQ Credit 5. c. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. d. Verify proper differential pressures between specified rooms and adjacent rooms, ceilings, floors, and wall interstitial spaces during normal and worst-case conditions of air-moving equipment in the building. Conduct an air tightness decay test on labs to quantify air tightness. e. Test Methods: Utilize active testing for most functions. Trend differential pressures when possible to verify control over time. f. Sampling Strategy: Test across all envelope planes of labs and other spaces with special pressurization requirements. g. Opposite-Season Testing: Not required.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 17 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

h. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) Lab area is negative to adjacent rooms across the doorway by 0.01 to 0.05 inch WC when doors are closed and hoods are per design or regulation. 2) Mechanical systems controlling pressures shall not hunt. 17. Building and Envelope Pressure Differentials: a. These testing requirements apply to pressure relationships across the building envelope. b. These requirements partially fulfill the requirements of LEED IEQ Credit 5, as moisture from outside is a pollutant source. c. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. d. Verify positive pressures to the outside from the inside the building and from inside interstitial spaces of the roof, exterior floors and wall assemblies during normal and worst-case conditions of air-moving equipment in the building. e. Test Methods: Utilize active testing for most functions. Trend building static pressure to verify control over time. f. Sampling Strategy: ENGINEER to select building shell areas to check differential pressures for moisture control. g. Opposite-Season Testing: Not required. h. Additional Acceptance Criteria: 1) Exterior envelope shall have a positive pressure gradient from inside the envelope cavity to outside of at least 0.01 inch WC under all conditions, but not so much that exterior doors are hard to open. 2) Mechanical systems controlling pressures shall not hunt. 18. Fume Hoods: a. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria. b. Test full operation of the hood under normal and worst-case conditions of other air-moving equipment in the building with lab door open and closed (outdoor air rates, AHU and terminal damper and flow positions). Test alarms, safeties, and interlocks. c. Verification Process: 1) The hood system vendor sets up hoods and accessories. 2) The TAB contractor submits their plan and the ENGINEER reviews the plan and meets to discuss issues. 3) TAB completely tests everything, including the items the vendor tested, and sets up and balances the HVAC system in concert with operation of the hoods. The ENGINEER spot witnesses some of this work. 4) Issues between vendor and TAB are resolved and corrected. The ENGINEER coordinates and assists in issue resolution. The ENGINEER reviews reports.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 18 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

5) Third party regulatory agency tests each hood to certify it, as specified in Section 12345, LABORATORY CASEWORK AND FURNISHINGS. ENGINEER coordinates this, assists in issue resolution and reviews the reports. 6) ENGINEER spot checks with assistance of TAB and vendor or accompanies the regulator and later performs intersystem tests as needed for HVAC interactions that may not have been done as rigorously by the TAB or regulator as desired by the ENGINEER. d. Test Methods: Utilize active testing for most functions. Utilize trending to verify proper operation of key functions. e. Sampling Strategy: Spot check 20 percent of hoods and snorkels. If 10 percent fail, test another 10 percent. If 10 percent of second sample fail, CONTRACTOR shall document retesting of all hoods. f. Opposite-Season Testing: Not required. g. Additional Acceptance Criteria: Maintain 90 to 110 fpm face velocity across the hood at all sash positions within 2 seconds of moving the sash when an occupant is in front of the hood and when "unoccupied," the face velocity may be reduced to 60 fpm, or as required by regulation. 19. Biological Safety Cabinets: a. The ENGINEER reviews the process to be used by the independent certifier and with the CONTRACTOR executes additional tests to ensure rigorous verification of proper performance. b. Test interlocks with the BAS or other systems. 20. BAS: a. A significant part of the BAS testing requirements is the successful completion of the tests of equipment the BAS controls or interlocks with. Integral or stand-alone controls shall be functionally tested with the equipment they are attached to, including any interlocks with other equipment or systems and thus are not covered under the BAS testing requirements, except when interlocked to the BAS. b. The CONTRACTOR shall fully demonstrate and test all features, modes, alarms, and sequences for equipment and systems that are controlled by the BAS, but do not have explicit testing requirements listed in the Specifications. c. Testing and verification shall occur after the CONTRACTOR has performed their own testing and verifications. d. Apply the applicable common testing requirements and acceptance criteria.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 19 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

e. Test to ensure that all functions and features are working properly and according to the Specifications, including, but not limited to: 1) Trending and archiving features and standard trend log library. 2) Monitoring of, and communication with other equipment. 3) Power monitoring. 4) Graphic screens. 5) Access passwords. 6) Battery backup. 7) Clock operation and setting in field panels and central workstation. 8) Setpoint changing. 9) Calibrations and air terminal box setup capabilities. 10) Remote monitoring and remote access. 11) Alarming On- and Off-Site: a) Alarms generation, levels, and messages. b) Redialing after "busy," "no answer," or otherwise incomplete calls. 12) Panels' response to LAN communication failures. 13) Self-diagnostics and annunciation of each field panel. 14) Communication Speed: Verify the following maximum annunciation or update times at the operator work station during reasonably heavy network traffic, as agreed upon by the ENGINEER: a) Level 1 Alarm: 5 seconds. b) Level 2 Alarm: 10 seconds. c) Level 3 to 5 Alarm: 20 seconds. d) Updating of values on a newly selected graphic: 10 seconds. e) Change of an input sensor value and it showing on the workstation: 10 seconds. f) Changing of a setpoint via operator interface and the time to see the change in the controller: 10 seconds. g) Operator command to start / stop and time to see the command received in controller: 5 seconds. h) As necessary, additional supervisory interface or other peer-to-peer network controllers shall be added or control architecture modified to meet these requirements. 15) Loop Response: The CONTRACTOR shall supply trend data output in graphical form clearly showing the step response of each DDC loop, if not tested with specific equipment, showing the loop's response to a step change of at least 25 percent of its full range, sampled at a frequency agreed upon by the ENGINEER. The trend data shall show for each loop, the setpoint, command, actuator position, and

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 20 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

controlled variable value. Loops that are hunting (never maintaining within setpoint deadband) or that take longer than three cycles to settle within setpoint deadband (each succeeding amplitude is at least 30 percent less than the previous) shall be retuned. 16) Shutdown and Restart: Shut the DDC and controlled systems off and then restart. The DDC system shall restart and obtain stable control of systems without safety trips, nuisance alarms, excessive deviations in temperatures or pressures or unspecified manual resets. 17) Verify up to 10 percent of sensors' and actuators' calibrations. If any device fails, select an additional 10 percent to check. This may be part of equipment tests. 18) Interlocks with fire, lighting, security, etc. 19) Functionality of the access jacks in field panels 20) Verify that all control and energy efficiency strategies are set up and operating properly, such as optimum start/stop, night low and high limit, night flushing, demand limiting, power monitoring, etc. f. Test Methods: Utilize active testing for most functions. Provide trends as listed above. g. Sampling Strategy: Test all, except for calibrations as described above. h. Opposite-Season Testing: Not required other than trend logs as listed above and in specific equipment tests. i. Fine Tuning: The CONTRACTOR shall provide 16 hours of the senior control programmer of this project's time for fine-tuning and implementing features requested by the OWNER, not explicitly provided in the Specifications. This work shall be done within the warranty period at the request of the OWNER and is in addition to time required to handle warranty issues. 21. Other HVAC Equipment: All other HVAC equipment listed in the plans or Specifications, though not listed in this section, shall be functionally tested with comparable rigor to similar equipment above. a. All other HVAC equipment listed in the plans or Specifications, though not listed in this section, shall be functionally tested with comparable rigor to similar equipment above.

4.4 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following "END OF SECTION," are a part of this Specification.

1. Sample Prefunctional Checklist. 2. Sample Functional Checklist.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 15995 21 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Sample Prefunctional Checklist

AIR HANDLING UNIT Nos. ______Components included: Supply fans, exhaust fans, coils, valves, AFD, dampers Associated Checklists: CHW and HW piping, vibration isolation, air distribution system

1. Submittal/Approvals Submittal. The above equipment and systems integral to them are complete and ready for functional testing. The checklist items are complete and have been checked off only by parties having direct knowledge of the event, as marked below, respective to each responsible contractor. This prefunctional checklist is submitted for approval, subject to an attached list of outstanding items yet to be completed. A Statement of Correction will be submitted upon completion of any outstanding areas. None of the outstanding items preclude safe and reliable functional tests being performed. ___ List attached.

______Mechanical Contractor Date Controls Contractor (HVACCS) Date

______Electrical Contractor Date Sheet Metal Contractor Date

______TAB Contractor Date Engineer Date

Prefunctional checklist items are to be completed as part of start-up & initial checkout, preparatory to functional testing.  This checklist does not take the place of the manufacturer’s recommended checkout and start-up procedures or report.  Items that do not apply shall be noted with the reasons on this form (N/A = not applicable, BO = by others).  Contractors assigned responsibility for sections of the checklist shall be responsible to see that checklist items by their subcontractors are completed and checked off.  “Contr.” column or abbreviations in brackets to the right of an item refer to the contractor responsible to verify completion of this item. ENG = engineer, All = all contractors, HVACCS = controls contractor, EC = electrical contractor, MC = mechanical contractor, SMC = sheet metal contractor, TAB = test and balance contractor.

Approvals. This filled-out checklist has been reviewed. Its completion is approved with the exceptions noted below.

______Engineer Date Owner’s Representative Date

Notes:

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Requested Documentation Submitted Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Check Equip Tag-> Trade Manufacturer’s cut sheets Performance data (fan curves, coil data, etc.) Installation and startup manual and plan Sequences and control strategies O&M manuals

 Documentation complete as per contract documents for given trade ...... ___ YES ___ NO

3. Model Verification 1 = as specified, 2 = as submitted, 3 = as installed. Check if Okay. Enter note number if deficient. Equip Tag---> 1

Manuf. 2 3 1

Model 2 3

Serial # 3 1

Capacity 2 3 1

Volts/ph 2 3

 The equipment installed matches the specifications for given trade ...... ___ YES ___ NO

4. Installation Checks Check if OK. Enter comment or note number if deficient.

Check Equip Tag-> Contr. Cabinet and General Installation Permanent labels affixed, including for fans MC Casing condition good: no dents, leaks, door gaskets installed MC

Notes:

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Check if OK. Enter comment or note number if deficient.

Check Equip Tag-> Contr. Access doors close tightly – no leaks MC Boot between duct and unit tight and in good condition SMC Vibration isolation equipment installed & released from shipping locks MC Maintenance access acceptable for unit and components MC Thermal insulation properly installed and according to Specification MC Instrumentation installed according to Specification (thermometers, MC pressure gages, flow meters, etc.) Clean up of equipment completed per contract documents MC Filters installed and complete set of spare filters on-site. MC There is 1/8 inch clearance between top of plate and underside of all MC directional neoprene cushion. Fans and Dampers Flexible connectors and conduit have been used where anti-vibration EC mounts are used. Fans have been installed in accordance with the airflow direction and MC rotation arrows shown on the nameplate. Flexible connectors have been fitted so they are taut and completely SMC overlap the spigot of the matching flange. The wiring has been connected in accordance with the wiring diagram on EC the terminal box. Each fan is grounded in accordance with the requirements of the local EC electrical code. The AFD is properly sized, matched, and connected to the fan. MC The bearings are properly lubricated. MC The rotating assembly rotates freely, without hitting anything, and is not MC grossly out of balance. Drives and all other components are aligned. MC Belt drive has proper sheave selection and installation. The sheaves are MC not reversed. Proper belt tension and alignment. MC All safety guards have been properly secured. MC Manufacturer’s start-up procedure has been followed. MC Filters clean and tight fitting MC Filter pressure differential measuring device installed and functional MC (magnahelic, inclined manometer, etc.) Smoke and fire dampers installed properly per contract docs (proper SMC location, access doors, appropriate ratings verified) All dampers close tightly MC All damper linkages have minimum play MC Low limit freeze stat sensor located to deal with stratification & bypass MC/EC

Notes:

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Check if OK. Enter comment or note number if deficient.

Check Equip Tag-> Contr. Fan Motor All unused shaft keys and loose rotating parts have been removed before MC starting motor. Motor rotates in the proper direction. MC Frames and other metal exteriors of motors are grounded. EC Wiring is in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. EC Motors: Premium efficiency verified, if spec’d? MC Fans > 5 Hp Phase Checks: MC (%Imbalance = 100 x (avg. - lowest) / avg.) Record all 3 voltages in cell. Imbalance less than 2%? Record full load running amps for each fan. _____rated FL amps x MC ______srvc factor = ______(Max amps). Running less than max? Gages and Switches Zero adjustment of the air filter gage has been checked. MC All tubing connections are tight from gage to the static tip or fitting MC connection. Static pressure tips and fittings are not plugged. MC Angle type static pressure tips point directly into the air stream. MC Cooling Coils Coil fins are not damaged. MC The coils have been cleaned prior to installation. MC Mounted coils are level. MC There is proper clearance between the coils and other structures. MC Prior to initial start up, all air vents have been opened so that air is MC eliminated from within the coil circuitry and headers. Vents and drains are not obstructed and do discharge a stream of water. MC The coil has been filled with water and all vents closed. MC The drain pan and associated piping are installed so there is no standing MC water in the drain pan and no blow-through occurs. Valves and Piping (see full piping checklists) Pipe connections complete and properly installed. MC Strainers in place and clean MC Piping system properly flushed MC No leaking apparent around fittings MC Valves properly labeled MC Valves installed in proper direction MC OSAT, MAT, SAT, RAT, chilled water supply sensors properly located and HVACCS/EC secure (related OSAT sensor shielded) Sensors calibrated (See Section 3 below) HVACCS/EC

Notes:

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Check if OK. Enter comment or note number if deficient.

Check Equip Tag-> Contr. P/T plugs and isolation valves installed per drawings MC Ducts (preliminary check) Sharp bends in the ductwork near the fan have been avoided. Any bends SMC are fitted with air-turning vanes. The connection to the ductwork is by means of a smooth transformation SMC duct with a 60 degree maximum effective included angle when the diameter decreases in the direction of airflow, or a 15 degree maximum effective included angle when it increases in the direction of airflow. Sound attenuators installed SMC Duct joint sealant properly installed SMC Turning vanes in square elbows as per drawings SMC OSA intakes located away from pollutant sources & exhaust outlets SMC Pressure leakage tests completed SMC Branch duct control dampers operable SMC Ducts cleaned as per Specifications SMC Balancing dampers installed as per drawings and TAB’s site visit SMC Electrical and Controls Pilot lights are functioning EC Power disconnects in place and labeled EC All electric connections tight EC Proper grounding installed for components and unit EC Safeties in place and operable HVACCS/EC Starter overload breakers installed and correct size EC Control system interlocks hooked up and functional HVACCS/EC Smoke detectors in place HVACCS/EC All control devices and wiring complete HVACCS/EC AFD AFD powered (wired to controlled equipment) EC AFD interlocked to control system HVACCS/EC Static pressure or other controlling sensor properly located and per HVACCS/EC drawings and calibrated Static pressure or other controlling sensor calibrated HVACCS/EC Drive location not subject to excessive temperatures MC Drive location not subject to excessive moisture or dirt MC Drive size matches motor size MC Internal setting designating the model is correct MC Input of motor FLA represents 100% to 105% of motor FLA rating MC Appropriate Volts vs. Hz curve is being used EC

Notes:

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Check if OK. Enter comment or note number if deficient.

Check Equip Tag-> Contr. Accel and decel times are around 10-50 seconds, except for special HVACCS/EC applications. Actual decel = ______Actual accel = _____ Specified lower frequency limit = ___ % for VAV supply fan and = ___ % HVACCS/EC for VAV return fan. Actual = ___ % supply fan and ___ % return fan. Upper frequency limit set at 100%, unless explained otherwise HVACCS/EC Unit is programmed with full written programming record on site HVACCS/EC TAB Installation of system and balancing devices allow balancing to be TAB completed following specified NEBB or AABC procedures and contract documents Final Smoke and fire dampers and unpowered TU’s are open SMC/ HVACCS/EC Manufacturer’s start-up report completed with this checklist attached Safeties installed and safe operating ranges for this equipment provided to MC the CA Specified point-to-point checks have been completed and documentation HVACCS/EC record submitted for this system If unit is started and will be running during construction: have quality filters MC on RA grills, etc. to minimize dirt in the ductwork and coils and in any finished areas. Verify moisture migration is not a problem, due to improper pressures between spaces.

 The checklist items of Part 4 are successfully completed for given trades.___ YES ___ NO

5. Sensor and Actuator Calibration

All field-installed temperature, relative humidity, CO, CO2 and pressure sensors and gages, and all actuators (dampers and valves) on this piece of equipment shall be calibrated using the methods and tolerances given in the Calibration and Leak-by Test Procedures. All test instruments shall have had a certified calibration within the last 12 months: Y/N______. Sensors installed in the unit at the factory with calibration certification provided need not be field calibrated. 1st Final 1st Final Sensor or Loc- Gage Instr. Gage Loc- Gage Instr. Gage Actuator & ation or BAS Meas’d or BAS Pass Sensor & ation or BAS Meas’d or BAS Pass Location OK Value Value Value Y/N? Location OK Value Value Value Y/N?

Notes:

LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1st Final 1st Final Sensor or Loc- Gage Instr. Gage Loc- Gage Instr. Gage Actuator & ation or BAS Meas’d or BAS Pass Sensor & ation or BAS Meas’d or BAS Pass Location OK Value Value Value Y/N? Location OK Value Value Value Y/N?

Gage reading = reading of the permanent gage on the equipment. BAS = building automation system. Instr. = testing instrument. Visual = actual observation. The Contractor’s own sensor check-out sheets may be used in lieu of the above, if the same recording fields are included and the referenced procedures are followed.

Coil Fouling. Verify that the AHU cooling and heating coils are not fouled. Take pressure drop readings across the coils from the TAB report and plot on the manufacturer’s charts to determine what the gpm should be at those pressure drops. Compare those gpms to the ones measure with the TAB contractor’s flow meter. If the actual flow from the TAB meter is more than 10% less than that expected (as found on the mfr’s differential pressure chart), assume that there is clogged strainer or fouled coils. Record below.

AHU ______AHU ______AHU ______AHU ______Cooling Htg Cooling Htg Cooling Htg Cooling Htg Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Differential Pressure Flow from Mfr’s Chart Flow from TAB meter % TAB reading is low from Mfr Chart Within 10%? Strainer checked and found clean?

Record were readings were taken: ______Other Actions:

 Sensors are calibrated within required tolerances ...... ___ YES ___ NO

-- END OF CHECKLIST--

Notes:

ATTACHMENT F. LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Sample Functional Test

AIR HANDLING UNIT: ______

And Associated Equipment Including: Return Fan: ______Other Fans: ______

1. Participants Engineer (ENG): ______of ______EMS operator: ______of ______HVAC technician: ______of ______Owner's representative: ______of ______

Party filling out this form and witnessing testing ______Date of test ______

2. Prerequisite Checklist a. The following have been started up and startup reports and prefunctional checklists submitted and approved ready for functional testing: __ Chilled Water System __ Condenser water pumps __ Connected Terminal Units __ Chilled water piping and valves __ Adjustable speed drives for fans and pumps b. __ All control system functions for this and all interlocking systems are programmed and operable per contract documents, including setpoints and schedules with debugging, loop tuning and sensor calibrations completed. ______HVACCS Signature or Verbal Date c. __ Piping system flushing complete and required reports approved. d. __ Water treatment system complete and operational. e. __ Vibration control report approved (if required). f. __ Test and balance (TAB) completed and approved for the hydronic systems and terminal units connected. g. __ All ENG punch list items for this equipment corrected. h. __ These functional test procedures reviewed and approved by installing contractor. i. __ Safeties and operating ranges reviewed. j. __ Test requirements and sequences of operation attached. k. __ Schedules and setpoints attached. l. __ False loading equipment, system and procedures ready (boilers, preheat or reheat coils, control loops, override on OSA dampers, etc.) m. __ Have all energy savings control strategies, setpoints and schedules been incorporated that this equipment and control system are capable of? If not, list recommendations at the end of this form. n. __ Control Program Review. Review the software control program(s) for this equipment. Parameters, setpoints and logic sequences appear to follow the specified written sequences.

FUNCTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES– MECHANICAL WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 1 15995 SUPPLEMENT Copyright 2002 by CH2M HILL, Inc ATTACHMENT F. LCSA – BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4 o. __ Record of All Values for Current Setpoints (SP), Control Parameters, Limits, Delays, Lockouts, Schedules, etc. Changed to Accommodate Testing:

Returned Returned Parameter Pre-Test to Pre-Test Parameter Pre-Test to Pre-Test Values Values  Values Values  Discharge air static Building Static pressure (SP) Pressure Discharge air temp. Filter Differential Pressure Static Pressure reset OSA CFM schedule Discharge air reset schedule

3. Sensor Calibration Checks Check the sensors listed below for calibration and adequate location. This is a sampling check of calibrations done during prefunctional check listing. “In calibration” means making a reading with a calibrated test instrument within 6 inches of the site sensor. Verify that the sensor reading (via the permanent thermostat, gage or building automation system (BAS)) compared to the test instrument-measured value is within the tolerances specified in the prefunctional checklist requirements. If not, install offset in BAS, calibrate or replace sensor. Use the same test instruments as used for the original calibration, if possible.

1st Gage or Instrument Final Sensor and Location BAS Measured Gage or Pass Location OK1 Value Value BAS Value Y/N? DAT RAT OSAT Pre-cond. OSA Discharge SP 1Sensor location is appropriate and away from causes of potential erratic operation.

Notes:

4. Device Calibration Checks The actuators or devices listed below checked for calibration. This is a spot check on a sample of the calibrations done during prefunctional checklisting and startup. “In calibration” means observing a readout in the BAS and going to the actuator or controlled device and verifying that the BAS reading is correct. For items out of calibration or adjustment, fix now if easy, via an offset in the BAS, or a mechanical fix. 1st Site Final BAS Pass Device or Actuator & Location Procedure / State BAS Value Observation Reading Y/N Cooling coil valve (CCV) 1. Intermediate positions position or command and 2. Full open stroke* 3. Increase pressure (open) 4. Closed 5. Remove power or air (closed) Relief damper position ** 1. Closed 2. Full open Mixed air damper position ** 1. Closed 2. Full open Main OSA damper position** 1. Closed 2. Full open Min. OSA damper position** 1. Closed 2. Full open Adjustable frequency drive speed 1. Min.: ______% (AFD)*** 2. Max.: ______% * Set pumps to normal mode. Procedure 1. Command valve to a few intermediate positions. Verify that readings in BAS reasonably correspond to the actual positions. For cooling coil valves (NC): Procedure 2. Lower space setpoint to 20ºF below space temperature. Verify BAS reading says CCV is 100% open. Visually verify valve is 100% open. Procedure 3. For pneumatic actuators, by override in the EMS, increase pressure to valve by 3 psig (do not exceed actuator rating). Verify valve stem and actuator position does not change. Restore to normal. Procedure 4. Set space setpoint to 20ºF above space temperature. Verify BAS reading says CCV is closed. Visually verify valve is closed. Procedure 5. Remove control air or electricity from the valve and verify that the valve stem and actuator position do not change.

**1. Command damper closed and verify that damper is shut and BAS reads shut. 2. Do the same, commanding damper fully open. ***Vanes or AFD: Procedure 1. Lower the controlling static pressure setpoint (duct or discharge) to be 1/4 of its current value. Verify that the vanes are shut, or fan speed is at minimum for AFD and packaged controller reads the same. Return the static pressure setpoint to normal. Procedure 2. Lower the space temperature setpoint to be 20ºF below space temp. and cause TU dampers to go to full cooling. Raise the static pressure setpoint as necessary to cause the setpoint to not be met. Verify that the inlet vanes are fully open or the fan speed is at its max. and verify that the packaged controller reads the same. Return all to normal.

5. Verification of Miscellaneous Prefunctional Checks Miscellaneous site checks of the prefunctional checklist and startup reports completed successfully. Pass? Y / N ______

General Conditions of Test ______

Notes:

6. Functional Testing Record

Procedure Mode2 Test Procedure3 Expected Response4 Pass Note No. (including special conditions) Y/N # 1 FAN OFF Standby Check. With Units RA Dampers OPEN Commanded OFF by BAS. OA Dampers are CLOSED Isolation Dampers CLOSED Relief Dampers CLOSED CCV on Cooling Coils CLOSED 2 UNIT START-UP With Units Commanded ON by SAF Isolation Dampers OPEN BAS Supply Fan START thru AFDs RAF Isolation Dampers OPEN RAF Fans START thru AFDs EF Fans START 3 RF VOLUME 1. Verify RAF Volume, utilizing air Verify that RF air flow meter CONTROL flow meters. Supply Fans and readings correspond to Exhaust Fans, and TAB calculation. established Fixed Differential. Verify that RF air flow meter 2. Trend Log SAF, RAF and EF air readings continue to correspond flow rates at 5 min. intervals. to calculation 4 DUCT STATIC Disable Duct Static Pressure Verify that AFDs modulate as PRESSURE Reset utilizing BAS Software. required to maintain SP setpoint CONTROL Adjust space temperature setpoint without hunting or overshooting on significant quantity of zones to setpoint be well below observed reading. 5 HIGH STATIC With units running at low flow Verify that BAS indicates an PRESSURE condition, utilizing a squeeze bulb, alarm condition at 3.6” WG and ALARM AND simulate an increase in discharge shuts fans down at 4”WG SHUTDOWN air static pressure. 6 SMOKE Interfacing with FAS, simulate a Verify that AHU System returns to CONDITIONS fire mode with the Fire Alarm FAN OFF Status, with OSA and System Relief Dampers in a Closed Position. 7 FREEZE Overwrite Low Limit Detection Verify that system alarms, fans CONDITION Thermostat reading to be 38°F. stop, OSA Dampers close, Relief Dampers Close, and RA dampers open.

8 RETURN FAN With AHU’s running at low air flow Verify that system alarms and that STATIC condition, Overwrite RAF return air all SAF and RAF Fans are OFF PRESSURE fan inlet SP to a reading below SP and EF Fans are ON 9 MANUAL With Fire Alarm System in alarm, Verify that Fan operates, Isolation SMOKE utilizing control panel in Fireman dampers open only on selected PRESSURIZ. Control Center, select a floor and Fans, Return Fans are OFF, SYSTEM place floor into purge mode Outside Air Handling Units are ON, OSA dampers OPEN, and return air dampers CLOSE. 10 MIN OSA UNIT Command System OFF Verify that isolation dampers FAN OFF CLOSE, and if OSA temperature is above 35°F, heating coil control valve is closed.

Notes:

Procedure Mode2 Test Procedure3 Expected Response4 Pass Note No. (including special conditions) Y/N # 11 MIN OSA UNIT Utilizing BAS software, reset Verify that Face and Bypass TEMPERATURE discharge air setpoint to 80°F. Dampers and Heating Coil CONTROL Control Valves modulate in sequence to maintain 80°F. Setpoint. 12 MIN OSA UNIT Simulate condition at low limit Verify that BAS system goes into FREEZE detection thermostat of below alarm, SAF Fans are OFF, CONDITION 40°F. Isolation Dampers CLOSE, and Heating Valve is OPEN. 13 BUILDING Trend log the supply fan speed, Observe in the trends that the STATIC the relief fan speed, relief damper building static pressure is PRESSURE position and the building static maintained within +/- 0.01” of pressure for 24 hrs at 5 min. setpoint without excessive intervals. During the trend, force, if hunting. Carefully examine during necessary, the economizer the extreme damper positions. damper to be full open and at Observe that any relief dampers minimum. Document these times. modulate as expected relative to relief fan operation and static pressure. 14 AHU FILTER Reset the Filter Differential Verify that the BAS reports an DROP Pressure to exceed the setting alarm. recommended by the filter manufacturer. 15 SUPPLY FAN Utilizing BAS, Command SAF into Verify that Isolation Dampers ISOLATION the off position CLOSE. DAMPER 16 COILS Verify no CCV flow when there is No CCV flow when there is HCV HCV flow flow. REVIEW Review schedules, current Submit approved differences to setpoints and sequences with be incorporated into as-built. Specification Section 15940 and Control Drawings prepared by HVACCS Record Footnotes 1Sequences of operation specified in Contract Documents (attached). 2Mode or function ID being tested from testing requirements section of the project Specifications. 3Step-by-step procedures for manual testing, trend logging or data-logger monitoring. 4Include tolerances for a passing condition. 5Record any permanently changed parameter values and submit to Owner.

-- END OF TEST --

Notes:

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 17900 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): X3.4, Information Systems - Coded Character Sets - 7-Bit American National Standard Code for Information Interchange (7-Bit ASCII). 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): a. Handbook Fundamentals. b. Guideline 3, Reducing Emission of Fully Halogenated Refrigerants in Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Equipment and Systems. c. 135, Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and Control Networks. 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): B19.3, Safety Standard for Compressors for Process Industries. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): C704, Propeller-Type Meters for Waterworks Applications. 5. Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA): a. TIA-232-F, Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit-Terminating Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange. b. 485, Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Generators and Receivers for Use in Balanced Digital Multi-point Systems. 6. Federal Communications Commission (FCC). 7. International Organization for Standardization (ISO): 8802-3, Information Technology - Telecommunication and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications. 8. National Electrical Manufacturers’ Association (NEMA): 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum). 9. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70, National Electric Code. b. 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 916, Standard for Safety Energy Management Equipment.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 1 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. The terms “HVAC Control System,” “Automatic Temperature Control System,” “Building Automation System,” and “Environmental Management and Control System” shall be considered equivalent and used interchangeably for the purposes of this Contract.

B. Algorithm: A software procedure for solving a recurrent mathematical or logical problem.

C. Analog: A continuously varying signal or value (temperature, current, velocity, etc.).

D. Binary: A two-state system where an “ON” condition is represented by a high signal level and an “OFF” condition is represented by a low signal level.

E. Control Wiring:

1. Wiring, high or low voltage other than power wiring required for proper operation of mechanical systems. 2. Includes conduit, wire and wiring devices to install complete control system including motor control circuits, interlocks, thermostats, PE and EP switches and like devices. 3. Includes wiring from DDC cabinet to all sensors and points defined in the Points List summary or specified herein and required to execute sequence of operation. 4. Includes necessary power wiring to HVAC control devices, digital controllers including terminal units and actuators.

F. Control Process: Software required to complete control loop from input signal to interlock logic and process calculation to final output signal control.

G. Deadband: Temperature range over which no heating or cooling energy is supplied, such as 72 to 78 degrees F; as opposed to single point changeover or overlap, or a range from setpoint over which no control action is taken.

H. Direct Digital Control (DDC): Consists of microprocessor-based controllers with control logic performed by software. Analog-to-digital (A/D) converters transform analog values into digital signals that microprocessor can use.

I. Power Wiring: Line voltage wiring to mechanical equipment. Line voltage wiring that also serves as control circuit, such as line voltage thermostat or involves interlocking with damper shall be considered control wiring.

J. Abbreviations that may be used in this section:

1. AC: Air Conditioning.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 2 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. ATC: Automatic Temperature Control. 3. BAS: Building Automation System. 4. CHWS/R: Chilled/Hot Water Supply/Return. 5. CMOS: Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor. 6. DDC: Direct Digital Control. 7. DX: Direct Expansion. 8. EP: Electro-Pneumatic 9. EEPROM: Electronic Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory. 10. EMCS: Environmental Management and Control System. 11. HCP: HVAC Control Panel. 12. HGS/R: Hot Glycol Supply/Return. 13. HMI: Human-Machine Interface. 14. HOA: Hand-Off-Auto (Switch). 15. HVAC: Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning. 16. IP: Current (I) - Pressure (P), as in IP transducer. 17. LCD: Liquid Crystal Display. 18. LED: Light Emitting Diode. 19. PE: Pneumatic-Electric 20. PLC: Programmable Logic Controller. 21. RAM: Random Access Memory. 22. RTD: Resistance Temperature Detectors. 23. VAV: Variable Air Volume. 24. W3: Nonpotable Water.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. General Requirements:

1. Refer to Section 15900, HVAC CONTROLS – COORDINATION for specific requirements defining the scope of HVAC Controls. 2. Provide control wiring, power wiring, conduit, hardware, and electrical work associated with the HVAC control system. 3. Provide control wiring between HVAC control panel contacts and field control devices, such as duct smoke detectors and motor starter control coil contacts. 4. Provide controls necessary for entire system to have fail-safe operation. 5. Control sequences and functions including alarms, monitoring and resetting functions, and operational sequences shall not be limited to point schedules and sequences of operation. 6. Provide sequences and functions as required to deliver a fully functioning HVAC system.

B. Control System Types:

1. The following control system types are used in this Project: a. Networked DDC Control System (NETWORKED DDC):

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 3 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1) Microprocessor-based DDC Control System utilizing standalone DDC controllers. 2) Information within control system can be utilized by any control component over high-speed network. 3) User interface via computer workstation and/or portable terminal. 4) Refer to Section 17902, MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS, for additional requirements. 2. Provide control system(s) of architecture defined in Control Type Schedule, below:

Control Type Schedule

Location System Control Type All Where operating sequences ELECTRIC call for simple thermostatic or interlock control Process Areas All NETWORKED DDC Operations All NETWORKED DDC Complex

C. Performance Requirements: Design control system and equipment to perform under the following conditions:

1. Temperature, Ambient: a. Summer maximum 98 DB/78 WB degrees F. b. Winter minimum 7 DB degrees F. c. Based on ASHRAE Handbook Fundamentals weather data for the City of Washington D.C. 2. Temperature, Indoor: a. Heated and Ventilated Process Areas: Summer maximum 103 degrees F; winter minimum 50 degrees F. b. Air-conditioned Nonprocess Areas: Summer maximum 75 degrees F; Winter minimum 70 degrees F. c. Laboratory: Summer maximum 72 degrees F; winter minimum 72 degrees F. d. As specifically noted in Part 3, EXECUTION.

D. Refer to Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, for additional environmental performance requirements.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 4 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1. Shop Drawings: a. Complete specifications, descriptive drawings, catalog cuts, and descriptive literature that includes make, model, dimensions, weight of equipment, and electrical schematics, for all control system components. b. Complete system power, interlock, control, and data transmission wiring diagrams no smaller than 11 inches by 17 inches. c. Complete drawings and schematics of proposed control system, including panel power requirements. d. System operating sequences to be programmed, in exact English language. e. Complete points list. f. Interfaces with HVAC equipment. 1) Schematic diagram of each equipment item. 2) Indicate location of each control item in equipment. 3) Show equipment manufacturer controls where installed. g. Panel face layout drawings. h. Damper actuator sizing calculations, in schedule form. i. Automatic control valve sizing calculations, in schedule form.

B. Information Submittals:

1. Table identifying which member of CONTRACTOR’s team is responsible for furnishing and setting in-place power wiring and control wiring of each item or component of HVAC equipment. 2. Recommended procedures for protection and handling of equipment and materials prior to installation. 3. Certificates, in accordance with Section 01640, MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES: a. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance. b. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation. 4. Draft maintenance agreement. 5. Confirmation that control system Supplier has received, and coordinated with all approved HVAC equipment submittals. 6. Experience and qualifications of control system Supplier’s proposed representative who will supervise installation, adjustment, and calibration of control systems. 7. Performance test plan and schedule. 8. Test Results: a. Functional and performance test documentation. b. Component calibration sheets for each instrument and panel component as described in Section 13400, PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 5 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

9. Operation and maintenance data: In accordance with Section 01430, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. In addition, include the following detailed information: a. Operation and maintenance instructions for control system as furnished and installed, including control of associated mechanical and electrical equipment. b. Record of system adjustments and calibration methods. c. Performance test results.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Materials, devices, appliances, and equipment used shall be indicated as acceptable by established standards of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).

B. Codes and Standards: Meet requirements of applicable standards and codes, except when more detailed or stringent requirements are indicated by Contract Documents, including requirements of this section.

1. Underwriters Laboratories: Products shall be UL 916-PAZX listed. 2. National Electrical Code NFPA 70. 3. Federal Communications Commission Part J.

C. Qualifications of HVAC Controls System Supplier:

1. Minimum of 15 years’ experience in design, installation, and maintenance of fully electronic building automation systems. 2. Minimum of 10 years’ experience in design, installation, and maintenance of computer based, direct digital control, facility automation systems. 3. Minimum of 5 years’ experience as manufacturer’s authorized representative in design, installation, and maintenance of manufacturer’s system and products. 4. Capable of furnishing factory-trained technicians, competent to provide instruction, routine maintenance, and emergency service onsite within 4 hours after receipt of request. 5. Factory trained certified engineering and commissioning staff, and complete offsite training facilities. 6. Necessary facilities to provide OWNER with complete maintenance, periodic inspection, and service contract. Refer to Paragraph, MAINTENANCE.

D. FCC Regulation: Electronic equipment shall conform to requirements of FCC Regulation, Part 15, Section 15, Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference, and be so labeled.

E. Compatibility:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 6 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1. System shall have documented history of compatibility by design for minimum of 15 years. Future compatibility shall be supported for no less than 10 years. 2. Compatibility shall be defined as: a. Ability to upgrade existing field panels to current level of technology, and extend new field panels on previously installed network. b. Ability for any existing field panel microprocessor to be connected and directly communicate with new field panels without bridges, routers, or protocol converters. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Comply with Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT.

B. Corrosion Protection:

1. Control panels, enclosures, and other equipment containing electrical or instrumentation and control devices, including spare parts, shall be protected from corrosion through use of corrosion-inhibiting vapor capsules. 2. Prior to shipment, capsules shall be provided within shipping containers and equipment as recommended by capsule manufacturer. 3. During construction period, capsules shall be replaced in accordance with capsule manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.7 MAINTENANCE

A. Maintenance Service Agreement:

1. Furnish a draft maintenance agreement, prepared and signed by the Controls Supplier, to provide the necessary preventive maintenance to keep the various control systems in proper working condition. 2. Fully describe the maintenance work to be performed and estimate cost of the maintenance during the 1-year correction period and the subsequent year. 3. This service contract shall include 24-hour emergency service, 7 days per week.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Tools:

1. For each building, furnish one complete set of special tools recommended by manufacturer for maintenance, dismantling, or repair of each separate type of equipment item.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 7 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Furnish toolbox for storage of special tools. Identify purpose by means of stainless steel or solid plastic nametag attached to box.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Materials, equipment, and accessories specified shall be products of the following manufacturers, unless indicated otherwise:

1. Landis Division of Siemens Building Technology, Inc. 2. Johnson Controls. 3. Automated Logic.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. General:

1. Products used in this installation shall be new, currently under manufacture, and shall have been applied in similar installations for minimum of 2 years. 2. System shall not be used as test site for new products, unless explicitly approved by OWNER’s representative, in writing.

B. Control Components:

1. Control range to obtain specified capacities. 2. Sensitivity to maintain control points close enough to setpoint for acceptable offset, without cycling equipment more frequently than recommended by manufacturer. 3. Field or computer adjustable to actual setpoint, ranges. Adjustable to other settings that will provide proper operation of entire control system.

C. Controls Interfacing:

1. Interface controls properly with factory supplied components of mechanical systems. Coordinate special control interfacing requirements. 2. For equipment that requires special interfacing with control system, provide equipment with integral controls or provide accessory devices required for operation of total mechanical system. 3. Coordinate interfaces with electrical work as necessary. 4. Provide electric, electronic, and mechanical devices as required to properly interface with prewired control panels furnished with HVAC equipment and with other mechanical and electrical components.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 8 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.3 LABELING

A. All products, namely electrical materials, devices, appliances, and equipment used, shall be indicated as acceptable by established standards of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and Factory Mutual (FM).

B. Valid label affixed to item shall provide indication of product acceptance by required agencies.

C. HVAC control panels and control components that consist of multiple components shall bear UL listing mark on unit.

2.4 SERVICE CONDITIONS

A. Refer to Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, Section 16010, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, and Electrical Drawings for classification of areas as hazardous, corrosive, wet, indoor dry, and dust-tight.

B. Use materials and methods, and enclose devices in NEMA enclosure types suitable for classification indicated, and as required by NFPA 70.

C. Exhaust ductwork shall be considered same classification as area served.

D. Instruments within 3 feet of ducts conveying air from spaces classified as Class I, Division 1 or 2 (in accordance with NFPA 70) shall be suitable for same area classification as space exhausted.

2.5 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Electrical components shall be provided in accordance with requirements of Division 16, ELECTRICAL.

B. Wiring:

1. In accordance with Section 16120, CONDUCTORS, and NFPA 70. 2. Insulation shall be rated 600 volts, minimum.

C. Electrical Raceways: In accordance with Section 16130, RACEWAYS, and NFPA 70.

D. Provide surge suppressors on each power connection, meeting applicable requirements of Section 13400, PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS (PICS).

2.6 FIELD COMPONENTS AND INSTRUMENTS

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 9 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

A. Refer to HVAC controls detailed specification, Section 17901, HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS.

2.7 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS

A. Refer to HVAC controls detailed specification, Section 17902, MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS.

2.8 ACCESSORIES

A. Corrosion-inhibiting vapor capsules as manufactured by:

1. Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC. 2. Hoffman; Model A-HCI

B. Lifting Lugs: Provide suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.

C. Equipment Identification Plates:

1. Provide 16-gauge stainless steel identification plate securely mounted on each separate equipment component and control panel in a readily visible location. Plate shall bear 3/8-inch high engraved block type black enamel filled equipment identification number and letters indicated in this Specification and as shown. 2. Provide adjacent to the following control devices, and for equipment whose function is not readily apparent. a. Night low limit thermostats. b. Manual override timers. c. START/STOP switches. d. Humidistats. e. Emergency STOP switches. f. Special purpose devices. g. HVAC control panels.

D. Anchor Bolts: Type 316 stainless steel, 1/2-inch minimum diameter, and as specified in Section 05500, METAL FABRICATIONS AND CASTINGS. Coat in accordance with Section 09900, PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS.

2.9 EQUIPMENT FINISH

A. Provide materials and equipment with manufacturer’s standard finish system. Provide manufacturer’s standard finish color, except where specific color is indicated.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 10 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

B. If manufacturer has no standard color, provide gray finish as approved by OWNER.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SEQUENCES OF OPERATION

A. Reference Article SUPPLEMENTS, located after “END OF SECTION” for specific equipment sequences of operation.

1. Emergency Alarm: Equipment or system failure that has life safety implications and is required by Code(s) to report to continuously monitored workstation or alarm monitoring service. 2. Critical Alarm: Equipment or system failure that has safety and or economic implications that are serious if left unattended. 3. Maintenance Alarm: Equipment or system condition that requires attention to remain in normal operating condition.

B. Typical HVAC Sequence of Operations: HVAC Control system design shall include Typical Sequences of Operation specified below where specifically described in HVAC System Description Supplements and as implied through the Control Diagram Supplements depiction of Input/Output requirements for each system.

1. Motorized Damper Control: a. When fan is commanded to start, first open its intake and discharge damper. b. Provide end switch for open position of each damper. c. Once damper is proved fully open, start respective fan. d. Damper end switches shall stop respective fan if damper begins to close. e. Close damper on fan shutdown. 2. Economizer Operation Control: a. When the outside air temperature is 5 degrees F (adjustable) above the return air and enthalpy is above the return air enthalpy, the mixing dampers shall be placed in the minimum outdoor air position. Below the return air enthalpy and temperature conditions stated above, the mixing dampers shall be modulated with the heating valve and the cooling valve to maintain discharge air temperature setpoint with a low limit of 48 degrees F (adjustable) at the mixed air sensor. b. Where gravity economizer relief is indicated, modulate relief damper open and closed based on position of outside air damper. Relief damper shall be offset from outside air approximately 10 percent (adjustable).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 11 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

c. The economizer operation and DX cooling (where indicated) may be operating at the same time if required and if the outdoor air enthalpy is favorable. AHU factory controls shall have compressor lock-out capacity to ensure that compressors are off when the discharge temperature is 54 degrees F or below. d. Discharge Air Temperature Reset Control – Single Zone Application: Discharge air temperature (DAT) setpoint shall automatically reset to the lowest temperature required to maintain the zone temperature setpoint temperature. DAT shall not reset below 50 degrees F (adjustable). Multiple Zone VAV Application: AHU initial heating discharge air temperature shall be 55 degrees F. If the space temperature set point in any zone is not satisfied even after the VAV box reheat coil is fully open, DDC system shall raise the AHU discharge temperature gradually up to 65 degrees F. 3. HAND Mode Fan Operation: HOA switch at air handling unit control panel or motor control center (MCC) shall have contact at HAND position. When fan is in HAND, contact sends signal to HCP and HCP panel shall open the associated dampers. DDC system shall display the HAND status of the fan. 4. Automatic Smoke Detection Shutoff: a. Upon signal of alarm at a given duct smoke detector, de-energize associated supply fan and associated return or exhaust fans. Prevent fans from restarting until smoke detector has been reset. b. Following reset signal, provide adjustable time delay (30 to 120 seconds) before responding to another alarm signal to allow smoke to clear. c. Direct monitoring of duct-mounted smoke detectors is work of Section 13850, FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM. d. Monitor smoke detection signal from building Fire Alarm Control Panel. Coordinate with work of Division 16, ELECTRICAL. 5. Motor START/STOP Control: a. Provide single contact closure for START/STOP control from HCP to each motor starter. b. Contact shall be closed to START motor. c. Contact shall be opened to STOP motor. d. Provide terminal contacts for connection by Division 16, ELECTRICAL. e. Hardwire ON and OFF poles of manual ON/OFF and ON/OFF/AUTO switches directly to terminal contacts, so that malfunction of microprocessor hardware does not prevent manual on and off override. f. Coordinate with work of Division 16, ELECTRICAL. 6. Fan Failure and Ventilation Failure Alarms:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 12 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

a. Work of Division 16, ELECTRICAL, includes provision of starter ON/OFF status signal to HCP for each fan motor controlled. b. For controlled motors, initiate Fan Failure Alarm signal when motor is commanded to START and starter ON/OFF status indicates it is OFF. c. Provide current switch for each fan to determine actual flow failure. On lack of current draw, initiate Ventilation Failure Alarm. Additional current switches shall be provided with selective fans (shown on the control diagrams). These switches shall be connected to the ACPs and shall be the Work of Division 16, ELECTRICAL. d. Fans with AFDs: AFD shall detect the fan failure and send the signal to the DDC system to initiate Fan Failure Alarm. 7. Duty/Standby Unit Control: a. Operate designated units in Duty/Standby arrangement. Automatically alternate status on weekly basis. b. If either duty or standby unit fails to operate on command, lock it out, reassign standby unit to replace it, and initiate Fan Failure Alarm. 8. Low Temperature Shutdown: a. Upon signal from Mixed Air or Discharge Temperature Sensors that temperature is below setpoint (38 degrees F adjustable), shut off fan, close outside air damper, open upstream heating coil control valve (if there is one), close cooling coil control valve (if there is one), and initiate Low Temperature Shutdown Alarm. b. Remain shutdown until manually reset or until temperature rises above 55 degrees F. 9. Two-Speed Fan Control: a. Provide adjustable time delay before engaging low speed when changing speed from high to low to allow fan to coast to lower rpm. b. Field adjust to time necessary for fan to slow from high speed down to halfway point between slow speed and stop. 10. Low Glycol System Pressure: When hydronic system operating pressure drops below normal (field adjust), initiate alarm signal. 11. Common Alarm Output: a. Initiate common alarm signal to SCADA process control system when alarm condition exists. b. Provide terminals for connection by Division 16, ELECTRICAL of alarm contact closure output signals. c. Contacts shall be rated for minimum of 2 amps at 120V ac. d. Coordinate with work of Division 16, ELECTRICAL, Section 13400, PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS (PICS). 12. Room Temperature Monitoring:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 13 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

a. Provide 4 to 20 mA analog output signals to local HCP. b. Low Temperature: Critical Alarm. c. High Temperature: Maintenance Alarm: . 13. Change Filter Alarm: Unless otherwise indicated, sense filter pressure drop for each filter bank by means of differential pressure switch that closes electrical contact when filter pressure differential exceeds adjustable setpoint. Alarm shall be set at 50 percent filter loading for each filter. See Section 15720, AIR HANDLING for additional information. 14. Pump Failure Alarm: a. Sense constant speed pump failure with current sensor type CS-4 to be located in the MCC. b. Initiate Pump Failure Alarm when pump motor is commanded to START and current underloading exceeds 15 percent. c. Variable speed pumps: See provisions for "underload function" in Section 15056, HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES. 15. Hydronic Heating Glycol Temperature Reset: Unless otherwise indicated, automatically reset hydronic heating supply temperature between 190 degrees F and 125 degrees F based on outside air temperature. 16. Room Temperature Control: a. Modulate heating coil control valve, or heating and cooling coil control valves in sequence with economizer cycle (where applicable) to maintain discharge temperature at setpoint. b. Reset discharge temperature setpoint to maintain space temperature at setpoint. c. Heating coil control valves shall fail normally open to coil, and cooling coil control valves shall fail normally closed to coil, except where indicated otherwise. d. If multiple rooms with individual room thermostats are served by a single unit, DDC system shall make sure that room temperature setpoint in each room is satisfied. 17. Occupied/Unoccupied Control: a. Modes shall be determined by 7-day schedule with holiday calendar. b. Provide momentary contact manual after-hours override switch at room temperature sensor. c. Initially set after-hours override duration for 4 hours. 18. Freeze Protection Control: a. Thermostat, with 20-foot length (minimum) capillary, secured to leaving heating coil face and responsive to coldest temperature shall stop fan directly, close outside air and exhaust dampers, stop associated supply and exhaust fans, and position heating valve for full flow through coil in event coil face temperature drops below

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 14 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

40 degrees F. Freezestat shall be provided by the AHU manufacturer and shall be hard-wired to the motor starter or AFD. b. Freezestat shall be manually reset. c. On blow-through units, locate freeze protection control in mixed air entering coil plenum. 19. Smoke Safety Control: a. Locate duct mounted ionization detectors in return air inlet and supply air discharge from air handling systems as required by NFPA 90A to sense airborne products of combustion. b. Provide wiring from detectors to HCP. 20. Emergency Shutdown Control: Fan systems controlled by HVAC Control Panel (HCP) shall shut down when HCP receives signal from pull box alarm. 21. Electric Unit Heater (EUH) Control: a. Heater is furnished with integral thermostat and thermal overload protection. Heater shall cycle fan and heating element(s) on and off automatically. 22. Electric Convector Heater (ECH) Control: Heater is furnished with integral thermostat. Heater shall cycle heating element(s) on and off automatically. 23. Gas Fired Unit Heater Control: Heater is furnished with high temperature limit control, automatic gas valve control and automatic fan control. Mount wall mounted thermostat adjacent to heater or as shown on Drawings as furnished with heater and wire according to manufacturers furnished instructions. Fan and gas valve sequence as required to maintain thermostat setpoint. 24. Hydronic Unit Heater (HUH) Control: Provide wall mounted thermostat adjacent to heater or as shown on Drawings and two way control valve mounted as indicated in Standard Details. On a call for heating fan shall start and control valve fully opens. Fan off and control valve closed when adjustable setpoint is reached. Provide seasonal lock-out of heating control valve. 25. Cabinet Unit Heater (CUH) Control: Provide control to match Hydronic Unit Heater above. Note that CUH is furnished with integral three speed fan switch for operator use. 26. Finned Tube Radiator (BB) Control (Operations Complex Walkways): Provide wall mounted temperature sensor. Locate adjacent to heater unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Provide two way control valve mounted as indicated on Drawings. On a call for heating control valve shall open fully. Control valve shall close when setpoint is reached. Temperature sensor setpoint shall be controlled through HVAC Control System and not adjustable by occupants of the space. Provide typical Room Temperature Monitoring control. 27. Variable Air Volume Terminal Unit (TU) with HW Reheat Control: The variable volume (VAV) terminal unit will be controlled independent of

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 15 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

system pressure fluctuations by an application specific DDC controller utilizing electric actuation. The space served by the VAV terminal unit shall be controlled in occupied and unoccupied modes as follows: a. Occupied: The VAV terminal unit is controlled within user- defined maximum and minimum supply air volume settings. The controller monitors the room temperature sensor and air velocity sensor and modulates the supply air damper in sequence with the reheat valve to maintain the room temperature at setpoint. The supply air volume modulates from minimum to maximum in parallel with the modulation of the HW reheat valve. b. Unoccupied: During the unoccupied mode, the terminal unit will be controlled using the night setpoint. The controller may be reset to the Occupied Mode for a predetermined time period upon a signal from the control system or manually at the room sensor. 28. Constant Air Volume Terminal Unit (TU) Control: The constant volume (CAV) terminal unit will be controlled by an application specific DDC controller utilizing electric actuation. The space served by the VAV terminal unit shall be controlled in occupied and unoccupied modes as follows: a. Occupied: The terminal unit supplies a constant volume of supply air to the space. The controller monitors the air velocity sensor and modulates the supply air damper to maintain the supply air volume at the occupied setpoint. The controller monitors the room temperature sensor and modulates the reheat valve to maintain the space temperature at setpoint. b. Unoccupied: During the unoccupied mode, the terminal unit will be controlled using the unoccupied volume and temperature setpoints. The controller may be reset to the Occupied Mode for a predetermined time period upon a signal from the control system or manually at the room sensor. 29. Outside Air Temperature and Enthalpy Monitoring: Provide global weather condition for the site and shared via management level network or by individual building shared by building level networks. 30. Dehumidification control in Building L, Building O, and Building M: If the space cooling load is satisfied, space humidity is above the setpoint, cooling coil valve will override the cooling command and modulate open to maintain space relative humidity. VAV or CAV box heating coil valves will open to maintain space temperature setpoint.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Install systems and materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, rough-in drawings, and equipment details.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 16 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Changes in location or installation of control devices or equipment shall be approved by ENGINEER before proceeding with the Work. 3. Mount devices requiring manual reset and all other user serviceable control devices in readily accessible locations. Provide access doors in compliance with Division 8, DOORS AND WINDOWS, where required to access devices.

B. Hazardous and Corrosive Areas: Provide control equipment and wiring suitable for installation in the environments as specified in Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, and the Classification of Environments Table.

C. Wiring:

1. General: a. Install electric wire, cable, fittings, and conduit associated with systems specified in this section, in accordance with requirements of NFPA 70. b. Install control and interlock wiring separate from power wiring. c. Number code or color code conductors, excluding those used for individual zone controls, appropriately for future identification and servicing of control system. d. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panel and at load connections. Identify circuit with control wire number. e. Restrain wiring in control panels by plastic ties or ducts. f. Hinge wiring shall be secured at each end so that any bending or twisting will be around longitudinal axis of wire and bend area shall be protected with sleeve. g. Arrange wiring neatly, cut to length, and remove surplus wiring. Provide abrasion protection for any wire bundles that pass through holes or across edges of sheet metal. h. Use manufacturer’s recommended tool with proper sized anvil for crimp terminations. No more than two wires may be terminated in single crimp lug and no more than two lugs may be installed on single screw terminal. i. Wiring shall not be spliced or tapped except at device terminals or terminal blocks. j. Properly support and run wiring in a neat manner. k. Run wiring parallel or at right angles to building structure. 2. Concealment: a. Generally conceal wiring from view, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed; install exposed wiring and conduit to be as unobtrusive as possible. b. Install line voltage control wiring, wiring exposed to view, surface-mounted wiring, and wiring concealed within walls in conduit, in accordance with Division 16, ELECTRICAL.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 17 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

c. Install exposed and concealed low voltage control wiring systems in conduit. d. Wiring within enclosures shall be neatly bundled and anchored to prevent obstruction to devices and terminals. e. Conduit shall be sized to suit the number, type, and size of conductors as specified in Section 16120, CONDUCTORS.

D. End-User Accessible Control Components:

1. Do not mark room thermostats. 2. Mount user adjustable control components (room thermostats, humidistats, temperature sensors, humidity sensors, etc.) level and in accordance with applicable accessibility requirements of local Building Code.

E. Control Valves:

1. Verify correctness of installation. 2. Verify proper control action. 3. Adjust limit switch settings. 4. Adjust opening and closing speeds, and travel stops. 5. Stroke control valves by means of associated controller.

F. Control Dampers:

G. Adjustable Frequency Drives:

1. Verify control wiring installed to adjustable frequency drive. 2. Calibrate and adjust remote speed control loop and feedback loop. 3. Verify control actions and interlocks. 4. Adjust minimum and maximum speed settings. 5. Ramp adjustable frequency drive by simulation of associated controller output.

H. DDC Controllers:

1. Verify control wiring for correctness and labeling. 2. Verify power wiring. 3. Calibrate and adjust manual and auto control actions of controllers. 4. Tune control loop. 5. Stroke associated final element through controller output.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 18 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

6. Verify setpoints and alarm functions.

I. HVAC Control Panel (HCP) Equipment:

1. Mount HCPs level, plumb, and securely to wall or column. Verify that adequate clearance is provided to allow for full front panel swing. 2. Provide field terminations and conduit knockouts for control/instrumentation wiring. 3. Field termination wiring shall have designated instrument tag. 4. Panel cutouts shall be cut, punched, or drilled and smoothly finished with round edges. 5. Provide separate conduit entry for each power feeder circuit. 6. Signals requiring grounding shall be grounded within panel. 7. Field end of conductor shield/drain wires shall be folded back and placed under heat-shrink tubing without being grounded. 8. Panel end of conductor shield/drain wires shall be covered with clear tubing at panel and grounded. 9. Calibrate instrumentation provided on control panels. 10. Provide labels for internal panel material (e.g., terminal blocks, power supplies, relays, PLC racks).

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Performance and Functional Testing:

1. Tests and certification shall be as specified in Section 01810, EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP and Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES. 2. HVAC controls interface with process control system shall be coordinated with the Work of Section 13400, PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS (PICS).

3.4 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES

A. Provide manufacturer’s services in conformance with requirements of Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS’ SERVICES.

B. Provide minimum sixteen 8-hour person-days and 8 trips for CONTRACTOR assistance for installation assistance, startup assistance, functional and/or performance testing, and completion of manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation, as specified in Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES, for each contract (total of 4 contracts). See Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS for additional requirements.

3.5 TRAINING

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 19 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

A. Provide training of OWNER’S personnel to enable them to operate HVAC equipment in available modes, to adjust setpoints to establish and use trends, to store and retrieve historical data, and to interpret alarm signals.

B. Training sessions shall be prepared in advance, and arranged for clear, effective transfer of information in minimum time.

C. Specific training duration shall include:

1. Two 8-hour person-days and 2 trips for each of the following buildings: a. Laboratory (L). b. Operations (O). c. Maintenance (M). d. Thickening and Dewatering. e. Biological and Membrane Treatment. f. Carbon Treatment, Disinfection, and Post Aeration Facility. 2. Two 4-hour person-days and 2 trips for each of the rest of the buildings included in the project. 3. Two 8-hour person-days and 2 trips for OWNER training on front-end computer, peripherals and graphical generation.

3.6 ADJUSTING AND CALIBRATING

A. Control system shall be adjusted and calibrated by qualified manufacturer’s representative.

B. Calibrate control devices at time of installation to ensure measuring and reading accuracy.

C. Adjustment Record:

1. Prepare complete record of system adjustments for each control system. 2. Indicate deviations from specified temperatures. 3. Include copy of completed record in each copy of Operation and Maintenance Manual.

3.7 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING

A. Touchup scratches, scrapes, or chips in exterior surfaces with finish matching type, color, consistency, and type of surface of original finish.

3.8 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” are a part of this Specification:

1. HVAC Controls Symbols Legend.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 20 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Not Used. 3. Septage Facility (15) HVAC System Description. 4. Septage Facility (15) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 5. Screen and Grit Building (20) HVAC System Description. 6. Screen and Grit Building (20) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 7. Screen and Grit Building (20) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 8. Screen and Grit Building (20) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 3. 9. Fine Screen Building (27) HVAC System Description. 10. Fine Screen Building (27) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 11. Fine Screen Building (27) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 12. Fine Screen Building (27) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 3. 13. Equalization Valve Room (28) HVAC System Description. 14. Equalization Valve Room (28) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 15. Biological Reactor Building (30) HVAC System Description. 16. Biological Reactor Building (30) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 17. Biological Reactor Building (30) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 18. Biological Reactor Building (30) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 3. 19. Membrane Filtration Building (32) HVAC System Description. 20. Membrane Filtration Building (32) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 21. Membrane Filtration Building (32) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 22. Membrane Filtration Building (32) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 3. 23. Membrane Filtration Building (32) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 4. 24. Membrane Filtration Building (32) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 5. 25. Carbon Treatment and UV Disinfection Buildings (40, 50) HVAC System Description. 26. Carbon Treatment and UV Disinfection Building (40, 50) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram Sheet 1. 27. Carbon Treatment and UV Disinfection Building (40, 50) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram Sheet 2.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 21 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

28. Carbon Treatment and UV Disinfection Building (40, 50) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram Sheet 3. 29. Carbon Treatment and UV Disinfection Building (40, 50) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram Sheet 4. 30. Plant Waste Basin (58) HVAC System Description. 31. Plant Waste Basin (58) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 32. Digester Building (60) HVAC System Description. 33. Digester Building (60) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 34. Digester Building (60) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 35. Digester Building (60) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 3. 36. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) HVAC System Description. 37. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 38. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 39. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 3. 40. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 4. 41. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 5. 42. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 6. 43. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 7. 44. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 8. 45. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 9. 46. Process Buildings Boiler System Control. 47. Methanol Building (80) HVAC System Description. 48. Methanol Building (80) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 49. Chemical Building (81) HVAC System Description. 50. Chemical Building (81) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 51. Chemical Building (81) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 52. Odor Control Fan Building (90) HVAC System Description. 53. Odor Control Fan Building (90) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 22 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

54. Odor Control Fan Building (90) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 55. Electrical Building (E) HVAC System Description. 56. Electrical Building (E) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 57. Electrical Building (E) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 58. Operations Building (O) HVAC System Description. 59. Operations Building (O) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 60. Operations Building (O) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 61. Operations Building (O) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 3. 62. Not Used. 63. Laboratory Building (L) HVAC System Description. 64. Laboratory Building (L) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 65. Laboratory Building (L) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 66. Laboratory Building (L) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 3. 67. Laboratory Building (L) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 4. 68. Laboratory Building (L) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 5. 69. Maintenance Building (M) HVAC System Description. 70. Maintenance Building (M) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 1. 71. Maintenance Building (M) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 2. 72. Maintenance Building (M) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 3. 73. Maintenance Building (M) Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagram, Sheet 4. 74. Maintenance Building (M) Chiller Plant Sequence HVAC System Description. 75. Maintenance Building (M) Boiler Plant Sequence HVAC System Description.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900 23 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

THIS SUPPLEMENT NOT USED.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-02 SUPPLEMENT 1 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL

ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY HVAC System Description – Operations Building (O)

HVAC Control Panels Interfaces HCP-O-1001 The HVAC System for the Operations’ Building office area is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-0-1001. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator: HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-O-1001-SF Air Handling Unit Supply Fan AHU-O-1001-RF Air Handling Unit Return Fan

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment: EF-O-1001 Exhaust Fan

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-O-1001-SF AHU-O-1001-RF EF-O-1001

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-O-1001-SF Fan Failure AHU-O-1001-RF Fan Failure AHU-O-1001 Smoke Detection AHU-O-1001 Low Temperature Shutdown EF-O-1001 Fan Failure Building Zone High temperature Building Zone Low temperature

Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-O-1001 Filter Change

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-O-1001 Discharge Temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the following: Carbon Dioxide Levels Outside Air Temperature Outside Air Enthalpy Return Air Enthalpy

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 1 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

HCP-O-1001 The HVAC System for the Operations’ Building Locker Room, Lunch Room and Control Room area is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-O-1001. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator: HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-O-1301 Air Handling Unit Supply Fan

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment: EF-O-1301 Exhaust Fan

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-O-1301 EF-O-1301

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-O-1301 Fan Failure EF-O-1301 Fan Failure AHU-O-1301 Low Temperature Shutdown Building Zone High temperature Building Zone Low temperature

Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-O-1301 Filter Change

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-O-1301 Discharge Temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the followings: Carbon Dioxide Levels Outside Air Temperature Outside Air Enthalpy Return Air Enthalpy

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 2 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

HCP-O-1001 The HVAC Systems for the Operations’ Building mechanical/electrical and computer server area are controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-O-1001. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator: HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-O-1201 Air Handling Unit AHU-O-1101 Air Handling Unit AHU-O-1102 Air Handling Unit

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-O-1201 AHU-O-1101 AHU-O-1102

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-O-1201 Fan Failure AHU-O-1201 Low Temperature Shutdown AHU-O-1101 Fan Failure AHU-O-1101 Low Temperature Shutdown AHU-O-1102 Fan Failure AHU-O-1102 Low Temperature Shutdown

Mechanical Room High temperature Mechanical Room Low temperature Electrical Room High temperature Computer Server Room High temperature

Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-O-1201 Filter Change AHU-O-1101 Filter Change

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-O-1201 Discharge Temperature AHU-O-1101 Discharge Temperature AHU-O-1102 Discharge Temperature

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 3 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Digital Readout Meters for the following: Outside Air Temperature Outside Air Enthalpy Return Air Enthalpy

Miscellaneous: Audible Alarm with Silence Toggle Switch Pilot Light Lamp Test Switch Portable Operator Interface Device plug-in Jack

Sequence of Operation-Air Systems Control Diagram Supplement 17900-61 – Locker Room, Lunch Room and Control Room Area: AHU-O-1301, EF-O-1301.

Equipment The Locker Room, Lunch Room and Control Room areas are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-61.

Equipment Schedule: Air handling unit (AHU-O-1301) and Exhaust Fan ( EF-O-1301) shall operate during both Occupied and Unoccupied periods. Occupancy hours are as follows: Monday - Friday: 8am to 5pm Saturday: 8am to 5pm Sunday: 8am to 5pm

Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows: Occupied and Unoccupied Period

1. Locker Room Space Heating Temperature: 74 degrees F 2. Lunch Room Space Heating Temperature: 70 degrees F 3. Control Room Space Heating Temperature: 70 degrees F 4. AHU Heating Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F 5. Locker Room Space Cooling Temperature: 78 degrees F 6. Lunch Room Space Cooling Temperature: 75 degrees F 7. Control Room Space Cooling Temperature: 75 degrees F 8. AHU Cooling Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 4 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Control Sequences AHU-O-1301, EF-O-1301 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Outside air damper and discharge damper opens. Fan starts after damper end switch is closed. Heating valve opens to last operating control position. Cooling valve opens to last operating control position. AUTO: The air handling unit consists of an outdoor air damper, pre-filter, final filter, heating coil, chilled water cooling coil, supply fan with adjustable frequency drive (AFD). The unit shall be DDC controlled utilizing electric actuation. The air handling unit shall be automatically scheduled for operation on a time of day basis. If the outdoor air temperature is less than 60 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees below setpoint, the system shall enter a Warm-Up mode prior to Occupied mode. The system shall enter a Cool-Down mode prior to Occupied mode if the outdoor air temperature is greater than 80 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees above setpoint. The air handling unit shall operate in Warm-Up, Cool-Down, Occupied, Unoccupied and Safety modes as follows: Warm-Up When indexed to the Warm-Up mode, the outdoor air and discharge damper shall open and after fully open, an end switch shall start the supply fan. The cooling valve shall remain closed. The hot water valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain space temperature of 70 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the warm-up mode more than once per day. Cool-Down When indexed to the Cool-Down mode, the outdoor air damper shall open and after fully open, an end switch shall start the supply fan. The heating coil valve shall remain closed. The cooling valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the space temperature of 76 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the Cool-Down mode more than once per day. Occupied When indexed to the Occupied mode, the outdoor air damper shall open and after fully open, an end switch shall start the supply fan. The hot water and chilled water coil valves

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 5 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY shall modulate in sequence without overlap to maintain the discharge temperature setpoint with a low limit of 55 degrees F at the heating coil discharge. Unoccupied When indexed to the Unoccupied mode, operate same as Occupied mode, except fan speed shall automatically reduce to 50 percent. Static Pressure Control The supply fan adjustable frequency drive shall modulate to maintain a constant duct static pressure of 0.8 inches of water (adjustable) as sensed approximately 75 to 100 percent downstream of the supply fan. Upon initial startup of the air handling system the supply fan variable frequency drive shall slowly ramp to the desired static pressure setpoint. Upon shutdown of the air handling system the supply fan AFD shall be stopped and the speed reset signal shall go to zero speed. Safeties Outdoor air damper end switch shall stop the supply fan if the OA damper begins to close. The discharge high static cutout, and supply fan AFD fault alarms shall de-energize the supply fan upon activation. A low temperature detector in the heating discharge shall de- energize the supply fan should temperatures below 38 degrees F be sensed. All dampers and valves shall position to their fail-safe position. The DDC system shall utilize the AFD status to confirm the fans are in the desired state (i.e., on or off) and generate an alarm if status deviates from DDC start/stop control. The DDC system shall generate a AFD trouble alarm independent from the fan status. Provide typical sequence for Variable Air Volume and Constant Volume Terminal Unit with Reheat control for TU-O-1301 through TU-O-1305. See Control Diagram Supplement 17900- 68. Exhaust Fan Control The exhaust fan (EF-O-1301) shall be interlocked to run with the air handling unit. Reduce speed to 50 percent based on interlock with AHU (i.e., Unoccupied mode).

Control Diagram Supplement 17900-60 – Office Area: AHU-O-1001, EF-0-1001, TU-O-1001 through 1013.

Equipment The office areas are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-60.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 6 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Equipment Schedule: Air handling unit (AHU-O-1001) shall operate during both Occupied and Unoccupied periods. Occupancy hours are as follows: Monday - Friday: 8am to 5pm Saturday: OFF Sunday: OFF

Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows: Occupied Period:

1. Space Heating Temperature: 68 degrees F 2. Heating Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F 3. Space Cooling Temperature: 75 degrees F 4. Cooling Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F

Unoccupied Period:

1. Space Heating Temperature: 60 degrees F 2. Heating Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F 3. Space Cooling Temperature: 80 degrees F 4. Cooling Discharge Temperature: 65 degrees F

Control Sequences AHU-O-1001, EF-O-1001, TU-L-1001 through 1013 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: AHU Supply-Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). AHU Return – Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). EF – Damper opens and when end switch closes fan starts. AUTO: The air handling unit consists of a mixed air section with minimum and economizer outdoor air, exhaust air and return air dampers, pre-filter, final filter heating coil, chilled water cooling coil, supply and return fans with individual variable frequency drives. The unit shall be DDC controlled utilizing electric actuation.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 7 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY The air handling unit shall be automatically scheduled for operation on a time of day basis. If the outdoor air temperature is less than 60 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees below setpoint, the system shall enter a Warm-Up mode prior to Occupied mode. The system shall enter a Cool-Down mode prior to Occupied mode if the outdoor air temperature is greater than 80 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees above setpoint. The air handling unit shall operate in Warm-Up, Cool-Down, Occupied, Unoccupied and Safety modes as follows: Warm-Up When indexed to the Warm-Up mode, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. The mixing dampers shall be positioned for 100 percent return, the cooling valve shall remain closed. The heating valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the return temperature of 70 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the warm-up mode more than once per day. Cool-Down When indexed to the Cool-Down mode, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. The mixing dampers shall be positioned for 100 percent return, and the heating valve shall remain closed. The cooling valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the return temperature of 76 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the Cool-Down mode more than once per day. Occupied When indexed to the "occupied" mode, the fans shall start or continue to run and the minimum outdoor air damper shall open and modulate as needed to maintain outside air setpoint as measured by duct mounted air flow station. The heating coil valve, mixing dampers, and chilled water coil valve shall modulate in sequence without overlap to maintain the discharge temperature setpoint. The mixing dampers shall ramp open slowly on startup to minimize overshooting. Provide typical sequence for economizer control. Unoccupied When indexed to the "unoccupied" mode, the chilled water coil valve shall close to the coil, mixing dampers shall modulate closed to the outdoor air. The supply and return fans shall cycle on and off to maintain a minimum space temperature of 65 degrees F (adjustable). The heating valve shall open. Should the space temperature drop below the night setpoint, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. When the space temperature rises above the night setpoint the supply and return fans shall stop.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 8 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Supply Duct and Building Pressurization Control The supply fan adjustable frequency drive shall modulate to maintain a constant duct static pressure of 0.8 inches of water (adjustable) as sensed approximately 75 to 100 percent downstream of the supply fan. When indexed to the occupied mode, the return fan adjustable frequency drive shall modulate to maintain supply CFM to return CFM differential setpoint of 10 percent (adjustable) to maintain a positive building pressure differential. The supply CFM to return CFM differential setpoint shall be 0 percent in other operation modes. Upon initial startup of the air handling system the supply and return fan speed shall slowly ramp to the desired static pressure setpoint. Upon shutdown of the air handling system the supply and return fan adjustable frequency drives shall be stopped and the speed reset signal shall go to zero speed. Safeties Discharge high static cutout, smoke detectors in the return air streams, and supply and return fan AFD fault alarms shall de-energize the supply and return fans upon activation. A low temperature detector in the mixed air stream shall de-energize the supply and return fans should temperatures below 38 degrees F be sensed. All dampers and valves shall position to their fail-safe position. The DDC system shall utilize the AFD status to confirm the fans are in the desired state (i.e., on or off) and generate an alarm if status deviates from DDC start/stop control. The DDC system shall generate a AFD trouble alarm independent from the fan status.

Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) – Occupied Mode only When the zone is occupied (and AHU-0-1001 is on), the local controller shall monitor a ventilation or carbon dioxide (CO2) sensor.

When the CO2 level is above the ventilation setpoint of approximately 530 PPM, the minimum outside air damper shall modulate further open based on its PID loop’s calculation to maintain the ventilation setpoint.

When the CO2 level is below the ventilation setpoint, the supply fan CFM shall be adjusted down until the ventilation (CO2) level climbs back to the ventilation setpoint value. A minimum base ventilation equal to 50 percent shall be provided and maintained at all times independent of CO2 levels.

Exhaust Fan Control The exhaust fan (EF-O-1001) shall be interlocked to run with the air handling unit. Provide typical sequence for VAV Terminal Unit with Reheat control for TU-O-1001 through TU-O-1013. See Control Diagram Supplement 17900-68.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 9 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY System Alarms Low Temperature Shut Down (AHU): Maintenance High Temperature Shut Down (AHU): Maintenance Fan Failure: Maintenance Duct Smoke Detection: Critical

Control Diagram Supplement 17900-59 – Mechanical Room, Electrical Room and Server Room: AHU-O-1201, UH-O-1201, AHU-O-1101, AHU-O-1102 Equipment The Mechanical Room, Electrical Room and Server Room are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-59. Equipment Schedule: AHU-O-1101 and AHU-O-1102 shall be enabled to operate continuously. AHU-O-1201 shall be enabled to run only in cooling season. Unit heater control valves shall be enabled only during heating season. Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows:  Heating discharge air temperature: Initially 55 degrees F.  Cooling discharge air temperature: Initially 55 degrees F.  Electrical/Server Room Space Heating Temperature: 60 degrees F.  Electrical/Server Room Space Cooling Temperature: 80 degrees F.  Mechanical Room Space Temperature Heating: 50 degrees F.  Mechanical Room Heat Relief Cooling Temperature: 80 degrees F.

Control Sequences AHU-L-1101 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Cooling valve is closed. Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Cooling valve is closed. Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). AUTO: Fan cycles ON as needed to cool. When fan is ON, outside air, return air , economizer relief dampers, and cooling valve modulate per typical economizer operation control sequence to maintain room air temperature setpoint.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 10 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY AHU-L-1102 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Cooling valve is closed. Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Cooling valve is closed. Return damper opens. When damper end switch is closed fan is started. AUTO: When fan failure alarm for AHU-O-1101 occurs, Fan cycles ON as needed to cool. When fan is ON, return air damper is open, and cooling valve to maintain room air temperature setpoint.

AHU-O-1201, UH-O-1201 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). AUTO: Fan cycles ON as needed to cool. When fan is ON, outside air, return air and economizer relief dampers modulate to maintain room air temperature setpoint. Provide typical sequence for hot water unit heaters to maintain room heating setpoint.

System Alarms Fan Failure: Maintenance High Space Electrical Room Temperature: Maintenance High Space Server Room Temperature: Maintenance Low Mechanical Room Space Temperature: Maintenance

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-58 11 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

OPERATIONS BUILDING (O) HEATING/COOLING VENTILATION CONTROL DIAGRAM SHEET 4

NOT USED

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-62 1 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY HVAC System Description – Laboratory Building (L)

HVAC Control Panels Interfaces HCP-L-1101 The HVAC System for the Laboratory Building office and Laboratory Supply areas is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-L-1101. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator:

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at the AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-L-1301-SF Air Handling Unit Supply Fan AHU-L-1301-RF Air Handling Unit Return Fan

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment: EF-L-1301 Exhaust Fan Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-L-1301-SF AHU-L-1301-RF EF-L-1301 Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-L-1301-SF Fan Failure AHU-L-1301-RF Fan Failure AHU-L-1301 Smoke Detection AHU-L-1301 Low Temperature Shutdown EF-L-1301 Fan Failure Building Zone High temperature Building Zone Low temperature Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-L-1301 Pre-Filter Change AHU-L-1301 Final Filter Change Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-L-1301 Discharge Temperature Digital Readout Meters for the following: Carbon Dioxide Levels Outside Air Temperature Outside Air Enthalpy Return Air Enthalpy

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 1 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

HCP-L-1001 The HVAC System for the Laboratory Building, Laboratory areas is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-L-1001. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator:

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-L-1001 Air Handling Unit Supply Fan AHU-L-1002 Air Handling Unit Supply Fan

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment: EF-L-1001 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1002 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1101 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1102 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1103 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1104 Exhaust Fan HRP-L-1001 Heat Reclaim Pump

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-L-1001 Air Handling Unit Supply Fan AHU-L-1002 Air Handling Unit Supply Fan EF-L-1001 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1002 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1101 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1102 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1103 Exhaust Fan EF-L-1104 Exhaust Fan HRP-L-1001 Heat Reclaim Pump

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 2 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-L-1001 Fan Failure AHU-L-1002 Fan Failure EF-L-1001 Fan Failure EF-L-1002 Fan Failure EF-L-1101 Fan Failure EF-L-1102 Fan Failure EF-L-1103 Fan Failure EF-L-1104 Fan Failure AHU-L-1001 Low Temperature Shutdown AHU-L-1002 Low Temperature Shutdown HRP-L-1001 Heat Reclaim Pump

Building Zone High temperature Building Zone Low temperature High Duct Humidistat (2) Lab Space Pressurization Out of Range

Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-L-1001 Pre-Filter Change AHU-L-1001 Final Filter Change AHU-L-1002 Pre-Filter Change AHU-L-1002 Final Filter Change HRCE-L-1001 Filter Change

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-L-1001 Discharge Temperature AHU-L-1002 Discharge Temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the following: Lab Zone Temperature Lab Zone Humidity Outside Air Temperature Outside Air Enthalpy Fume Hood Exhaust EF-L-1001 Discharge Air Flow Fume Hood Exhaust EF-L-1002 Discharge Air Flow Lab Space Pressure with respect to ambient Lab Space Pressure with respect to office area

Miscellaneous: Audible Alarm with Silence Toggle Switch Pilot Light Lamp Test Switch Portable Operator Interface Device plug-in Jack

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 3 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY HCP-L-1101 The HVAC Systems for the Laboratory Building mechanical, electrical and computer server areas are controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-L-1101. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator: HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at the AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-L-1101 Air Handling Unit AHU-L-1201 Air Handling Unit AHU-L-1202 Air Handling Unit

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-L-1101 AHU-L-1201 AHU-L-1202

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-L-1101 Fan Failure AHU-L-1101 Low Temperature Shutdown AHU-L-1201 Fan Failure AHU-L-1201 Low Temperature Shutdown AHU-L-1202 Fan Failure AHU-L-1202 Low Temperature Shutdown Mechanical Room High temperature Mechanical Room Low temperature Electrical Room High temperature Computer Server Room High temperature

Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-L-1101 Filter Change AHU-L-1201 Filter Change

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-L-1101 Discharge Temperature AHU-L-1201 Discharge Temperature AHU-L-1202 Discharge Temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the following: Outside Air Temperature Outside Air Enthalpy Electrical Room Return Air Enthalpy

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 4 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Miscellaneous: Audible Alarm with Silence Toggle Switch Pilot Light Lamp Test Switch Portable Operator Interface Device plug-in Jack Sequence of Operation-Air Systems Control Diagram Supplement 17900-64 – Laboratory Area: AHU-L-1001, AHU-L-1002 Equipment The laboratory areas are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-64. Exhaust systems for this area are described in Supplement 17900-65 below. Equipment Schedule: Air handling unit (AHU-L-1001, AHU-L-1002) shall operate during both Occupied and Unoccupied periods. Occupancy hours are as follows: Monday - Friday: 6 am to 5 pm Saturday: 6 am to 5 pm Sunday: 6 am to 5 pm One of the units shall be lead and the other lag. Lead/lag status shall be switched weekly. Both fans shall run in all modes of operation except in Unoccupied mode when only lead fan shall run.

Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows: Occupied and Unoccupied Period  Space Heating Temperature: 72 degrees F  Heating Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F  Space Cooling Temperature: 72 degrees F  Cooling Discharge Temperature: 5552 degrees F  Maximum Room Relative Humidity: 55 percent  Minimum Room Relative Humidity: 30 percent

Control Sequences AHU-L-1001, AHU-L-1002 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 5 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY HAND: Outside air damper and discharge damper opens. Fan starts after damper end switch is closed. Heating valve opens to last operating control position. Cooling valve opens to last operating control position. AUTO: The air handling unit consists of an outdoor air damper, pre-filter, final filter, heat reclaim preheat coil, heating, chilled water cooling coil, supply fan with variable frequency drive, and steam humidifier. The unit shall be DDC controlled utilizing electric actuation. The air handling unit shall be automatically scheduled for operation on a time of day basis. If the outdoor air temperature is less than 60 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees below setpoint, the system shall enter a Warm-Up mode prior to Occupied mode. The system shall enter a Cool-Down mode prior to Occupied mode if the outdoor air temperature is greater than 80 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees above setpoint. The air handling unit shall operate in Warm-Up, Cool-Down, Occupied, Unoccupied and Safety modes as follows: Warm-Up When indexed to the Warm-Up mode, the outdoor air and discharge damper shall open and after fully open, an end switch shall start the supply fan. The cooling valve shall remain closed. The hot water valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain space temperature of 70 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the warm-up mode more than once per day. Cool-Down When indexed to the Cool-Down mode, the outdoor air damper shall open and after fully open, an end switch shall start the supply fan. The heating coil valve shall remain closed. The cooling valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the space temperature of 76 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the Cool-Down mode more than once per day. Occupied When indexed to the Occupied mode, the outdoor air damper shall open and after fully open, an end switch shall start the supply fan. The hot water and chilled water coil valves shall modulate in sequence without overlap to maintain the discharge temperature setpoint with a low limit of 55 degrees F at the heating coil discharge. Unoccupied When indexed to the Unoccupied mode by schedule or override switch, operate same as Occupied mode, except fan speed shall automatically reduce to 50 percent. shut down the lag supply fan and close associated discharge air damper.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 6 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Humidity Control When the air handling unit is operating and in Occupied or Unoccupied mode, the valve serving the steam humidifier shall be modulated to maintain the space humidity at setpoint. The humidifier valve shall be closed during other operating modes and shall remain closed as long as cooling coil valve is open. A humidity high limit downstream of the humidifier shall modulate the humidifier valve to the closed position should discharge humidity levels exceed 85 percent RH. In summertime, if the space humidity is above the setpoint and space cooling load is satisfied, cooling coil valve will override and modulate open to maintain space humidity setpoint. Static Pressure Control The supply fan adjustable frequency drive shall modulate to maintain a constant duct static pressure of 1.0 inches of water (adjustable) as sensed approximately 75 to 100 percent downstream of the supply fan. Upon initial startup of the air handling system the supply fan variable frequency drive shall slowly ramp to the desired static pressure setpoint. Upon shutdown of the air handling system the supply fan variable frequency drive shall be stopped and the speed reset signal shall go to zero speed. Safeties Outdoor air damper end switch shall stop the supply fan if the OA damper begins to close. The discharge high static cutout, and supply fan AFD fault alarms shall de-energize the supply fan upon activation. A low temperature detector in the heating discharge shall de-energize the supply fan should temperatures below 38 degrees F be sensed. All dampers and valves shall position to their fail-safe position. The DDC system shall utilize the AFD status to confirm the fans are in the desired state (i.e., on or off) and generate an alarm if status deviates from DDC start/stop control. The DDC system shall generate a AFD trouble alarm independent from the fan status. Provide typical sequence for Constant Volume Terminal Unit with Reheat control for TU-L-1001 through TU-L-1009. See Control Diagram Supplement 17900-68. Control Diagram Supplement 17900-65 – Laboratory Area: EF-L-1001, EF-L-1002, EF-L-1101, EF-L-1102, EF-L-1103, EF-L-1104, HRP-L-1001, HRCE-L-1001.

Equipment The laboratory areas are ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-65. Supply air systems for this area are described in Supplement 17900-64 above.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 7 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Equipment Schedule: Exhaust fans (EF-L-1001, EF-L-1002, EF-L-1101, EF-L-1102, EF-L-1103, HRP-L-1001) shall operate during both Occupied and Unoccupied periods. Occupancy hours are as follows: Monday - Friday: 6 am to 5 pm Saturday: 6 am to 5 pm Sunday: 6 am to 5 pm One of the fans shall be lead and the other lag. Lead/lag status shall be switched weekly. Both fans shall run in all modes except in Unoccupied mode when only lead fan shall run.

Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows: Occupied and Unoccupied Period  Lab Space Pressure (with respect to ambient): neutral  Lab Space Pressure (with respect to office area): minus 0.03 - 0.05-inch wc  FHET Terminal Air Flow: Per Schedule in 17901 Supplements  Heat Reclaim Pump Off Setpoint: 55 to 75 degrees F OSA Temp.

Control Sequences EF-L-1001, EF-L-1002 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Isolation damper and discharge damper opens. Fan starts after damper end switch is closed and ramps up to full speed. AUTO: Isolation damper and discharge damper opens. Fan starts after damper end switch is closed and ramps up to setpoint speed as determined by the occupancy status. When occupancy status is indexed to Unoccupied, lag exhaust fan shuts down and associated intake and discharge dampers close fan speed shall automatically reduce to 50 percent and a digital output signal shall initiate a fume hood alarm override to all fume hoods connected to exhaust system. Override shall silence the audible alarm while leaving alarm light ON at fume hood control panel. See Section 12345, LABORATORY CASEWORK AND FURNISHINGS. Fan speed control override control shall be provided and used in conjunction with heat reclaim isolation damper MD-L-1011. When MD-L-1011 is controlled open to bypass heat reclaim coil HRCE, adjust speed control signal to AFD to maintain the last discharge mass flow rate reading before MD-L-1011 was closed and reduce to 50 percent when occupancy status is indexed to Unoccupied. Provide typical sequence for all Fume Hood Exhaust Terminal Units scheduled in Supplement 17901-18. See Control Diagram, Supplement 17900-68. Overall lab space pressurization setpoint shall be achieved initially through Testing and Balancing Setup.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 8 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY EF-L-1101, EF-L-1102, EF-L-1103, EF-L-1104 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Isolation damper and discharge damper opens. Fan starts after damper end switch is closed. AUTO: Isolation damper and discharge damper opens. Fan starts after damper end switch is closed. If EF-L-1101, EF-L-1102, or EF-L-1103 fails, isolation and discharge damper shall close and standby fan EF-L-1104 shall be started. The standby fan startup sequence shall include isolation, discharge and the appropriate bypass damper end switch proof before starting the fan. The standby fan speed control setting shall be pre-determined through Testing and Balancing and written into the control system control code for each of the duty fans. Contractor shall record these settings in the Operations and Maintenance Manual submittal for HVAC Controls.

HRCE-L-1001, HRP-L-1001 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Pump is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Pump runs. Bypass, Isolation damper and discharge damper remain in failed position. AUTO: Pump runs. Isolation damper and discharge damper opens at HRCE and bypass damper MD-L-1011 closes.

System Alarms Fan Failure: Maintenance High Space Temperature: Maintenance Low Space Temperature: Maintenance High Space Humidity: Maintenance Low Space Humidity: Maintenance Low Glycol Tank Level – Reclaim Loop: Maintenance Heat Reclaim Pump Failure: Maintenance

Control Diagram Supplement 17900-66 – Office Area: AHU-L-1301, EF-L-1301, TU-L-1301 through 1307. Equipment The office and laboratory supply areas are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-66.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 9 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Equipment Schedule: Air handling unit (AHU-L-1301) shall operate during both Occupied and Unoccupied periods. Occupancy hours are as follows: Monday - Friday: 8 am to 5 pm Saturday: 8 am to 5 pm Sunday: 8 am to 5 pm Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows:

Occupied Period  Space Heating Temperature: 70 degrees F  Heating Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F  Space Cooling Temperature: 72 degrees F  Cooling Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F

Unoccupied Period  Space Heating Temperature: 60 degrees F  Heating Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F  Space Cooling Temperature: 80 degrees F  Cooling Discharge Temperature: 65 degrees F

Control Sequences AHU-L-1301, EF-L-1301, TU-L-1301 through 1307 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: AHU Supply-Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). AHU Return – Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). EF – Damper opens and when end switch closes fan starts. AUTO:. The air handling unit consists of a mixed air section with minimum and economizer outdoor air, exhaust air and return air dampers, pre-filter, final filter, heating coil, chilled water cooling coil, supply and return fans with individual adjustable frequency drives (AFD). The unit shall be DDC controlled utilizing electric actuation. The air handling unit shall be automatically scheduled for operation on a time of day basis. If the outdoor air temperature is less than 60 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees below setpoint, the system shall enter a Warm-Up mode prior to Occupied

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 10 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY mode. The system shall enter a Cool-Down mode prior to Occupied mode if the outdoor air temperature is greater than 80 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees above setpoint. The air handling unit shall operate in Warm-Up, Cool-Down, Occupied, and Unoccupied and Safety modes. as follows: Warm-Up When indexed to the Warm-Up mode, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. The mixing dampers shall be positioned for 100 percent return, the cooling valve shall remain closed. The heating valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the return temperature of 70 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the warm-up mode more than once per day. Cool-Down When indexed to the Cool-Down mode, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. The mixing dampers shall be positioned for 100 percent return, and the heating valve shall remain closed. The cooling valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the return temperature of 76 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the Cool-Down mode more than once per day. Occupied When indexed to the "occupied" mode, the fans shall start or continue to run and the minimum outdoor air damper shall open and modulate as needed to maintain outside air setpoint as measured by duct mounted air flow station. The heating coil valve, mixing dampers, and chilled water coil valve shall modulate in sequence without overlap to maintain the discharge temperature setpoint. The mixing dampers shall ramp open slowly on startup to minimize overshooting. Provide typical sequence for economizer control. Unoccupied When indexed to the "unoccupied" mode, the systems shall operate in the same manner as in Occupied mode to maintain unoccupied space temperature setpoints. the chilled water coil valve shall close to the coil, mixing dampers shall modulate closed to the outdoor air. The supply and return fans shall cycle on and off to maintain a minimum space temperature of 65 degrees F (adjustable). The heating valve shall open. Should the space temperature drop below the night setpoint, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. When the space temperature rises above the night setpoint the supply and return fans shall stop. Supply Duct and Building Pressurization Control The supply fan adjustable frequency drive shall modulate to maintain a constant duct static pressure of 0.8 inches of water (adjustable) as sensed approximately 75 to 100 percent

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 11 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY downstream of the supply fan. When indexed to the occupied mode, the return fan adjustable frequency drive shall modulate to maintain supply CFM to return CFM differential setpoint of 10 percent (adjustable) to maintain a positive building pressure differential. The supply CFM to return CFM differential setpoint shall be 0 percent in other operation modes. Upon initial startup of the air handling system the supply and return fan speed shall slowly ramp to the desired static pressure setpoint. Upon shutdown of the air handling system the supply and return fan adjustable frequency drives shall be stopped and the speed reset signal shall go to zero speed. Safeties Discharge high static cutout, smoke detectors in the return air streams, and supply and return fan AFD fault alarms shall de-energize the supply and return fans upon activation. A low temperature detector in the mixed air stream shall de-energize the supply and return fans should temperatures below 38 degrees F be sensed. All dampers and valves shall position to their fail-safe position. The DDC system shall utilize the AFD status to confirm the fans are in the desired state (i.e., on or off) and generate an alarm if status deviates from DDC start/stop control. The DDC system shall generate a AFD trouble alarm independent from the fan status. Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) – Occupied Mode only When the zone is occupied (and AHU-L-1301 is on), the local controller shall monitor a ventilation or carbon dioxide (CO2) sensor.

Provide typical sequence for VAV Terminal Unit with Reheat control for TU-L-1301 through TU-L-1307. See Control Diagram Supplement 17900-68.

System Alarms Low Temperature Shut Down (AHU): Maintenance High Temperature Shut Down (AHU): Maintenance Fan Failure: Maintenance Duct Smoke Detection: Critical

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 12 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Control Diagram Supplement 17900-67 – Mechanical Room, Electrical Room and Server Room: AHU-L-1101, UH-O-1101, AHU-L-1201, AHU-L-1202

Equipment The Mechanical room, Electrical Room and Server Room are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-67.

Equipment Schedule: AHU-L-1201 and AHU-L-1202 shall be enabled to operate continuously. AHU-L-1101 shall be enabled to run only in cooling system. Unit heater control valves shall be enabled only during heating season.

Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows:  Heating discharge air temperature: Initially 55 degrees F.  Cooling discharge air temperature: Initially 55 degrees F.  Electrical/Server Room Space Heating Temperature: 60 degrees F.  Electrical/Server Room Space Cooling Temperature: 80 degrees F.  Mechanical Room Space Temperature Heating: 50 degrees F.  Mechanical Room Heat Relief Cooling Temperature: 80 degrees F.

Control Sequences AHU-L-1201 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Cooling valve is closed. Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Cooling valve is closed. Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). AUTO: Fan cycles ON as needed to cool. When fan is ON, outside air, return air , economizer relief dampers, and cooling valve modulate per typical economizer operation control sequence to maintain room air temperature setpoint. AHU-L-1202 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Cooling valve is closed. Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Cooling valve is closed. Return damper opens. When damper end switch is closed fan is started.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 13 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY AUTO: When fan failure alarm for AHU-L-1201 occurs, Fan cycles ON as needed to cool. When fan is ON, return air damper is open, and cooling valve to maintain room air temperature setpoint. AHU-L-1101, UH-L-1101, UH-L-1102 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). AUTO: Fan cycles ON as needed to cool. When fan is ON, outside air, return air and economizer relief dampers modulate to maintain room air temperature setpoint. Provide typical sequence for hot water unit heaters to maintain room heating setpoint.

System Alarms Low Temperature Shut Down: if the supply air temperature falls below 55 degrees F (adjustable) de-energize the AHU-L-1!01, and initiate an alarm to HCP. High Temperature Shut Down: if the supply air temperature is above 100 degrees F (adjustable) de-energize the AHU-L-1101, and initiate an alarm to HCP. Fan failure: if AHU-L-1101 fails initiate an alarm to HCP. Unit Heater failure: if the UH fails initiate an alarm to HCP.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17900-63 14 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F. ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY HVAC System Description –– Maintenance Building (M)

HVAC Control Panels Interfaces HCP-M-1002 1003 The HVAC System for the Maintenance Building office area is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-M-10021003. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator:

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-M-1001-SF Air Handling Unit Supply Fan AHU-M-1001-RF Air Handling Unit Return Fan HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment: EF-M-1201 Exhaust Fan

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-M-1001-SF AHU-M-1001-RF EF-M-1001

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-M-1001-SF Fan Failure AHU-M-1001-RF Fan Failure AHU-M-1001 Smoke Detection AHU-M-1001 Low Temperature Shutdown EF-M-1001 Fan Failure Building Zone High temperature Building Zone Low temperature Electrical Room High temperature Tele Room High temperature

Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-M-1001 Pre-Filter Change AHU-M-1001 Final-Filter Change

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-M-1001 Discharge Temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the following: Carbon Dioxide Levels

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 1 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Outside Air Temperature Outside Air Enthalpy Return Air Enthalpy

Miscellaneous: Audible Alarm with Silence Toggle Switch Pilot Light Lamp Test Switch Portable Operator Interface Device plug-in Jack

HCP-M-10021003 The HVAC System for the Maintenance Shop area is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-M-10021003. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator: HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-M-1401 Air Handling Unit Supply Fan

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment: EF-M-1001

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-M-1401 EF-M-1001

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-M-1401 Fan Failure AHU-M-1401 Smoke Detection AHU-M-1401 Low Temperature Shutdown EF-M-1001 Fan Failure Carbon Monoxide High Level in Return Air

Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-M-1401 Filter Change

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-M-1401 Discharge Temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the following: Outside Air Temperature Outside Air Enthalpy Return Air Enthalpy

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 2 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

HCP-M-10021003 The HVAC System for the Maintenance Building Mechanical Rooms paint/welding /electrical/ telephone equipment shop area is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-M-10021003. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator:

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-M-1301 Air Handling Unit AHU-M-1302 Air Handling Unit AHU-M-1101 Air Handling Unit

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment: EF-M-1301 Exhaust Fan EF-M-1302 Exhaust Fan EF-M-1303 Exhaust Fan

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-M-1301 AHU-M-1302 AHU-M-1101 EF-M-1301 EF-M-1302 EF-M-1303

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-M-1301 Fan Failure AHU-M-1301 Low Temperature Shutdown AHU-M-1302 Fan Failure AHU-M-1302 Low Temperature Shutdown AHU-M-1101 Fan Failure AHU-M-1101 Low Temperature Shutdown EF-M-1301 Fan Failure EF-M-1302 Fan Failure EF-M-1303 Fan Failure Electrical Room High temperature Telephone Room High temperature Paint Room Low Temperature Paint-Prepare Room Low Temperature Welding Shop Low Temperature

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 3 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Boiler Room Low Temperature

Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-M-1301 Filter Change AHU-M-1302 Filter Change AHU-M-1101 Filter Change

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-M-1301 Discharge Temperature AHU-M-1302 Discharge Temperature AHU-M-1101 Discharge Temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the following: Room Temperatures Outside Air Temperature Natural Gas Consumption

Miscellaneous: Audible Alarm with Silence Toggle Switch Pilot Light Lamp Test Switch Portable Operator Interface Device plug-in Jack

HCP-M-1001 The HVAC System for the Maintenance Building Boiler area is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-M-1001. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator:

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: Boiler Room Low temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the following: Room Temperature Outside Air Temperature Natural Gas Consumption

Miscellaneous: Audible Alarm with Silence Toggle Switch Pilot Light Lamp Test Switch Portable Operator Interface Device plug-in Jack

HCP-M-1002

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 4 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY The HVAC System for the Maintenance Building Chiller Room area is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-M-1501-1601. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator:

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at AHU Control Panel for the following Equipment: AHU-M-1501 Air Handling Unit

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment: EF-M-1501 Exhaust Fan EF-M-1502 Exhaust Fan

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: AHU-M-1501 EF-M-1501 EF-M-1502

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: AHU-M-1501 Fan Failure AHU-M-1501 Low Temperature Shutdown EF-M-1501 Fan Failure EF-M-1502 Fan Failure Chiller Room Refrigerant Leak Chiller Room Low Temperature

Pilot Lights to Indicate DIRTY FILTER: (50 percent loading) AHU-M-1501 Filter Change

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: AHU-M-1501 Discharge Temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the following: Room Temperatures Outside Air Temperature

Miscellaneous: Audible Alarm with Silence Toggle Switch Pilot Light Lamp Test Switch Portable Operator Interface Device plug-in Jack

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 5 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Sequence of Operation-Air Systems Control Diagram Supplement 17900-71 – Office Area: AHU-M-1001, EF-M-1001, TU-M-1001 through 1005. Equipment The office areas are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-71. Equipment Schedule: Air handling unit (AHU-M-1001) shall operate during both Occupied and Unoccupied periods. Occupancy hours are as follows: Monday - Friday: 8am to 5pm Saturday: OFF Sunday: OFF Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows:

Occupied Period

1. Space Heating Temperature: 70 degrees F 2. Heating Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F 3. Space Cooling Temperature: 75 degrees F 4. Cooling Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F

Unoccupied Period

1. Space Heating Temperature: 60 degrees F 2. Heating Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F 3. Space Cooling Temperature: 85 degrees F 4. Cooling Discharge Temperature: 65 degrees F

Control Sequences AHU-M-1001, EF-M-1001, TU-M-1001 through 1005 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: AHU Supply-Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). AHU Return – Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). EF – Damper opens and when end switch closes fan starts.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 6 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY AUTO: The air handling unit consists of a mixed air section with minimum and economizer outdoor air, exhaust air and return air dampers, pre-filter, final filter heating coil, chilled water cooling coil, supply and return fans with individual variable frequency drives. The unit shall be DDC controlled utilizing electric actuation. The air handling unit shall be automatically scheduled for operation on a time of day basis. If the outdoor air temperature is less than 60 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees below setpoint, the system shall enter a Warm-Up mode prior to Occupied mode. The system shall enter a Cool-Down mode prior to Occupied mode if the outdoor air temperature is greater than 80 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees above setpoint. The air handling unit shall operate in Warm-Up, Cool-Down, Occupied, Unoccupied and Safety modes as follows: Warm-Up When indexed to the Warm-Up mode, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. The mixing dampers shall be positioned for 100 percent return, the cooling valve shall remain closed. The heating valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the return temperature of 70 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the warm-up mode more than once per day. Cool-Down When indexed to the Cool-Down mode, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. The mixing dampers shall be positioned for 100 percent return, and the heating valve shall remain closed. The cooling valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the return temperature of 76 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the Cool-Down mode more than once per day. Occupied When indexed to the "occupied" mode, the fans shall start or continue to run and the minimum outdoor air damper shall open and modulate as needed to maintain outside air setpoint as measured by duct mounted air flow station. The heating coil valve, mixing dampers, and chilled water coil valve shall modulate in sequence without overlap to maintain the discharge temperature setpoint. The mixing dampers shall ramp open slowly on startup to minimize overshooting. Provide typical sequence for economizer control. Unoccupied When indexed to the "unoccupied" mode, the chilled water coil valve shall close to the coil, mixing dampers shall modulate closed to the outdoor air. The supply and return fans shall cycle on and off to maintain a minimum space temperature of 65 degrees F (adjustable). The heating valve shall open.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 7 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Should the space temperature drop below the night setpoint, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. When the space temperature rises above the night setpoint the supply and return fans shall stop. Supply Duct and Building Pressurization Control The supply fan adjustable frequency drive shall modulate to maintain a constant duct static pressure of 0.8 inches of water (adjustable) as sensed approximately 75 to 100 percent downstream of the supply fan. When indexed to the occupied mode, the return fan adjustable frequency drive shall modulate to maintain supply CFM to return CFM differential setpoint of 10 percent (adjustable) to maintain a positive building pressure differential. The supply CFM to return CFM differential setpoint shall be 0 percent in other operation modes. Upon initial startup of the air handling system the supply and return fan speed shall slowly ramp to the desired static pressure setpoint. Upon shutdown of the air handling system the supply and return fan adjustable frequency drives shall be stopped and the speed reset signal shall go to zero speed. Safeties Discharge high static cutout, smoke detectors in the return air streams, and supply and return fan AFD fault alarms shall de-energize the supply and return fans upon activation. A low temperature detector in the mixed air stream shall de-energize the supply and return fans should temperatures below 38 degrees F be sensed. All dampers and valves shall position to their fail-safe position. The DDC system shall utilize the AFD status to confirm the fans are in the desired state (i.e., on or off) and generate an alarm if status deviates from DDC start/stop control. The DDC system shall generate a AFD trouble alarm independent from the fan status.

Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) – Occupied Mode only When the zone is occupied (and AHU-M-1001 is on), the local controller shall monitor a ventilation or carbon dioxide (CO2) sensor.

Provide typical sequence for VAV Terminal Unit with Reheat control for TU-M-1001 through TU-O-1005. See Control Diagram Supplement 17900-68.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 8 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

Control Diagram Supplement 17900-72 – Maintenance Shop Area: AHU-M-1401; EF-M-1001; Boiler Room Heating and Natural Ventilation

Equipment The Maintenance Shop and Boiler Room areas are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-72.

Equipment Schedule: Air handling unit (AHU-M-1401) shall operate during both Occupied and Unoccupied periods. Occupancy hours are as follows: Monday - Friday: 8 am to 5 pm Saturday: OFF Sunday: OFF

Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows:

Occupied Period

1. Maintenance Shop Space Heating Temperature: 65 degrees F 2.Boiler Room Space Heating Temperature: 50 degrees F 3.2. AHU Heating Discharge Temperature: 95 degrees F 4.3. Maintenance Shop Space Cooling Temperature: 80 degrees F 5.Boiler Room Space Heat Relief Temperature: 80 degrees F 6.4. AHU Cooling Discharge Temperature: 55 degrees F

Unoccupied Period

1. Maintenance Shop Space Heating Temperature: 60 degrees F 2.Boiler Room Space Heating Temperature: 50 degrees F 3.2. AHU Heating Discharge Temperature: 90 degrees F 4.3. Maintenance Shop Space Cooling Temperature: 85 degrees F

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 9 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY 5.Boiler Room Space Heat Relief Temperature: 85 degrees F 6.4. AHU Cooling Discharge Temperature: 60 degrees F

Control Sequences AHU-M-1401 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: AHU Supply-Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). EF - Damper opens and when end. AUTO: The air handling unit consists of a mixed air section with minimum and economizer outdoor air, exhaust air and return air dampers, pre-filter, heating coil, chilled water cooling coil, and supply fan with adjustable frequency drive (AFD). The unit shall be DDC controlled utilizing electric actuation. The air handling unit shall be automatically scheduled for operation on a time of day basis. If the outdoor air temperature is less than 60 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees below setpoint, the system shall enter a Warm-Up mode prior to Occupied mode. The system shall enter a Cool-Down mode prior to Occupied mode if the outdoor air temperature is greater than 80 degrees F and the space temperature is more than 4 degrees above setpoint. The air handling unit shall operate in Warm-Up, Cool-Down, Occupied, Unoccupied and Safety modes as follows: Warm-Up When indexed to the Warm-Up mode, the supply fan shall start. The mixing dampers shall be positioned for 100 percent return, the cooling valve shall remain closed. The heating valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the return temperature of 70 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the warm-up mode more than once per day. Cool-Down When indexed to the Cool-Down mode, the supply fan shall start and after a time delay, the return fan shall start. The mixing dampers shall be positioned for 100 percent return, and the heating valve shall remain closed. The cooling valve shall be modulated to maintain the discharge temperature at setpoint. The discharge setpoint shall be reset to maintain the return temperature of 76 degrees F (adjustable). The system shall be prevented from entering the Cool-Down mode more than once per day.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 10 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Occupied When indexed to the "occupied" mode, the fan shall start or continue to run and the minimum outdoor air damper shall initially open at its minimum outside air position and modulate as needed to maintain outside air setpoint as measured by duct mounted air flow station. The heating coil valve, mixing dampers, and chilled water coil valve shall modulate in sequence without overlap to maintain the discharge temperature setpoint. The mixing dampers shall ramp open slowly on startup to minimize overshooting. Provide typical sequence for economizer control. Unoccupied When indexed to the "unoccupied" mode, the chilled water coil valve shall close to the coil, outside air damper shall close and return air damper shall open fully mixing dampers shall modulate closed to the outdoor air. The supply fan shall cycle on and off to maintain the unoccupied space temperature setpoint. The heating valve shall open. Should the space temperature drop below the Unoccupied setpoint, the supply fan shall start. When the space temperature rises above the night setpoint the supply fan shall stop. Supply Fan Speed Control The supply fan adjustable frequency drive shall modulate between full speed and half speed as an energy saving measure to maintain zone temperature setpoint. Safeties Discharge high static cutout, and supply fan AFD fault alarms shall de-energize the supply fan upon activation. A low temperature detector in the supply mixed air stream shall de- energize the supply fan should temperatures below 38 degrees F be sensed. All dampers and valves shall position to their fail-safe position. The DDC system shall utilize the AFD status to confirm the fans are in the desired state (i.e., on or off) and generate an alarm if status deviates from DDC start/stop control. The DDC system shall generate a AFD trouble alarm independent from the fan status. Boiler Room Heat and Cool: Occupied Top and bottom louver dampers shall only modulate in summer time to maintain desired space cooling temperature range, as indicated above. Opening top and bottom louvers will create a natural air flow movement to both better ventilate and cool the boiler room. CF-M-1601 can be started manually to further improve air distribution inside the boiler room.

Unit Heaters shall be enabled to only operate in winter time to satisfy the space heating temperature setpoint.

Unoccupied

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 11 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Similar to occupied period, the unit heaters shall be enabled based on demand, and shall cycle to maintain the supply air temperature setpoint based on the respective space temperature setpoints during Unoccupied period, as described above. Wall louver dampers during unoccupied period shall operate similar to their sequence during occupied period while meeting the respective Unoccupied period space cooling temperature range. Exhaust Fan Control The exhaust fan (EF-M-1001) shall be interlocked to run with the air handling unit.

Control Diagram Supplement 17900-70 – Mechanical Room, Electrical Room and Telephone Equipment Room: AHU-M-1201, UH-M-1201, AHU-O-1101

Equipment The Mechanical Room, Electrical Room and Telephone Room are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-70. Equipment Schedule: AHU-M-1101 shall be enabled to operate continuously. AHU-M-1201 shall be enabled to run only in cooling season. Unit heater control valves shall be enabled only during heating season. Operating Setpoints The setpoints (adjustable) for the operating sequence are as follows: Heating discharge air temperature: Initially 55 degrees F. Cooling discharge air temperature: Initially 55 degrees F. Electrical/Tele Room Space Heating Temperature: 60 degrees F. Electrical/Tele Room Space Cooling Temperature: 80 degrees F Mechanical Room Space Temperature Heating: 50 degrees F. Mechanical Room Heat Relief Cooling Temperature: 80 degrees F.

Control Sequences AHU-M-1101 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Cooling valve is closed. Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Cooling valve is closed. Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). AUTO: Fan cycles ON as needed to cool. When fan is ON, outside air, return air , economizer relief dampers, and cooling valve modulate per typical economizer operation control sequence to maintain room air temperature setpoint.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 12 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY AHU-M-1201, UH-M-1201 Execute the following sequences based on the following HOA switch positions: OFF: Fan is OFF and dampers go to failed position as described in Motorized Damper Schedule. HAND: Fan is ON and dampers remain in failed position (100 percent recirculation). AUTO: Fan cycles ON as needed to cool. When fan is ON, outside air, return air and economizer relief dampers modulate to maintain room air temperature setpoint. Provide typical sequence for hot water unit heaters to maintain room heating setpoint.

System Alarms Fan Failure: Maintenance High Space Electrical Room Temperature: Maintenance High Space Telephone Room Temperature: Maintenance Low Mechanical Room Space Temperature: Maintenance

Control Diagram Supplement 17900-73: PAINTING MECHANICAL ROOMS/WELDING SHOP AREAS - AHU-M-1301, EF-M-1301, EF-M-1302, AND AHU-M-1302, AND EF--M-- 1303

HVAC Equipment

5. The Paint Prep, Paint Mechanical and Welding Rooms are heated, cooled, and ventilated by the equipment shown on Supplement 17900-73.

HVAC Equipment Schedule Air handling unit (AHU-M-1301) and EF-M-1301 shall operate during both Occupied and Unoccupied periods to meet their respective space heating temperature setpoints. Occupancy hours are as follows: Monday thru Friday: 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Saturday/Sunday: OFF Air Handling unit AHU-M-1302 and exhaust fan EF-M-1302 shall operate only when actual painting work in the Paint Booth is done. EF-M-1302 shall be manually controlled. AHU-M-1302 shall be interlocked to run with EF-M-1302. Exhaust Fan EF-M-1303 shall operate only when actual welding work is done, and shall be manually controlled. Interlock transfer air damper MD-M-1304 with run status of EF-M-1303. Operating Setpoints – Occupied Period 1. Space Heating Temperature: 68 degrees F 2. Heating Discharge Temperature: 100 degrees F

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 13 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Operating Setpoints – Unoccupied Period 1. Space Heating Temperature: 50 degrees F 2. Heating Discharge Temperature: 80 degrees F

Control Sequences: The air handling unit is DDC controlled using electric actuation.

The air handling unit shall operate as follows in Occupied and Unoccupied modes as follows (All suggested setpoints and settings are adjustable.): General – Occupied and Unoccupied mode

The AHU-M-1301 outside air damper and EF-M-1301 exhaust air damper open and, after both dampers are in fully-open position, the supply fan and exhaust fan are started. In the unoccupied mode, the above dampers shall be fully closed following the stop of supply and exhaust fans.

When painting work is used, sequence of operation for AHU-M-1302 and EF-M-1302 shall be similar to the above sequence for AHU-M-1301 and EF-M-1301.

Occupied The supply fan starts or continues to run. In winter time, the heating coil valve shall be enabled and shall modulate in sequence without overlap to maintain the supply air temperature setpoint.

Unoccupied The supply fan cycles to meet the heating demand. Similar to occupied period, the heating coil valve shall be enabled based on demand, and shall modulate to maintain the supply air temperature setpoint. Heating supply air temperature setpoints are based on the respective space temperature setpoints during Unoccupied period, as described above.

Exhaust Fans Control The exhaust fan (EF-M-1301) shall be interlocked to run with the air handling unit AHU-M-1301. The exhaust fan (EF-M-1302) shall be interlocked to run with the air handling unit AHU-M-1302. The exhaust fan EF-M-1303 shall be manually controlled and shall be started when welding work is done.

System Alarms Low Temperature Shut Down: if AHU supply air temperature falls below 40 degrees F (adjustable) de-energize AHU and initiate an alarm to HCP.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 14 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Fan failure: if AHU-O-1301 AHU-M-1301 or EF-M-1301 EF-O-1301 fan fails, initiate an alarm to HCP.

CHILLER ROOM - AHU-M-1501, EF-M-1501, EF-M-1502 See AIR FLOW SCHEMATIC on DRAWING M-H-502 for system diagram.

HVAC Equipment The chiller room is heated and ventilated by the following equipment: 7.Air handling unit AHU-M-1501, which consists of the following: a)Heating coil b)Outside air damper c)filter d)supply fan with Variable frequency drive 6.Exhaust fan (EF-M-1501) 7.Exhaust fan (EF-M-1502)

HVAC Equipment Schedule Air handling unit (AHU-M-1501) and EF-M-1501 shall be enabled to operate, as needed, during both Occupied and Unoccupied periods. Occupancy hours are as follows: Monday thru Friday: 8:00 am – 5:00 pm Saturday/Sunday: OFF Exhaust fan EF-M-1502 shall only operate in case of emergency, when refrigerant monitoring system detected a refrigerant leak.

Operating Setpoints – Occupied Period 1.Space Heating Temperature: 65 degrees F 2.Heating Discharge Temperature: 95 degrees F

Operating Setpoints – Unoccupied Period

8.Space Heating Temperature: 55 degrees F 9.Heating Discharge Temperature: 80 degrees F

Control Sequences: The air handling unit is DDC controlled using electric actuation. The air handling unit shall operate as follows in Occupied and Unoccupied modes as follows (All suggested setpoints and settings are adjustable.):

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 15 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY General – Occupied and Unoccupied Mode The AHU-M-1501 outside air damper and EF-M-1501 exhaust air damper open and, after both dampers are in fully-open position, the supply fan and exhaust fan are started. The above dampers shall be fully closed following the stop of supply and exhaust fans. When refrigerant leak is detected, EF-M-1502 exhaust air damper shall open before EF-M-1502 is started. Occupied AFD controls the air handling unit AHU-M-1501 to operate at 1400 CFM (AHU-M-1501 minimum CFM position) to meet the space heating demand. In winter time, the heating coil valve shall be enabled and shall modulate in sequence without overlap to maintain the supply air temperature setpoint. Exhaust Fan EF-M-1501 cycles in tandem with AHU-M-1501. In case of refrigerant leak, EF-M-1502 shall be started immediately following opening the exhaust air damper. AFD shall increase the AHU-M-1501 speed to operate at maximum 5600 CFM.

System Alarms Smoke Detection: If smoke detectors in the supply air are activated, de-energize all the fans and initiate an alarm to HCP. All dampers and hot water valves shall position to their normal position after the fan is de-energized. Low Temperature Shut Down: If AHU supply air temperature falls below 40 degrees F (adjustable) de-energize AHU and initiate an alarm to HCP. Fan Failure: If AHU-M-1301, EF-M-1301or EF-M-1502 fan fails, initiate an alarm to HCP. Refrigerant Leak Detection: If refrigerant leak is detected, an alarm shall be initiated at the HCP, visible and audible alarm shall be generated at the entrance to the Chiller Room.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-69 16 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F. ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F. ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY HVAC System Description –– Maintenance Building (M) Chiller Plant Sequence

Chiller Plant Control Panels Interfaces HCP-M-10011411 The Chiller System for the Maintenance Building is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-M-10011002. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator:

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment:

Main Equipment: CH-M-1401 Chiller CHWP-M-1401 Primary Water Pump CHWP-M-1411 Secondary Water Pump with Variable Frequency Drive CT-M-1501 Cooling Tower Fan Variable Frequency Drive CWP-M-1501 Condenser Water Pump Standby Equipment: CH-M-1402 Chiller CHWP-M-1402 Primary Water Pump CHWP-M-1412 Secondary Water Pump with Variable Frequency Drive CT-M-1502 Cooling Tower Fan Variable Frequency Drive CWP-M-1502 Condenser Water Pump

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: Main Equipment: CH-M-1401 CHWP-M-1401 CHWP-M-1411 CT-M-1501 CWP-M-1501 Standby Equipment: CH-M-1402 CHWP-M-1402 CHWP-M-1412 CT-M-1502 CWP-M-1502

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-74 1 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM:

Main Equipment: CH-M-1401 Chiller Failure CHWP-M-1401 Pump Failure CHWP-M-1411 Pump Failure CT-M-1501 CT Fan Failure CWP-M-1501 Pump Failure Standby Equipment: CH-M-1402 Chiller Failure CHWP-M-1402 Pump Failure CHWP-M-1412 Pump Failure CT-M-1502 CT Fan Failure CWP-M-1502 Pump Failure

Leaving Chilled Water temperature Entering Condenser Water Temperature Chiller Refrigerant Temperature Secondary Loop high Temperature

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: Chiller Leaving CHW Temperature Chiller Entering CW Temperature Secondary Loop CHW Temperatures

Digital Readout Meters for the following: CHWS&R Temperatures CWS&R Temperatures CHW pressure differential at the chiller plant CHW pressure differential near most remote coils Ambient Dry Bulb Temperature Ambient Wet Bulb Temperature

Miscellaneous: Audible Alarm with Silence Toggle Switch Pilot Light Lamp Test Switch Portable Operator Interface Device plug-in Jack

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-74 2 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Sequence of Operation-Air Systems CHILLER PLANT See piping diagram on Drawing M-H-505.

General – System Description, Operating Setpoints and Interlocks 1. The chilled water system setpoint shall be 42 degrees F. Provide typical chiller water temperature reset sequence (up to 50 degrees F). 2. Normal operation calls for one chiller to run, with the second as a backup. 3. Most equipment may be manually operated by local DDC controls. 4. The chiller plant consists of two chillers, 2 primary chilled water pumps, and 2 secondary chilled water pumps, 2 cooling towers, and 2 condenser water pumps. 5. During normal operation, chiller CH-M-1401 will run with primary chilled water pump CHWP-M-1401, and one secondary chilled water pump CHWP-M-1411, condenser water pump CWP-M-1501, and cooling tower fan CT-M-1501. 6. Failure of a chiller or piece of associated equipment shall enable respective standby chiller and the standby piece(s) of associated equipment.

Chilled Water System and Condenser Water System Sequences 1. The main chiller (CH-M-1401) and its associated equipment shall be enabled 24 hours/7 days when the outdoor temperature is 56 degrees F and higher or if at least one of the cooling coil control valves is commanded to full open position. 2. Based on demand for cooling, after the chilled water isolation valve proves open, the primary chilled water pump and condenser water pump shall start, and after the chilled water pump and the condenser water pump status are proved to be ON, the chiller shall be enabled. 3. After the chiller assures chilled water flow the chiller shall start. Chiller integral control panel shall modulate chiller AFD and DDC system shall monitor the chiller loading. If the duty chiller is ON and if the load on the chiller is less than 15 percent 25 percent (adjustable) of its maximum capacity, de-activate the economizer operation on contractor selected AHUs until the cooling load raises the chiller loading to a minimum of 35 percent (adjustable). As the chiller loading continues to increase, automatically release the economizer operation of AHUs as loading allows. 4.The chiller control shall prove condenser water flow to remain running or else it will go into alarm. 5.4. If the chiller (CH-M-1401) or its associated equipment goes into alarm, it shall be disabled and the stand-by chiller (CH-M-1402) and associated equipment shall be advanced to main chiller and main associated equipment.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-74 3 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY 6.5. The duty secondary loop pump speed shall slowly modulate to maintain a constant differential pressure initially set at 10 feet near the most remote cooling coil. Final setpoint shall be determined in the field to be the lowest differential pressure that will meet the flow demand through the most remote coil. 7.Cooling tower shall be enabled with the condenser water pump. Cooling tower internal evaporative loop pump shall be enabled by the DDC system as soon as the cooling tower starts. DDC system shall control cooling tower fan speed to maintain 85 degrees F chiller entering condenser water temperature. If the cooling tower fan is running at its minimum speed and condenser water temperature setpoint is satisfied, DDC system shall shut down cooling tower internal evaporative loop pump. If the condenser water temperature rises above 85 degrees F, this pump shall be on before cooling tower fan starts to speed up. In case of two-fan cooling tower scenario, use the following: If more than one fan is enabled the fans shall run at equal speeds. 8.6. Every week a chiller and its associated primary chilled water and condenser water pumps shall be alternated by enabling the standby chiller, starting its associated primary chilled water and condenser water pumps, proving status, waiting twenty minutes, and then disabling the first chiller, stopping its associated primary chilled water and condenser water pumps, and placing them into standby status. 9.7. Chiller and associated equipment run-time shall be accumulated and recorded.

System Alarms Chiller Low Temperature Shut Down: Maintenance alarm. CHWS High Temperature (greater than 46 degrees F for more than 10 minutes): Maintenance alarm. Pump, Fan failure (primary or secondary CHWP, or condenser water pump, or cooling tower fan): Maintenance alarm.

Cooling Tower Fan Failure Condenser water temperatures high (95 degrees F) and low (70 degrees F) alarms.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17900-74 4 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY HVAC System Description –– Maintenance Building (M) Boiler Plant Sequence

Boiler Plant Control Panels Interfaces HCP-M-1001-1101 The Boiler System for the Maintenance Building is controlled and monitored by local field panel HCP-M-1001. The field panels include the following panel mounted operator: HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at Boiler Control Panel Specified in Section 15500, HEAT GENERATION for the following Equipment: BO-M-1001 Boiler BO-M-1002 Boiler BO-M-1003 Boiler BO-M-1004 Boiler

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switches to be installed at MCC for the following Equipment: HGP-M-1001 Heating Glycol Pump HGP-M-1002 Heating Glycol Pump HWP-M-1001 Heating Water Pump HWP-M-1002 Heating Water Pump

Pilot Lights to Indicate ON Status: BO-M-1001 BO-M-1002 BO-M-1003 BO-M-1004 HGP-M-1001 HGP-M-1002 HWP-M-1001 HWP-M-1002

Pilot Lights to Indicate ALARM: BO-M-1001 Boiler Failure BO-M-1002 Boiler Failure BO-M-1003 Boiler Failure BO-M-1004 Boiler Failure HGP-M-1001 Pump Failure HGP-M-1002 Pump Failure HWP-M-1001 Pump Failure HWP-M-1002 Pump Failure

Leaving Glycol temperature Leaving Hot Water Temperature

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 APRIL 4, 2017 17900-75 1 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Pilot Lights to indicate Low Level Glycol Makeup System

Temperature Setpoint Adjustment Dials for the following: Leaving Glycol temperature Leaving Hot Water Temperature

Digital Readout Meters for the following: HWS&R Temperatures HGS&R Temperatures Ambient Dry Bulb Temperature

Miscellaneous: Audible Alarm with Silence Toggle Switch Pilot Light Lamp Test Switch Portable Operator Interface Device plug-in Jack

Interface with SCADA System: one common alarm output signal in case of any alarm from each HCP panel.

Sequence of Operation-Water Systems

BOILER PLANT See piping diagrams on Drawing M-H-503 and M-H-504.

General – System Description, Operating Setpoints and Interlocks 1. The heating glycol supply system setpoint shall be 190 degrees F. 2. The heating hot water system setpoint shall be 180 degrees F 3. Normal operation of high efficiency boiler calls for one to four boilers to run, with only two three required to meet peak heating demand (one duty and one lag boiler). If one of these boilers fails, the third boiler becomes duty or standby boiler. 4. The Boiler Plant consists of 4 3 high efficiency boilers, 2 Heating Glycol Pumps (one duty, one standby), 2 Hot Water Pumps (one duty, one standby), 2 Glycol-to-Hot-Water heat exchangers (one duty, one standby). 5. During normal operation, Boilers BO-M-1001 through BO-M-10031004 will run with one duty boiler, one Heating Glycol Pump, and one duty hot water pump, and one glycol-to-hot water heat exchanger. Duty and standby pumps shall be rotated weekly. Motorized valve on the bypass line shall be closed when only one boiler is on. 6. Provide typical boiler and pump failure alarm monitoring. Standby equipment shall start automatically upon failure of the duty piece of equipment.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 APRIL 4, 2017 17900-75 2 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Boiler-Heating Glycol System Sequences

1. When the boiler HOA switch is in the AUTO position, DDC system will execute a sequence that optimizes the efficiency of the type of boiler specified. 2. The lead boiler and its associated equipment shall be enabled 24 hours/7 days. The boilers will be expected to fire all year in order to provide the heating necessary to reheat dehumidified air at the laboratory building. 3. Based on demand for heating, after the heating glycol isolation valves for duty boiler(s) proves open, the heating glycol pump (HGP-M-1001) shall start, and after the heating glycol pump proves on, the boiler shall be enabled and started. Interlock the operation of the heating water pump to the operation of the heating glycol pump. 4. If the outdoor air temperature falls below 50 degrees F (adjustable) or boiler discharge water temperature at the common header falls below 145 degrees F (adjustable), the bypass line motorized valve shall be closed, motorized isolation valve for the lag boiler shall open. Once status of these valves is confirmed, the lag boiler shall enable and start. If the outdoor air temperature rises above 60 degrees F (adjustable), the lag boiler shall be turned off. 10 minutes after the lag boiler is turned off, the motorized valves on the bypass line shall open and motorized isolation valve for the lag boiler shall close. 4.5. The boiler integral control panel shall optimally fire the boilers to maintain the heating glycol supply temperature. The HCP shall send the boiler control panel an analog signal to reset the glycol supply temperature based on outside air conditions. Based on outside air temperature heating glycol supply temperature shall be reset based on a reset schedule initially set for 190 degrees F at 50 degrees F ambient to 160 degrees F 150 degrees F at 70 degrees F. 5.6. Glycol control valves (near heat exchangers) shall modulate to maintain 180 degrees F hot water temperature setpoint. Based on outside air temperature hot water temperature shall be reset based on a reset schedule initially set for 180 degrees F at 50 degrees F ambient to 140 degrees F at 70 degrees F. 6.7. Boiler and associated equipment run-time shall be accumulated and recorded.

System Alarms Heating Glycol Supply Low Temperature (10 degrees F below setpoint for more than 10 minutes) : Maintenance Alarm. Heating Water Supply Low Temperature (10 degrees F below setpoint for more than 10 minutes) : Maintenance Alarm. Duty Glycol Pump Failure: Maintenance Alarm. Standby Glycol Pump Failure: Critical Alarm. Duty Heating Water Pump Failure: Maintenance Alarm. Standby Heating Water Pump Failure: Critical Alarm.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 APRIL 4, 2017 17900-75 3 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LOUDOUN COUNTY SANITATION AUTHORITY BUILDING SERVICES BROAD RUN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Low Glycol Makeup Tank Level: Maintenance Alarm.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 APRIL 4, 2017 17900-75 4 SUPPLEMENT HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 17901 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL

A. This section is a supplement to Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL.

B. The requirements of this section shall be provided in addition to those listed in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL.

1.2 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. HVAC Control Panel (HCP) Spare Lamps: Furnish spare lamps for each type and color of pilot light used, a minimum of one per HCP, stored inside HCP in dummy light sockets secured to back panel surface.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 HVAC CONTROL PANELS (HCP)

A. Provide at locations shown on Drawings for convenient operator interface with control system. Provide all interfaces specified in this Section and as indicated by Supplements to Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS – GENERAL.

B. A single 120-volt, 20-amp feeder shall serve each HCP, unless otherwise indicated.

C. HCP Contents: Setpoint adjustment dials, gauges, receiver controllers, manual timers, time clocks, microprocessor control modules, electronic indication relays, control switches, transformers, pilot lights, alarm lights, display screens, keypads, and other devices necessary for particular system.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 1 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

D. HCP Construction:

1. Construct each HCP to NEMA 250 rating as indicated in Schedule below, except where indicated otherwise:

HVAC Control Panel (HCP) NEMA 250 Construction Schedule Location NEMA 250 Type Office Areas 1 Chemical Storage Areas 4X Ozone Room 4X Membrane Facility 3R All other Process Areas 12

2. Metal enclosure to accommodate secure conduit fittings and protect against electrical transients. 3. Hinged front door with locking handle. 4. Flush-mount manual switches, pilot lights, and direct-reading gauges on front panel face. 5. Identify front panel mounted devices and HCP with labeling in accordance with Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS – GENERAL. 6. Panels that consist of multiple components shall bear UL listing mark on unit. 7. Provide a flashing common alarm light, visible from the HCP room entrance, to call attention to any alarm event. 8. Identify panel mounted operator interface devices and HCP equipment tag by engraved laminated plastic nameplates.

E. Standard Light Colors and Inscriptions: Use the following color code and inscriptions:

Tag Inscription(s) Color ON ON Red OFF OFF Green OPEN OPEN Red CLOSED CLOSED Green LOW LOW Amber FAIL FAIL Amber HIGH HIGH Amber AUTO AUTO White

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 2 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Tag Inscription(s) Color MANUAL MANUAL Yellow LOCAL LOCAL White REMOTE REMOTE Yellow PLC PLC Yellow FORWARD FORWARD Red REVERSE REVERSE Blue

1. Lettering: Black on white and amber lenses; white on red and green lenses. 2. Standard Pushbutton Colors and Inscriptions: a. Unless otherwise specified in individual equipment specifications, use the following color code and inscriptions:

Tag Inscription(s) Color OO ON Black OFF Black OC OPEN Black CLOSE Black SS START Black STOP Red FOR FORWARD Black OFF Black REVERSE Black RESET RESET Black OSC OPEN Black STOP Red CLOSE Black OOA ON Black OFF Black AUTO Black OOP ON Black OFF Black PLC Black MA MANUAL Black AUTO Black EMERGENCY EMERGENCY Red STOP STOP

b. Unused or noninscribed buttons shall be black.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 3 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

c. Lettering: Black on white and yellow buttons; white on black, red and green buttons.

F. Control Devices:

1. Mount inside HCP. 2. Prewired internally. 3. Terminate wires leaving HCP at separately numbered terminal strips (one terminal pair per circuit). 4. Furnish individual connectors for every item of mechanical equipment, integral and remote pilot lights, and other devices described for each panel. 5. Refer to Drawings for power and control circuit requirements. 6. Identify wires by color coding or numerical tags at both ends. 7. Wire control devices without splices to the terminal strip. 8. Furnish integral circuit protection for panel mounted control devices. 9. Provide surge protector for panel power feed. 10. Wire Tags: Snaps-on or slip-on PVC wire markers with legible machine printed markings and numbers. Do not use adhesive or taped-on tags.

G. Terminal Blocks:

1. One-piece molded plastic blocks with screw type terminals and barriers rated for 600 volts. 2. Double sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. 3. Furnish permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with protective cover removed. 4. Terminate wires at terminal blocks with crimp type, preinsulated, ring-tongue lugs. 5. Size lugs for terminal block screws and for the number and size of wires terminated. 6. Provide screwdriver access for blade width of a minimum of 3/16 inch or Klein 601 Series screwdrivers. Terminals requiring use of special screwdrivers are not acceptable.

H. Schematic Diagrams:

1. Furnish black and white graphic of smooth or engraved laminated plastic. 2. Mount on front face of HCP showing equipment within respective systems. 3. Show pilot lights, pressure gauges, and temperature-indicating dials on schematic in locations that correspond to actual system location. 4. Locate manual selector switches directly below equipment symbol being controlled.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 4 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

I. Miscellaneous Accessories:

1. Furnish panel as-built electrical wiring diagrams and schematics, secured to inside of panel door, or enclosed in plastic jackets placed inside each panel. 2. Install plastic or stick-on labels on interior control devices to identify them in conjunction with control schematics.

2.2 CONTROL DAMPERS

A. General:

1. Specification applies to control dampers, except those specified to be furnished with equipment. 2. Furnish opposed-blade type for proportional action and parallel-blade type for two-position action, except where indicated otherwise.

B. High Performance Control Dampers:

1. Frame: 5 inches by 1 inch by minimum 0.125 inch (127 mm by 25 mm by minimum 3.2 mm) 6063-T5 extruded aluminum hat-shaped channel, mounting flanges on both sides of frame, reinforced at corners. 2. Blades: a. Style: Airfoil-shaped, single-piece. b. Orientation: Horizontal unless otherwise indicated. If vertical orientation is indicated, provide thrust washers. c. Material: Heavy duty 6063-T5 extruded aluminum. d. Width: Nominal 6 inches (152 mm). 3. Bearings: Molded synthetic sleeve, turning in extruded hole in frame. 4. Seals: a. Blade Seals: Extruded neoprene type for ultra-low leakage from minus 72 to 275 degrees F (minus 58 to 135 degrees C). Mechanically attached to blade edge. b. Jamb Seals: Flexible metal compression type. 5. Linkage: Concealed in frame. 6. Axles: a. Minimum 1/2 inch (13 mm) diameter, hex-shaped, mechanically attached to blade. b. Material: Plated steel. 7. Performance Data: As follows: a. Temperature Rating: Withstand minus 72 to 275 degrees F (minus 58 to 135 degrees C). b. Capacity: Demonstrate capacity of damper to withstand HVAC system operating conditions. c. Closed Position: Maximum pressure of 13 inches w.g. (3.2 kPa) at 12-inch blade length (305).

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 5 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

d. Open Position: Maximum air velocity of 6,000 feet per minute (1,829 meter per minute). e. Leakage: Maximum 5.2 cubic feet per minute per square foot (0.6 cubic meter per minute per square meter) at 4 inches w.g. (1 kPa) for size 48 inches by 48 inches (1219 by 1219 mm). f. Pressure Drop: Maximum 0.03 inch w.g. (0.01 kPa) at 1,500 feet per minute (457 meters per minute) across 24-inch by 24-inch (610 by 610 mm) damper. 8. Accessories: As follows: a. Actuator: Refer to Article – DAMPER ACTUATORS, for requirements. b. Switch Package: Two-position indicator switches linked directly to damper blade to remotely indicate damper blade position where indicated in Motorized Damper Schedule. c. T-Flange Frame: 1) Minimum 6 inches by 1-3/8 inches by 0.125 inch (152 by 35 by 3.2 mm) aluminum, bolt holes in corners. 2) Mates to TDC, TDF, Ductmate, Nexus, Ward, and other T-flange duct connections. d. Factory Sleeve: Minimum 20 gauge (1 mm) thickness, minimum 12 inch (305 mm) length. e. Duct Transition Connection: Configuration to suit ductwork cross-section, as shown on Drawings. 9. Manufacturers and Products: a. Ruskin; Model CD-50. b. American Warming and Ventilating. c. TAMCO.

C. Heavy Duty, Circular Isolation Control Dampers:

1. Frame: a. Damper frame shall be channel with smooth interior surface. Fabricate using standard Rolled Steel for galvanized steel and aluminum duct systems or 304 Stainless Steel for stainless steel duct systems. b. Dampers shall be as specified and as scheduled in Supplements. c. Minimum material gauge and dimensions shall be as follows:

Diameter (D) Frame and Flange Web 4 12 12 6 12 24 10 8 24 32 3/16 8 32 42 3/16 8

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 6 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Diameter (D) Frame and Flange Web 42 48 1/4 8 48 60 1/4 8

d. Provide flanges with mounting bolt holes for secure installation. 2. Blade: a. Circular, minimum of 3/16 inch thick. Material shall match frame as specified above. b. Blade stiffeners are required. c. Blade shall be mounted to axle within formed flanged frame. 3. Bearings: Grease lubricated ball bearings mounted outboard of frame with adjustable packing gland shaft seals. 4. Seals: a. Blade seals shall be field-adjustable and replaceable. b. Mechanically attach blade seals to blade with full circumference retainer ring. c. Blade Seal material shall be Neoprene blade seals, rated for maximum 250 degrees F. 5. Control Shaft: Axle extends minimum 6 inches beyond frame for actuator mounting. 6. Axle: Minimum axle diameters shall be as follows:

Diameter (D) Axle Diameter 4 12 1/2 12 24 3/4 24 32 3/4 32 42 1 42 48 1 48 60 1-1/2

7. Finish: Prime coat and finish coat enamels of either bonded industrial epoxy or baked polyester urethane. 8. Performance Data: Damper shall be tested and rated according to AMCA Standard 500–D-98 “Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating.” a. Performance Data for Damper Diameter of 12 inches: 1) Maximum System Pressure: 20.0 inches w.g. 2) Maximum System Velocity: 7,000 feet per minute. 3) Total Leakage Based on Blade Circumference: 1.55 cfm. 4) Leakage: Based on pressure differential of 10 inches w.g. 9. Performance Data for Damper Diameter of 36 inches: a. Maximum System Pressure: 16.0 inches w.g.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 7 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Maximum System Velocity: 7,000 feet per minute. c. Total Leakage Based on Blade Circumference: 4.15 cfm. d. Leakage: Based on pressure differential of 10 inches w.g. 10. Actuators: Coordinate with controls contractor for actuator mounting and interface connections for a complete system. 11. Manufacturers and Products: a. Ruskin; Model CDRI92. b. Greenheck; Model HCDR-351.

2.3 CONTROL DAMPER OPERATORS

A. General:

1. Drawings and Control Diagrams indicate only one damper motor for each motorized damper (M). 2. Select actual quantity of motors required to operate each damper in accordance with size of damper provided and performance conditions specified. 3. Coordinate exact quantity of damper motors with control wiring work to ensure that necessary wiring and conduit is provided for installation. 4. Provide operators for motorized dampers and motorized louvers.

B. Electric Damper Operators:

1. Performance: As scheduled in Motorized Damper Schedule, Article SUPPLEMENTS. 2. Mounting: External side plate or external sleeve. 3. Ample power to overcome friction of damper linkage and air pressure acting on damper blades. 4. Furnished with external adjustable stops to limit stroke. 5. Operators on modulating dampers that are to be sequenced with other control devices shall have full relay type pilot positioner and interconnecting linkage to provide mechanical feedback that will accurately position and control damper. 6. Intake, relief, and exhaust dampers shall close and return dampers shall open on control failure, unless indicated otherwise in Motorized Damper Schedule. 7. Operating Torque: a. Provide multiple independent damper sections, each with separate actuator, as needed to provide minimum of 120 percent of operating torque required by damper(s). b. Required damper operating torque for actuator sizing calculations shall include friction of damper linkage and 1-inch WC air pressure on damper blades:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 8 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1) Opposed-Blade Dampers: Minimum 5 inch-pounds per square foot of damper area, unless higher values are recommended by damper manufacturer. 2) Parallel-Blade Dampers: Minimum 7 inch-pounds per square foot of damper area, unless higher values are recommended by damper manufacturer. c. Submit calculations as specified in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS – GENERAL. 8. Manufacturers: a. Belimo. b. Neptronic. c. Siemens Building Technologies d. Johnson Controls. e. Honeywell.

2.4 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES (V)

A. General:

1. See Article TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT (TCU) COIL VALVE ASSEMBLY for TCU automatic control valves. 2. Fully proportioning with modulating plugs for equal percentage of linear flow characteristics. 3. Valve Body and Trim: Sufficient to handle system pressure and temperature. 4. Sized for a maximum pressure drop of 5 psi for chilled water valves and 3 psi for all other valves.

B. Valves 1/2 Inch Through 1-1/4 Inches:

1. Constructed with cast brass body and screwed ends, except sweat type ends for glycol systems. 2. Trim: Removable cage providing valve plug guiding throughout entire travel range. 3. Type 304 stainless steel stem. 4. Removable bonnet, cage, stem, and plug assembly.

C. Valves 1-1/2 Inches and 2 Inches:

1. Constructed with bronze or cast iron bodies with screwed or flanged ends. Flanged for glycol systems. 2. Trim: Removable cage providing valve plug guiding throughout entire travel range. 3. Type 304 stainless steel stem. 4. Removable bonnet, cage, stem, and plug assembly.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 9 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

D. Valves 2-1/2 Inches and Larger:

1. Cast iron body and flanged connections. 2. Trim: Removable cage providing valve plug guiding throughout entire travel range. 3. Type 304 stainless steel stem. 4. Removable bonnet, cage, stem, and plug assembly.

E. Valve Actuators:

1. Sufficient power for intended duty. 2. Capable of closing against differential pressures to be encountered. 3. Constructed and piped to fail to full heating upon loss of control signal. 4. Capable of being sequenced either with other valves or other pneumatically actuated devices where required by sequence of operation. a. Where such sequencing is required, actual spring range, when adjusted for spring shift, shall allow no overlapping to occur. b. In the event that spring shift causes overlap, furnish pilot positioning operator. 5. Cast aluminum body with spring return piston operated by synthetic rubber diaphragm. 6. Manufacturers: a. Johnson Controls. b. Siemens Building Technologies. c. Honeywell. d. Delta.

F. Steam Control Valve (Humidifier System):

1. General: Select valve/actuator combination to meet intended service as described within these specifications. 2. Valve Sizing and Selection: a. Select control valves and actuators for 100 percent shutoff against system’s maximum pressure. b. Valve body ratings indicated are the minimum required. Valve body, trim and packing selected shall be designed to withstand maximum pressure and temperature encountered in the systems. c. Sizing: 15-psig inlet pressure and 5-psig pressure drop. d. Submit engineering calculations for sizing modulating control valves. Calculations for sizing modulating valves shall be based on actual characteristics of equipment and system being installed. Control valves serving terminal devices shall be sized based on flow ranges for each system. Valve calculations shall include information such as available pressure. e. Shutoff and two-position valves shall be full pipe size.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 10 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

f. Control Contractor is responsible for obtaining adequate system information necessary for sizing. 3. Valve Materials of Construction: a. Use 2 port normally open globe type control valves with equal percentage contoured throttling plugs for steam applications, except as otherwise noted. b. Valves shall be cast or ductile-iron body, threaded ends for steel piping, solder ends for copper piping, 150 psi rating for 2 inches and smaller, iron body bronze mounted, flanged, 125 psi rating for 2-1/2 inches and larger. c. Valves shall have stainless steel stems, spring-loaded teflon packing, replaceable seats and discs. d. Valves shall have replaceable plugs and seats of stainless steel. e. Single-Seated Valves: Cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on top and bottom of guided plugs. f. Double-Seated Valves: Balanced plug; cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plugs on top and bottom of guided plugs. 4. Actuators and Pilot Positioners: a. Provide actuator for each automatic valve with sufficient capacity to operate valve under all conditions. Select actuators to provide tight shut off against maximum system temperatures and pressure encountered. Each actuator shall be full-proportioning or two- position type as required or specified, and shall be provided with spring-return for fail closed position. b. Provide pilot positioners for modulating valves. c. Valve operating speeds shall be selected or adjusted so operators will remain in step with controller without hunting regardless of load variations. Operators acting in sequence with other operators shall have adjustment of control sequence as required by operating characteristics of system. d. Provide proper linkage and brackets for mounting and attaching actuators to devices. Design mounting and/or support to provide no more than 5 percent hysteresis in either direction (actual movement of valve steam/ideal movement) due to deflection of actuator mounting. e. Calibrate position feedback potentiometers where specified with range and gain factors as required for proper operation per manufacturer’s recommendations. 5. Performance Data: a. Modulating straight-through globe type valves with linear characteristics for 90 percent of closing stroke and equal- percentage for final 10 percent. b. For steam inlet pressure less than 15 psig, size valves for pressure drop equal to 75 to 80 percent of gauge inlet steam pressure.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 11 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

c. For steam inlet pressure of 15 psig or greater, size valves for pressure drop equal to 53 percent of absolute inlet pressure. d. Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig and 250 degrees F operating conditions. 6. Installation Coordination: a. Furnish control valves as shown on drawings and/or as required to perform control sequence specified. b. Control valves furnished by Control Contractor shall be installed by Mechanical Contractor under coordinating control and supervision of Control Contractor. c. Increaser and decreaser fittings required to facilitate valves shall be provided by Mechanical Contractor.

2.5 TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT (TCU) COIL VALVE ASSEMBLY

A. Combination Actuated Ball Valve and Flow Limiting Cartridge:

1. Combination valve shall include a flow limiting cartridge, actual flow control ball valve (three-way, two-position), and a two manual isolation ball valves, unions, and strainer in a single housing. 2. All end connections shall be sweat. 2. Valve housing shall consist of forged brass rated at no less than 360 psi at 250 degrees F. 3. Valve shall have a union end connection that includes a factory installed manual air vent to allow for venting of the coil.

B. Automatic Flow Limiting Cartridge (FLC):

1. Automatic flow control valve cartridges shall automatically control flow rates with plus or minus 5 percent accuracy over an operating pressure differential range of at least 14 times the minimum required for control. Three operating pressure ranges shall be available with the minimum range requiring less than 3 psiad to actuate the mechanism. 2. Valve internal control mechanism shall consist of a stainless steel one- piece cartridge with segmented port design and full travel linear coil spring. 3. Dual pressure/temperature test ports for verifying the pressure differential across the cartridge shall be provided. 4. Manufacturer shall provide certified independent laboratory tests verifying accuracy of performance.

C. Actuated Ball Valve (Three-Way, Two-Position):

1. Valve ball shall consist of chemically plated nickel brass. 2. Actuator stem shall be removable/replaceable without removing valve from line.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 12 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3. Flow control shall be equal percentage. 4. Valve shall have EPDM O-rings behind ball seals to allow for a minimum closeoff pressure of 70 psi with 35 inch-pounds of torque for 1/2-inch to 2-inch sizes. 5. Valve shall be available with a minimum of 25 unique Cv values. 6. Valve shall be installed in Tee configuration with actuator perpendicular to shaft. Valve shall not require elbows of any kind. 7. Pressure Temperature Rating: 360 psi/-22 to 250 degrees F.

D. Valve Actuator:

1. Control valve actuator shall be two-position as indicated in the control sequence. 2. Actuator shall provide minimum torque required for full valve shutoff position. 3. A 3-foot cable shall be provided for installation to electrical junction box.

E. Isolation Ball Valve: The ball valve shall be of nickel-plated brass (600 WOG).

1. Supply Side: The valve shall have an integrated strainer. Valve housing is forged brass with Teflon seals and nickel plated ball. Strainer is 20 mesh stainless steel and can be removed from housing without disturbing pipe connections. Valve shall include one fixed connection and one union connection. Union end includes union nut and EPDM O-ring. The valve assembly body shall have 1/4 inch tapped port with one pressure/temperature test valve. Assembly shall include drain valve with 3/4 inch hose connection with cap. Drain valve shall have brass housing, nickel plated ball. 2. Return Side: Flow limiting cartridge shall be integral to the ball valve assembly. Valve housing shall be of forged brass (ASTM B283). Valve housing shall include one fixed end connection and one union connection. Union end includes union nut and EPDM O-ring. Valve body shall have two 1/4 inch tapped ports with two pressure/temperature test valves.

F. Pressure/Temperature Test Valve: Rated 1,000 psi/350 degrees F. Brass housing, Nordel seal.

G. Manual Air Vent: Rated 1,000 psi/350 degrees F. Brass housing.

F.H. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Griswold; Unimizer series 2. Autoflow.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 13 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3. Heyes.

2.6 TERMINAL UNIT CONTROLS

A. Furnish the controller module and actuators to the terminal unit manufacturer for factory installation on all terminal units specified and scheduled in Section 15840, TERMINAL CONTROL UNITS.

B. Controls shall be adjustable for the maximum, minimum and heating air volumes scheduled. Controller shall be designed to execute typical sequence of operation specified in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS – GENERAL.

C. Velocity Sensors:

1. Multi-point averaging sensors. 2. Utilized pitot tube as the sensing technique. 3. Velocity Range: 0 to 3250 fpm. 4. Accuracy: Plus or minus 5 percent of range. 5. Repeatability: Within 1 percent of reading.

D. Coordinate electric damper operators for compatibility with the terminal units supplied.

2.7 ELECTRIC THERMOSTATS (ET)

A. Process Area Room Thermostat (ET-1):

1. Modulating electric type, except where two-position action is required. 2. Temperature Scale: Furnish 50 to 90 degrees F dial. 3. Concealed adjustments. 4. Adjustable sensitivity. 5. Insulating back where exterior wall mounting is indicated. 6. Locking wire protective guard.

B. Dead Band Thermostat (ET-2):

1. Dual movement, one for cooling control and one for heating. 2. Adjustable dead band centered at nominal temperature of 73 degrees F. 3. Range 50 to 100 degrees F. 4. For any particular dead band selected, thermostat shall react to temperatures above and below that band, while within that band it shall maintain signal that produces neither cooling nor heating.

C. Insertion and Immersion Thermostats (ET-3):

1. Modulating type, except where two-position action is required.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 14 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Adjustable sensitivity and reset functions for stable control. 3. Dial range with concealed adjustment suitable for application. 4. Immersion bulbs mounted in separable wells. 5. Outside air thermostats shielded from sun with remote bulb and compensated capillary.

2.8 HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES

A. Drives shall comply with Section 15056, HVAC ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES.

B. Provide drives for HVAC equipment requiring speed adjustment as indicated in the Sequence of Operation specified in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS – GENERAL.

2.9 ELECTRONIC SENSORS

A. Temperature (TS):

1. General Requirements: a. Sensors and transmitters shall be provided, as outlined in input/output summary and sequence of operations. b. Temperature sensor shall be resistance type, and shall be either two-wire 1,000-ohm nickel RTD or two-wire 1,000-ohm platinum RTD. c. The following point types (and accuracy of each) are required, and their associated accuracy values include errors associated with sensor, lead wire, and A to D conversion:

Point Type Accuracy Chilled Water + 0.5F. Room Temperature + 0.5F. Duct Temperature + 0.5F. All Others + 0.75F.

2. Room Temperature (TS-1): a. Constructed for either surface or wall box mounting. b. Nonlocking wire protective guards for room temperature sensors installed in process areas. c. Shall have the following options when specified: 1) Setpoint reset slide switch providing plus or minus 3 degrees F (adjustable) range. 2) Individual heating/cooling setpoint slide switches. 3) Momentary override request pushbutton for activation of after-hours operation.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 15 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

4) Analog thermometer. 3. Room Temperature Sensors with Integral Display (TS-2): a. Constructed for either surface or wall box mounting. b. Nonlocking wire protective guards for room temperature sensors installed in process areas. c. Integral LCD display and four button keypad with the following capabilities: 1) Display room and outside air temperatures. 2) Display and adjust room comfort setpoint. 3) Display and adjust fan operation status. 4) Timed override request pushbutton with LED status for activation of after-hours operation. 5) Display controller mode. 6) Password selectable adjustment of setpoint and override modes. 4. Duct Temperature (TS-3): a. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 degree F. b. Range: 1) Heating: 40 to 140 degrees F. 2) Cooling: 30 to 100 degrees F. c. Element: 1) Rigid insertion, 12 inch length, through sealed opening in center of duct. 2) Averaging, for ducts or plenums with any dimension greater than 36 inches. Sealed opening in duct. Sensing element incorporated in copper capillary a minimum of 20 feet long, serpentined across full area of airflow. 5. Water Temperature (TS-4): a. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 degree F. b. Range: 30 to 100 degrees F for CHWS/R and W3; 0 to 250 degrees F for HGS/R. c. Element: Removable insertion into pipe thermowell. d. Cover: NEMA 250 Type, suitable for area classification; in accordance with NFPA 70. 6. Outdoor Temperature (TS-5): a. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 degree F. b. Range: Minus 40 to 140 degrees F. c. Cover: Weathertight, with sealed conduit connection and sun shield.

B. Pressure (PS):

1. Air Pressure (PS-1): a. Accuracy: 5 percent of range. b. Range: 150 percent of measured variable.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 16 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

c. Mount nonvibrating. d. Cover: NEMA 250 Type, suitable for area classification; in accordance with NFPA 70. 2. Water Pressure (PS-2): a. Dwyer; No. 630 Series, 0 to 20 psi range. b. Robinson Halpern; No. 151 Series.

C. Differential Pressure (DP-1):

1. General: a. Temperature compensated. b. Vary output voltage with change in differential pressure. Voltage shall vary linearly from 0 to 10V dc according to differential pressure between high and low pressure ports. c. Sensing range shall be suitable for application with linearity of 1.5 percent of full scale and offset of less than 1 percent of full scale. d. Capable of withstanding up to 150 percent of rated pressure without damage. e. Compatible with 14V to 30V dc supply voltage range. 2. Duct Air Static Differential Pressure: a. MAMAC transmitter. b. Dwyer A302 duct probe. c. Install static pressure fittings for differential pressure sensors and switches at a right angle to the flow. 3. Space Air Static Differential Pressure: MAMAC transmitter. 4. Water Differential Pressure: a. Dwyer; No. 630 Series, 0 to 20 psi range. b. Rosemount; No. 1151-DP Series. c. Include three-valve manifold connection.

D. Position Indicator:

1. 0 to 100 percent open, for damper, inlet vane, or similar. 2. Potentiometer, 0 to 2,000 ohm equals 0 to 100 percent.

E. Relative Humidity (RH):

1. Room Relative Humidity. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 percent. 3. Range: 10 to 95 percent. 4. Solid state.

F. Water Flow (FS):

1. Dual Turbine Type:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 17 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

a. Material: Wetted metal parts, bright tin-plated brass. b. Sensing Method: Electronic impedance sensing, nonmagnetic and nonphotoelectric. c. Accuracy: 1) Plus or minus 0.5 percent of reading at calibrated velocity. 2) Plus or minus1 percent of reading from 3 to 30 feet per second (10:1 range). 3) Plus or minus 2 percent of reading from 0.4 to 20 feet per sec (50:1 range). d. Pressure Drop: Less than 1 psi at 20 feet per sec in 2-1/2-inch pipe, decreasing for larger pipe sizes and lower velocities. e. Maximum Operating Pressure: 400 psi. f. Standards Compliance: Meets or exceeds, for respective pipe or tube size, accuracy, head loss, flow limits, pressure and material requirements of AWWA C704. g. Supply Voltage: 24V plus or minus 4V ac/dc at 50 mA. h. Electrical Connections: 3 wire minimum for 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10V dc output. i. Nonisolated Analog Output: 1) Noninteractive ZERO and SPAN adjustments. 2) DC Linearity: 0.1 percent of span. 3) Voltage Output: 0 to 10V. 4) Current Output: 4 to 20 mA. j. Frequency Output: 0 to 15V dc, peak pulse. k. Manufacturer and Product: Onicon; F-1200 Dual Turbine.

G. Energy Metering:

1. Gas Meter: Provide an Equimeter Gas meter, sized for connected SCFH indicated on the Drawings with an IMAC Domestic Meter Pulser, selected for compatibility with meter. The gas meter shall provide one pulse/revolution to the HCP. This point shall then be calculated as a gas consumption point at the central workstation (Operations Building).

H. Airflow (AF):

1. Flow Elements and Transmitters: a. Devices: Where shown on Heating/Cooling Ventilation Control Diagrams and when indicated by Typical HVAC Sequence of Operation found in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL, integral pitot array flow elements in the fan inlets and differential pressure transmitters. For doublewide double-inlet equipment, provide two elements and two transmitters. All components to be factory mounted and plumbed. Coordinate with Section 15720, AIR HANDLING.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 18 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Transmitters: Draft range devices, Pressure Differential Transmitter, Electronic, with square root extraction as specified below. c. Transmitter Ranges: Selected for a minimum of 120 percent of specified fan capacity. d. Transmitter Mounting: On air handler or fan housing. 2. Pressure Differential Transmitter, Electronic: a. General: 1) Function: Measure differential pressure and transmit signal proportional to differential pressure, flow, or level. 2) Type: Electronic variable capacitance; two-wire transmitter. 3) Parts: Transmitter; three-valve manifold, and communicator. b. Performance: 1) Range: As specified above. 2) Maximum Adjustable Range: Specified range shall be between 40 percent and 80 percent of the maximum adjustable range. 3) Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.075 percent of span, unless otherwise specified. 4) Temperature: Operating range minus 29 to plus 65 degrees C. c. Features: 1) Square Root Extraction: When specified. 2) Damping: Fluid or electronic type with adjustment. 3) Indicator: Four-digit LCD indicating the specified range. 4) Suppressed or Elevated Zero: When specified. 5) Materials: Wetted parts including process flanges and drain/vent valves, Type 316 stainless steel, unless otherwise specified. 6) Wetted O-Rings: Glass-filled TFE, graphite-filled PTFE or Viton, unless otherwise specified. 7) Fill Fluid: Silicone, unless otherwise specified. d. Signature Interface: 4 to 20 mA dc, in accordance with compatibility requirements of ISA S50.1 e. Enclosure: 1) Type: IP 66, unless otherwise specified. 2) Mounting: Pipe or wall as specified. Provide stainless steel brackets with stainless steel bolts. 3) Housing: Modular with separate compartments for electronics and field connections. Epoxy-coated aluminum, unless otherwise specified. f. Three-Valve Manifold: Provide, unless otherwise specified. 1) Materials: Type 316 stainless steel. g. Communicator:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 19 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1) Quantity: One per lot of Component P3 devices provided under Contract. 2) Battery Pack: Manufacturer’s standard. 3) Intrinsic Safety Approval: Intrinsically Safe for NEC Hazardous Classifications, Class I, Division 1 and Class I, Division 2. 3. Airflow Element and Transmitter, Thermal Mass Flow (for corrosive environment for EF-L-1001 and –1002): a. General: 1) Function: Directly measure, indicate, and transmit the mass flow of air in the ductwork. 2) Type: Insertion type, thermal dispersion detection probe using platinum resistance detectors (RTD). 3) Parts: Element and transmitter. b. Performance: 1) Range: 0.25 to 200 fps, air at standard conditions, unless otherwise noted. 2) Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of full scale for 10:1 turndown and process temperature variations of plus and minus 16.5 degrees C. 3) Repeatability: Plus or minus 1 percent. 4) Temperature, Operating: a) Flow Element: Minus 45 degrees C to plus 178 degrees C, unless otherwise noted. b) Electrical Housing: Minus 18 degrees C to plus 65 degrees C. 5) Pressure, Operating: Up to 1,250 psig, unless otherwise noted. c. Features: 1) Temperature Compensation: Furnish when noted. d. Enclosure: 1) Type: Corrosion resistant. 2) Mounting: Remote flow transmitter. e. Element: 1) Features: a) Insertion Length: As noted or as required by manufacturer’s recommendation. b) Wetted Surfaces Materials: 316 stainless steel with nickel braze, unless otherwise noted. c) Sensor Assembly Backseal: Furnish when noted. d) Mounting: Remotely mounted flow transmitter. 2) Process Connections: a) Line Size: As shown. b) Connection Type: 1-inch MNPT, unless otherwise noted.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 20 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

c) Connection Material: Type 316 stainless steel, unless otherwise noted. f. Transmitter: 1) Features: a) Indicators: (1) Type: For flow rate, lithium battery backed 3-1/2-digit liquid crystal display (LCD), unless otherwise noted. (2) Units: As noted. (3) Totalizer: 8-digit LCD, lithium battery backed, for total flow, when noted. 2) Signal Interface: a) Output: (1) Analog: Isolated 4 to 20 mA dc, linear with flow, for load impedance 0 to 1,200 ohms, where 4 mA dc is with respect to zero flow, unless otherwise noted. (2) Discrete: Furnish when noted. b) Power: 115V ac, 60-Hz, unless otherwise noted. 3) Electrical Connection: 1-inch FNPT. g. Cables: Furnish only when remote electronics is specified. 1) Type: As required. 2) Length: As required. h. Calibrator: Furnish when noted. i. Manufacturer: Fluid Components, Inc.; Model GF90.

I. Current-Operated Switches (CS):

1. Under Monitoring Current Switch (CS-4): a. Similar to over/under monitoring current switch. b. Nielsen-Kuljian; Model Sentry SC500-U for monitoring 15 percent underloading conditions.

J. Gas Monitoring System:

1. General: a. Function: Continuously monitor ambient air for gas types as noted. b. Type: Multi-channel transmitter with electrochemical element(s) and poison-resistant catalytic elements to sense gas types as noted. c. Parts: Monitor/sensor, transmitter, sampling module when noted, backup power supply, interconnecting cables, calibrators, and calibration check kits. 2. Monitor/Sensor: a. Performance:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 21 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1) Carbon Dioxide Sensor Element Range: 0 to 1,000 ppm, unless otherwise noted. 2) Carbon Monoxide Element Range: 0 to 100 ppm, unless otherwise noted. 3) Repeatability: Plus or minus 1 percent of full scale. 4) Zero Drift: Plus or minus 1 percent of full scale. 5) Span Drift: Plus or minus 1 percent of full scale. 6) Noise: Plus or minus 1 percent of full scale. 7) Operating Temperature: Minus 10 to 120 degrees F. 8) Operating Humidity: 0 to 95 percent, non-condensing. 9) Sensor Element Life: 1 year, minimum. b. Features: 1) Calibration: Wireless calibration receiver using a digital coded infrared light from remote calibrator. 2) Enclosure: NEMA 4X for toxic gases. 3) Mounting: Wall, with remote sensor (double condulet). c. Signal Interface: 4 to 9-kHz frequency modulated, 200 mV peak-to-peak sensitivity, immune from radio frequency interference and electromagnetic interference. d. Power: 14V dc obtained from transmitter via interconnecting cable for sensor. e. Connections: 1) Process: a) Sample Inlet: 1/4-inch tube fitting. b) Sampling Module Exhaust Outlet: 3/8-inch tube fitting. 2) Electrical: 3/4-inch conduit. 3. Transmitter: a. Input: Separate, independent input for each sensor. b. Number of Channels: As noted. c. Indicator: Three-digit LED readout to display the value measured by each sensor, in units of ppm. d. Alarm Indication: Separate alarm lights for caution, warning, and alarm for each sensor. e. Alarm Setpoints: Three separate alarm setpoints for each sensor independently adjustable for any value of range. When an alarm setpoint is exceeded, the associated alarm output contact shall activate and remain latched in the alarm state until manually reset from the RESET handswitch on the panel. f. Audible Alarm: Horn, buzzer, or tone when alarm condition occurs. Provide panel-mounted handswitch to acknowledge and reset active alarms. g. Discrete Outputs:

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 22 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

1) Relay contact outputs for external alarms. (Refer to the Typical Sequences for functional requirements.) 2) One common TROUBLE relay contact output to indicate system power loss, sensor signal loss, sample gas flow inadequate, and 15 percent or greater under range. h. Signal Interface: 1) Contacts: When noted or shown, Form C, SPDT rated 5A resistive at 120V ac, minimum. 2) Analog Outputs: When noted or shown, 4 to 20 mA dc, for each channel representing measured gas concentration, for load impedance of 0 to 250 ohms minimum for 24V dc supply without load adjustments. i. Enclosure: 1) Type: NEMA 12, unless otherwise noted. 2) Mounting: Panel, unless otherwise noted. j. Power: 1) 120V ac, 60-Hz, unless otherwise noted. 2) Backup Power Supply to operate upon failure of primary 120V ac power source. 4. Panels: Provide panels for housing the transmitters and the relays required to implement the alarm logic described in the Loop Specifications. 5. Cables: a. Type: As recommended or provided by the manufacturer. b. Length: As required to accommodate the device locations. 6. Calibration System: a. Zero and Span Adjustment: One remote control calibration controller unit for calibration of each gas sensor without declassifying the area and without opening the sensor enclosure. b. Calibration Check Kit: With all accessories, including cylinders of the gases being monitored. 7. Sample Line Filter: When shown on the Drawings, in-the-line filter, Type C, 316 stainless steel body. 8. Manufacturer: MSA Instrument, Transmitter: Model 5300 (6 points); Monitor/Sensor: Ultima Gas Monitor with remote sensor.

K. Fume Hood Terminal Units (FHET):

1. Fumehood exhaust terminal shall have an orifice plate style sensor, with inside diameter not more than one inch smaller than the mounting duct’s inside diameter. Two sets of pressure taps minimum shall be provided at 90 degrees apart and offset from vertical by 45 degrees. 2. Sensor shall be accurate to +/- 1 percent of flow signal over the duct velocities of 600 to 3,000 FPM.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 23 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3. Material of construction shall match duct material, with series 304 or 316 stainless steel for stainless steel ductwork, or Teflon-coated steel for PVC-coated, PVC or FRP ductwork. 4. The FHET shall use a simple butterfly blade type damper with actuator constructed of Type 304 stainless steel. 5. Bellmouth inlet where mounted directly on fume hood outlet. 6. Manufacturer: APOGEE Automation, Models LGH and LGE; approved equal.

L. Fume Hood Terminal Unit Transmitter:

1. Each FHET shall have a factory mounted air flow transmitter with output of 4 to 20mA proportional to velocity pressure. The air flow transmitter shall have an accuracy of at least +/- 0.5 percent of the transmitter range. Any electronic (hot wire or cool wire, thermistor, etc.) air flow sensor directly exposed to exhaust air flow shall be UL 913 listed and labeled. 2. Manufacturer: Dresser Industries/Ashcroft Model XLDp; Setra Model C264 Lab; APOGEE; approved equal.

M. Refrigerant Monitor:

1. Designed for monitoring R-407C or R-134A. 2. Wired for single point, 120 volts, 60-Hz, single-phase power connection. 3. Sensing Range: 0 to 1,000 ppm with factory calibration to 1 ppm minimum detection level. 4. Temperate Range: 0 to 50 degrees C operating; -55 to 60 degrees C non-operating. 5. Agency Listings: UL2075 or CSA 622.2 #205. 6. Sample Pump Rate: Capable of 0.75 liter per minute minimum with 150 feet of 1/8-inch I.D. sample tubing. 7. Alarm Outputs: Four independent, Form C, DPST relays. Output signal 4 to 20 mA. 8. Normally energized trouble relay. 9. User Interface: Eight-button keypad; two-line, 16-character clear language back-lit display mounted in the unit front panel. 10. Four-channel scanner kit with warning light and alarm assembly. 120 volts, 60-Hz, single-phase power; red acrylic dome with rotating lighted parabolic reflector, continuous 90 dB(A) integral audible alarm; shock-isolated mounting assembly; configure for integral and remote mounting; locate in refrigeration machinery room and at each door (four total). 11. Provide a complete and properly operating monitoring and detecting system as required, satisfying local, state, and federal codes as well as ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 24 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2.10 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES

A. General:

1. RTD to voltage (0- to 5-volt) converters with zero span adjustments for use with analog inputs. 2. Limited range thermistors are acceptable provided they sense expected range for point at specified accuracy with 0- to 5-volt output. 3. Auxiliary contacts in each motor starter, Work of Division 16, ELECTRICAL. 4. START/STOP relay module for either momentary or maintained switch action as indicated.

B. Pilot Relays:

1. Plug-in type. 2. Interchangeable. 3. Mounted on a circuit board. 4. Wired to numbered terminal strips.

C. Motorized Step Controllers: Furnish with adjustable (from 1 to 10 degrees F) deadband between heating and cooling functions.

D. Receiver Controllers:

1. Modulating temperature, pressure, or humidity type. 2. Adjustable gain with amplification ratio up to 40 to 1. 3. Dual input (submaster) instruments to have adjustable ratio or reset range. 4. Furnish dials for setpoint, gain and, where applicable, ratio or reset range. 5. Mount inside HCP. 6. Furnish test probe points to permit analysis of input signal(s) without interrupting controller. 7. Include proportional integral control. a. Designed to minimize internal hysteresis. b. Either integral or remote setpoint adjustment. c. Integral time constant adjustment. d. Function as integral feedback device with output that varies progressively, depending on degree of offset and time since transient was detected.

E. Manual Timer (MT):

1. 12-hour, SPST, 120-volt, 20-amp. 2. Spring wound.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 25 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3. HOLD feature to override the time clock during off-hour operation. 4. Install on front cover of HCP. 5. Manufacturers: a. Marktime. b. Dayton. c. Nutone.

F. Time Clock (TC):

1. Electronic 7-day programmable type. 2. 8-hour battery backup feature. 3. Mount inside HCP. 4. Manufacturers: a. Paragon. b. Omron.

G. Electronic Indication:

1. Furnish temperature-indicating dials or digital read-outs on HCP. 2. 2-1/2-inch minimum rectangular. 3. Temperature sensing dc bridge circuit.

H. Duct-Mounted Ionization Detection (I): Refer to Section 13850, FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM, for requirements.

I. HVAC System Emergency Shutdown Switch (ESS):

1. Wall-mounted, break-glass type manual pull switches for HVAC system emergency shutdown. 2. Noncoded, single action, single pole. 3. Surface mounting type. 4. Provided with red laminated plastic nameplate with engraved white letters 1/2-inch high reading, “VENTILATION SYSTEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF SWITCH,” wall mounted directly above each switch. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Simplex; 2099 Series. b. Edwards; 270 Series.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Control Dampers:

1. Install at locations indicated on Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 26 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Install square and free from racking with blades running horizontally. 3. Operate opposed blade dampers from a power blade or drive axle. 4. Bracing: a. Install for multiple section assemblies to support assembly weight and to hold against system pressure. b. Install at every horizontal and vertical mullion.

B. Fume Hood Terminal Units (FHET): Manufacturer of FHET shall provide assistance to the TAB contractor onsite, as required, to balance the system.

3.2 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” are part of this Specification.

1. Schedule Septage Facility (15) Motorized Damper Schedule. 2. Screen and Grit Building (20) Motorized Damper Schedule. 3. Fine Screen Building (27) Motorized Damper Schedule. 4. Equalization Valve Room (28) Motorized Damper Schedule. 5. Biological Reactor Building (30) Motorized Damper Schedule. 6. Membrane Building (32) Motorized Damper Schedule. 7. Carbon Treatment Building (40, 50) Motorized Damper Schedule. 8. Plant Waste Basin and Pump Station (58) Motorized Damper Schedule. 9. Digester Building (60) Motorized Damper Schedule. 10. Thickening and Dewatering Building (70) Motorized Damper Schedule. 11. Methanol Building (80) Motorized Damper Schedule. 12. Chemical Building (81) Motorized Damper Schedule. 13. Odor Control Fan Building (90) Motorized Damper Schedule. 14. Electrical Building (E) Motorized Damper Schedule. 15. Operations Building (O) Motorized Damper Schedule. 16. Laboratory Building (L) Motorized Damper Schedule. 17. Maintenance Building (M) Motorized Damper Schedule. 18. Laboratory Building (L) Fume Hood Exhaust Terminal Schedule.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17901 27 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

OPERATIONS BUILDING (O) MOTORIZED DAMPER SCHEDULE

AIR MOTOR FLOW QUANTITY SYSTEM FUNCTION TAG TYPE SIZE (CFM) (2) VOLTAGE REMARKS (1) AHU-0-1001 OSA Intake MD-0-1001 OBD, MOD, SR, FC 6" x 14" 900 min 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-0-1001 Return Air MD-0-1002 OBD, MOD, SR, FO 48" x 14" 5,600 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-0-1001 RA Exhaust MD-0-1003 OBD, MOD, SR, FC 48" x 14" 5,600 1 24 Supplied with AHU EF-0-1001 Discharge MD-0-1004 PBD, TP, SR, FC 16" DIA 1,075 1 24 Duct Mounted AHU-0-1001 OSA Economizer MD-0-1005 OBD, MOD, SR, FC 50" x 14" 5,800 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-0-1301 OSA Intake MD-0-1301 PBD, TP, SR, FC 48" x 16" 5,000 1 24 Supplied with AHU EF-0-1301 Discharge MD-0-1302 PBD, TP, SR, FC 24" DIA 4,000 1 24 Duct Mounted AHU-0-1101 OSA Intake MD-0-1101 OBD, MOD, SR, FC 16" x 10" 1,300 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-0-1101 Return Air MD-0-1102 OBD, MOD, SR, FO 16" x 10" 1,300 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-0-1101 Economizer Relief MD-0-1103 OBD, MOD, FL 20" x 24" 1,300 1 24 Wall Mounted AHU-0-1102 Return Air MD-0-1104 PBD, TP, SR, FO 12" x 10" 500 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-0-1201 OSA Intake MD-0-1201 OBD, MOD, SR, FC 18" x 12" 1,700 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-0-1201 Return Air MD-0-1202 OBD, MOD, SR, FO 18" x 12" 1,700 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-0-1201 Economizer Relief MD-0-1203 OBD, MOD, FL 20" x 30" 1,700 1 24 Wall Mounted

LEGEND NOTES OBD - Opposed blade FO - Fail open 1. Basis of Design Manufacturers: Ruskin CD-50 or CDRI-92 Damper with Belimo Operator. PBD - Parallel blade FC - Fail closed 2. Number of operator motors is approximate. CONTRACTOR shall make final determination of MD - Motorized damper FL - Fail last quantity as specified. MOD - Modulating OSA - Outside air 3. Provide damper with square to round mounting. TP - Two-position RA - Return air SR - Spring return EA - Exhaust air

3/30/2017 DATA SHEET WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS 17901-15 1 ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

LABORATORY BUILDING (L) MOTORIZED DAMPER SCHEDULE

AIR MOTOR FLOW QUANTITY SYSTEM FUNCTION TAG TYPE SIZE (CFM) (2) VOLTAGE REMARKS (1) (3) AHU-L-1001 OSA Intake MD-L-1001 PBD, TP, SR, FC 60" x 24" 9,745 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-L-1001 Discharge MD-L-1002 PBD, TP, FL 28" DIA 9,745 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1001 Isolation Damper MD-L-1003 PBD, TP, SR, FC 32" DIA 8,270 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1001 Discharge MD -L-1004 PBD, TP, SR, FC 24" DIA 8,270 1 24 Duct Mounted AHU-L-1002 OSA Intake MD-L-1005 PBD, TP, SR, FC 60" x 24" 9,745 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-L-1002 Discharge MD-L-1006 PBD, TP, FL 28" DIA 9,745 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1002 Isolation Damper MD-L-1007 PBD, TP, SR, FC 32" DIA 8,270 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1002 Discharge MD-L-1008 PBD, TP, SR, FC 24" DIA 8,270 1 24 Duct Mounted HRCE-L-1001 Isolation Damper MD-L-1009 PBD, TP, SR, FC 70" x 58" 8,270 1 24 Supplied with HRCE Unit HRCE-L-1001 Isolation Damper MD-L-1010 PBD, TP, SR, FC 70" x 58" 8,270 1 24 Supplied with HRCE Unit HRCE-L-1001 Diverter Damper MD-L-1011 PBD, TP, SR, FO 40" DIA 8,270 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1101 Isolation Damper MD-L-1104 PBD, TP, SR, FC 16" DIA 1,165 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1101 Discharge MD-L-1105 PBD, TP, SR, FC 12" DIA 1,165 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1102 Isolation Damper MD-L-1106 PBD, TP, SR, FC 16" DIA 1,165 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1102 Discharge MD-L-1107 PBD, TP, SR, FC 12" DIA 1,165 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1103 Isolation Damper MD-L-1108 PBD, TP, SR, FC 18" DIA 1,550 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1103 Discharge MD-L-1109 PBD, TP, SR, FC 12" DIA 1,550 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1104 Discharge MD-L-1110 PBD, TP, SR, FC 18" DIA 1,550 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1103 Diverter Damper MD-L-1111 PBD, TP, SR, FC 18" DIA 1,550 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1101 Diverter Damper MD-L-1112 PBD, TP, SR, FC 16" DIA 1,165 1 24 Duct Mounted EF-L-1102 Diverter Damper MD-L-1113 PBD, TP, SR, FC 16" DIA 1,165 1 24 Duct Mounted AHU-L-1101 OSA Intake MD-L-1101 OBD, MOD, SR, FC 36" x 14" 4,200 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-L-1101 Return Air MD-L-1102 OBD, MOD, SR, FO 36" x 14" 4,200 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-L-1101 Economizer Relief MD-L-1103 OBD, MOD, FL 42" x 42" 4,200 1 24 Duct Mounted AHU-1201 OSA Intake MD-L-1201 OBD, MOD, SR, FC 18" x 10" 1,200 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-L-1201 Return Air MD-L-1202 OBD, MOD, SR, FO 18" x 10" 1,200 1 24 Supplied with AHU

3/30/2017 DATA SHEET WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS 17901-16 1 ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

AIR MOTOR FLOW QUANTITY SYSTEM FUNCTION TAG TYPE SIZE (CFM) (2) VOLTAGE REMARKS (1) (3)

AHU-L-1201 Economizer Relief MD-L-1203 OBD, MOD, FL 24" x 24" 1,200 1 24 Duct Mounted AHU-L-1202 Return Air MD-L-1204 OBD, MOD, SR, FO 12" x 6" 250 1 24 Supplied with AHU 2,000 min AHU-L-1301 OSA Intake MD-L-1301 OBD, MOD, SR, FC 36" x 8" 1,900 min 1 24 Supplied with AHU 2,200 AHU-L-1301 Return Air MD-L-1302 OBD, MOD, SR, FO 36" x 8" 1,900 1 24 Supplied with AHU 2,200 AHU-L-1301 Return Air Exhaust MD-L-1303 OBD, MOD, FL 36" x 8 14" 3,100 1 24 Supplied with AHU 645 EF-L-1301 Discharge MD-L-1305 PBD, TP, SR, FC 12"0 700 1 24 Duct Mounted 2,200 AHU-L-1301 OSA Economizer MD-L-1304 OBD, MOD, SR, FC 36" x 8" 1,900 1 24 Supplied with AHU

3/30/2017 DATA SHEET WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS 17901-16 2 ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

MAINTENANCE BUILDING (M) MOTORIZED DAMPER SCHEDULE

AIR FLOW MOTOR SYSTEM FUNCTION TAG TYPE SIZE (CFM) QUANTITY (2) VOLTAGE REMARKS (1) 1,150 min. AHU-M-1001 OSA Intake MD-M-1001 OBD,MOD,SR,FC 14x12 600 min. 1 24 Supplied with AHU 2,500 AHU-M-1001 Return Air MD-M-1002 OBD,MOD,SR,FO 36x9 3,700 1 24 Supplied with AHU 2,500 AHU-M-1001 RA Exhaust MD-M-1003 OBD,MOD,FL 30x18 4,300 1 24 Supplied with AHU 2,175 AHU-M-1001 OSA Economizer MD-M-1004 OBD,MOD,SR,FC 22x12 3,700 1 24 Supplied with AHU 1,325 EF-M-1001 Discharge MD-M-1005 PBD,TP,SR,FC 14x14 1,200 1 24 Duct mounted AHU-M-1201 OSA Intake MD-M-1201 OBD,MOD,SR,FC 30x8 2,000 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-M-1201 Return Air MD-M-1202 OBD,MOD,SR,FO 30x8 1,800 1 24 Supplied with AHU

AHU-M-1201 Economizer Relief MD-M-1203 OBD,MOD,FL 36x20 2,000 1 24 Duct mounted 1,000 min. AHU-M-1401 OSA Intake MD-M-1401 OBD,MOD,SR,FC 8x16 1,200 min. 1 24 Supplied with AHU 28x16 3450 AHU-M-1401 Return Air MD-M-1402 OBD,MOD,SR,FO 28x14 2,600 1 24 Supplied with AHU 28x16 3450 AHU-M-1401 OSA Economizer MD-M-1403 OBD,MOD,SR,FC 28x14 2,600 1 24 Supplied with AHU 3100 AHU-M-1401 Economizer Relief MD-M-1404 OBD,MOD,FL 30x36 2,600 1 24 Duct mounted 2600 AHU-M-1301 OSA Intake MD-M-1301 PBD,TP,SR,FC 30 28x12 2,200 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-M-1302 OSA Intake MD-M-1302 PBD,TP,SR,FC 36x20 4,750 1 24 Supplied with AHU 2800 EF-M-1301 Discharge MD-M-1303 PBD,TP,SR,FC 20x20 2,400 1 24 Duct mounted Welding Exhaust Makeup MD-M-1304 PBD,TP,FL 18x8 980 1 24 Wall mounted AHU-M-1101 OSA Intake MD-M-1101 OBD,MOD,SR,FC 24x8 1,500 1 24 Supplied with AHU AHU-M-1101 Return Air MD-M-1102 OBD,MOD,SR,FO 24x8 1,500 1 24 Supplied with AHU

AHU-M-1101 Economizer Relief MD-M-1103 OBD,MOD,FL 18x30 1,500 1 24 Duct mounted AHU-M-1501 OSA Intake MD-M-1501 PBD,TP,SR,FC 36x24 5,600 1 24 Supplied with AHU EF-M-1501 Discharge MD-M-1502 PBD,TP,SR,FC 20"DIA 2,800 1 24 Duct mounted EF-M-1502 Discharge MD-M-1503 PBD,TP,SR,FC 20"DIA 2,800 1 24 Duct mounted Natural Ventilation MD-M-1504 PBD,TP,FL(4) (5) -- 1 24 Wall mounted Natural Ventilation MD-M-1505 PBD,TP,FL(4) (5) -- 1 24 Wall mounted 3/30/2017 DATA SHEET WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS 17901-17 1 ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

Natural Ventilation MD-M-1506 PBD,TP,FL(4) (5) -- 1 24 Wall mounted

LEGEND NOTES OBD - Opposed blade FO - Fail open 1. Basis of Design Manufacturers: Ruskin CD-50 OR CDRI-92 Damper with Belimo Operator. PBD - Parallel blade FC - Fail closed 2. Number of operator motors is approximate. CONTRACTOR shall make final determination of MD - Motorized damper FL - Fail last quantity as specified. MOD - Modulating OSA - Outside air 3. Provide damper with square to round mounting. TP - Two-position RA - Return air 4. Damper shall include manually switched motor operator. Mount switch at 48" aff on wall near damper. SR - Spring return EA - Exhaust air 5. Size dampers to match louver face area. See architectural drawings for dimensions.

3/30/2017 DATA SHEET WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS 17901-17 2 ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

LABORATORY BUILDING (L) FUME HOOD EXHAUST TERMINAL (FHET) SCHEDULE

AIR AIR FLOW PRESSURE BASIS OF ROOM TAG EXHAUST DEVICE FHET DIA. (CFM) DROP, "WC DESIGN(4) REMARKS L-111 WW Receiving/Staging FHET-L-1 FHD-2 11" 730 0.09 LGHG NOTE 1 L-111 WW Receiving/Staging FHET-L-2 CHD-1 10" 525 0.10 LGEG NOTE 3 L-110 W Receiving/Staging FHET-L-3 CHD-2 8" 325 0.10 LGHG NOTE 1 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-4A FHD-1 12" 830 0.12 LGHG NOTE 1 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-4B FHD-1 12" 830 0.12 LGHG NOTE 1 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-5A FHD-1 12" 830 0.12 LGHG NOTE 1 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-5B FHD-1 12" 830 0.12 LGHG NOTE 1 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-6 CHD-1 10" 525 0.10 LGEG NOTE 3 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-7 CHD-1 10" 525 0.10 LGEG NOTE 3 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-8 IVT-1 6" 200 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-9 IVT-1 6" 200 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-10 IVT-1 6" 200 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-11 IVT-1 6" 200 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-12 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-13 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-14 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-15 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-106 BOD/Solids FHET-L-16 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-107 WW Microbiology FHET-L-17 CHD-1 12" 575 0.12 LGEG NOTE 3 L-107 WW Microbiology FHET-L-18 CHD-1 8" 12" 289 575 0.10 0.12 LGEG NOTE 2 3 L-107 WW Microbiology FHET-18A CHD-1 8" 288 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-107 WW Microbiology FHET-L-19 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-107 WW Microbiology FHET-L-20 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-21A FHD-1 12" 830 0.12 LGHG NOTE 1 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-21B FHD-1 12" 830 0.12 LGHG NOTE 1 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-22A FHD-1 12" 830 0.12 LGHG NOTE 1

3/30/2017 DATA SHEET WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS 17901-18 1 ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

AIR AIR FLOW PRESSURE BASIS OF ROOM TAG EXHAUST DEVICE FHET DIA. (CFM) DROP, "WC DESIGN(4) REMARKS L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-22B FHD-1 12" 830 0.12 LGHG NOTE 1 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-23 CHD-1 10" 525 0.10 LGEG NOTE 3 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-24 IVH 9" 450 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-25 IVH 9" 450 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-26 IVT-1 6" 200 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-27 IVT-1 6" 200 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-28 IVT-1 6" 200 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-29 IVT-1 6" 200 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-30 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-31 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-32 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-104 Nutrients/Metals FHET-L-33 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-105 W Microbiology FHET-L-34 CHD-1 8" 10" 262 525 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 3 L-105 W Microbiology FHET-34A CHD-1 8" 263 0.10 LGEG NOTE 2 L-105 W Microbiology FHET-L-35 CHD-1 10" 525 0.10 LGEG NOTE 3 L-105 W Microbiology FHET-L-36 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2 L-105 W Microbiology FHET-L-37 IVT-2 6" 100 0.03 LGEG NOTE 2

LEGEND FHD - Fume hood IVH - Instrument vent hood CHD - Canopy hood IVT - Instrument vent

NOTES 1. Provide FHET with bellmouth designed to be connected directly to fumehood exhaust collar. 2. Mount FHET in vertical position on exhaust duct riser just above ceiliing. Position control box to be accessible. 3. Mount FHET in horizontal position with a minimum of one straight duct diameter immediately upstream or as required by manufacturer's instructions, whichever is more stringent. 4. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Siemens Building Technologies, Inc.

3/30/2017 DATA SHEET WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 HVAC CONTROLS, FIELD COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS 17901-18 2 ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 17902 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL

A. This Section is a supplement to Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL.

B. The requirements of this Section shall be provided in addition to those listed in Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. ASCII: ANSI X3.4, Information Systems - Coded Character Sets - 7-Bit American National Standard Code for Information Interchange (7-Bit ASCII).

B. BACnet: ASHRAE 135, BACnet, Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and Control Networks.

C. Distributed Control: System whereby control processing is decentralized and independent of central computer. Control system is built up of standalone controllers. Single controller failure shall not impact more than one system.

D. Ethernet: ISO/IEC 8802-3. The most common high performance peer-to-peer LAN protocol.

E. Integration:

1. Ability of control system components from different manufacturers to connect together and provide coordinated control via real-time data exchange through common communications data exchange protocol. 2. Integration shall extend to operator’s workstation software, which shall support user interaction with control system components. 3. Methods of integration include industry standard protocols, such as: BACnet, LonMark/LonTalk, OLE for Process Control (OPC), or integrator interfaces between manufacturer’s systems.

F. Interoperability: Ability of equipment to communicate mutually.

G. Input/Output (I/O): Connections between computer and sensors and actuators.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 1 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

H. Human-Machine Interface (HMI): Method by which operator communicates with HVAC Control System. Allows operator to command, monitor, and program control system.

I. Internet Protocol (IP): Network layer protocol originally created by Defense Advanced Research Project Agency to facilitate data communication between U.S. Defense Department and defense contractors, including universities and manufacturers

J. Local Area Network (LAN): Network in which devices can communicate directly without going through intervening routers. LANs commonly used by DDC system Suppliers include Ethernet (ISO 8802-3), ARCNET, Echelon LonTalk, and EIA 485.

K. Master-Slave/Token-Passing (MS/TP): One of the data link layers created specifically for use with BACnet messages.

L. Network:

1. System of distributed control units that are linked together on communication highway. 2. Allows sharing of point information between control units. 3. Provides central monitoring and control of entire system from any distributed control unit location. 4. Primary networks provide peer-to-peer communications. 5. Secondary networks provide either peer-to-peer, master-slave, or supervised token-passing communications.

M. Peripheral: Input/Output equipment used to communicate with computer and make copies of system outputs. Peripherals include CRT, printer, tape deck, diskette.

N. PID (Proportional, Integral, Derivative) Control Loop: Mathematical calculation used to evaluate control input and determine control output value required to maintain input value at setpoint. Shall have operator adjustable maximum rate of change, P and D gains, and loop response time delay. Loop shall be self-integrating so no integral constant is required and not be subject to integral windup.

O. Transmission Control Protocol (TCP): Connection-oriented protocol used to convey multiple related messages (e.g., file transfers, Web pages, etc.).

P. Abbreviations that may be used in this Section:

1. BIOS: Basic Input Output System. 2. DDC: Direct Digital Control. 3. IBM: International Business Machines, Inc.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 2 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

4. LCD: Liquid Crystal Display. 5. PC: Personal Computer. 6. PID: Process Instrumentation Diagram. 7. PI: Pressure Indicator.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility:

1. System shall have documented history of compatibility by design for minimum of 15 years. 2. Future compatibility shall be supported for no less than 10 years. 3. Compatibility shall be defined as: A. Ability to upgrade existing microelectronic controllers to current level of technology, and extend new microelectronic controllers on previously installed network. B. Ability for any existing microelectronic controller microprocessor to be connected and directly communicate with new microelectronic controllers without bridges, routers, or protocol converters.

1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

A. System shall conform to the following performance standards:

1. Graphic Display:

a. Minimum of 20 dynamic points. b. Current data displayed within 15 seconds of request. 2. Graphic Refresh: System shall update dynamic points with current data within 30 seconds. 3. Object Command: a. Maximum time between command of binary object by operator and reaction by device shall be 10 seconds. b. Analog objects shall start to adjust within 10 seconds. 4. Object Scan: Changes of state and change of analog values shall be transmitted over high-speed network such that any data used or displayed at controller or workstation will be current, within prior 60 seconds. 5. Alarm Response Time: Maximum time from when object goes into alarm to when it is annunciated at workstation shall not exceed 45 seconds. 6. Program Execution Frequency: Custom and standard applications shall be capable of running as often as once every 5 seconds. Select execution times consistent with mechanical process under control.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 3 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

7. Performance: Programmable Controllers shall be able to execute DDC PID control loops at selectable frequency from at least once every 5 seconds. Controller shall scan and update process value and output generated by this calculation at this same frequency. 8. Multiple Alarm Annunciation: Workstations on network shall receive alarms within 5 seconds of each other. 9. Reporting Accuracy: Table 1 lists minimum acceptable reporting accuracies for values reported by specified system.

Table I -- Reporting Accuracy Measured Variable Reported Accuracy Space temperature ±0.5°C [±1°F] Ducted air ±1.0°C [±2°F] Outside air ±1.0°C [±2°F] Water temperature ±0.5°C [±1°F] Delta-T ±0.15°C [±0.25°F] Relative humidity ±3% RH Water flow ±5% of full scale Air flow (terminal) ±10% of reading *Note 1 Air flow (measuring ±5% of reading stations) Air pressure (ducts) ±25 Pa [±0.1" WC] Air pressure (space) ±3 Pa [±0.01" WC] Water pressure ±2% of full scale *Note 2 Electrical Power 5% of reading *Note 3 Carbon Monoxide (CO) ± 50 PPM

Carbon Dioxide (CO2) ± 50 PPM Note 1: (10%-100% of scale) (cannot read accurately below 10%) Note 2: for both absolute and differential pressure Note 3: not including utility supplied meters

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 4 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 NETWORK COMMUNICATION

A. Control products for Networked DDC Control System shall comprise an interoperable network. The design of DDC system shall network operator work stations and stand-alone DDC controllers. The network architecture shall consist of multiple levels of communications: a plant-wide (management level network) Ethernet network based on TCP/IP protocol; high performance peer-to-peer building level networks; and DDC controller floor level local area networks with access being totally transparent to the user when accessing data or developing control programs.

B. Operator Workstations and Building Controllers shall be installed on a primary high-speed peer-to-peer network.

C. Custom Application Controllers and Application Specific Controllers may be installed on either primary high-speed peer-to-peer network, or Secondary network.

D. Provide all communication media, connectors, repeaters, hubs, and routers necessary for network.

E. Building Controllers shall have communications port for connections with operator interfaces.

F. Provide device on network with minimum 28,000 baud modem that will allow remote operator interface. Modem shall allow for communication with controllers on this network as described below.

G. Communications services over network shall result in operator interface and value passing that is transparent to network architecture as follows:

1. Connection of operator interface device to any one controller on network shall allow operator to interface with other controllers as if that interface were directly connected to other controllers. 2. Data, status information, reports, system software, custom programs for controllers shall be available for viewing and editing from any controller on network. 3. Database values (i.e., points, software variable, custom program variables) of any one controller shall be readable by any other controller on network. 4. This value passing shall be automatically performed by controller when reference to point name not located in that controller is entered into controller’s database.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 5 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

5. Operator/installer shall not be required to set up any communications services to perform network value passing.

H. Time clocks in controllers shall be automatically synchronized daily.

2.2 NETWORK HUMAN-MACHINE INTERFACE

A. Operator Interface:

1. Furnish PC based operator workstation. 2. Workstation shall be able to access all information in system. 3. Workstation shall reside on same high-speed network as building controllers, and shall also be able to dial into system.

B. Communications: Communication shall use ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) Physical/Data Link layer protocol.

C. Hardware: Each operator workstation shall consist of the following:

1. Personal Computer: a. Furnish one IBM compatible PC. b. Features: 1) Monitor: 17 inch, minimum, SVGA. 2) CPU: Intel Pentium 4, minimum, and operate at a minimum of 1.6 GHz. 3) RAM: 256 Megabytes, minimum. 4) Diskette Drive: One with 1.44 Megabytes capacity. 5) Optical Drive: 40X speed, CD-ROM. 6) Hard Drive: 10 GigaByte capacity, minimum, with minimum access time of 12 milliseconds. 7) Mouse: Two button. c. Furnish required serial, parallel, and network communication ports, and cables for proper system operation. 2. Modem: a. Auto-dial telephone modem and associated cables as required for communication to remote buildings, and workstations. b. Transmit at minimum of 56,000 baud, and communicate over voice-grade telephone lines. 3. Printer: a. Each workstation shall have two printers, with tractor feed, and associated cables. One printer shall be for alarm only. b. Capable of minimum 160 characters per second operation and compatible with standard parallel or serial communications. c. Supply one box of minimum 2,000 sheets of printer paper and 2 printer ribbons or cartridges.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 6 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

D. System Software:

1. Operating System: a. Commercially available, concurrent multitasking. b. Support use of other common software applications that operate under DOS or Microsoft Windows. c. Acceptable operating systems are Windows 2000, Windows NT, or Windows XP. 2. System Graphics: a. Operator workstation software shall be graphically oriented. b. System shall allow display of up to 10-graphic screens at once for comparison and monitoring of system status. c. Provide method for operator to easily move between graphic displays and change size and location of graphic displays on screen. d. Able to be modified while on line. e. Operator with proper password level shall be able to add, delete, or change dynamic points on graphic. f. Dynamic points shall include analog and binary values, dynamic text, static text, video and animation files. g. Ability to show animation of equipment. 3. Custom Graphics: a. Created with use of commonly available graphics packages, such as PC Paint. b. Graphics generation package shall create and modify graphics that are saved in industry standard formats such as PCX, BMP, GIF, and JPEG. c. Graphics generation package shall also provide capability of capturing or converting graphics from other programs such as Designer, or AutoCAD. 4. Graphics Library: a. Complete library of standard HVAC equipment such as chillers, boilers, air handlers, terminals, fan coils, and unit ventilators. b. Include standard symbols for other equipment including fans, pumps, coils, valves, piping, dampers, and ductwork. c. File format compatible with graphics generation package program. 5. Engineering Units: a. Allow for selection of desired engineering units (i.e., inch pound or SI) in system. b. Unit selection shall be able to be customized by locality to select desired units for each measurement. c. Engineering units on this project shall be Standard Inch Pound.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 7 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

E. System Applications. Each workstation shall provide operator interface and offline storage of system information. Provide the following applications at each workstation:

1. Automatic System Database Save and Restore: a. Store on hard disk copy of current database of each building controller. b. Database shall be updated whenever change is made in any panel in system. c. Storage of data shall be automatic and not require operator intervention. d. In the event of database loss in building management panel, first workstation to detect loss shall automatically restore database for that panel. 2. Manual Database Save and Restore: a. System operator with proper password clearance shall be able to archive database from any system panel and store on magnetic media. b. Operator shall also be able to clear panel database and manually initiate download of specified database to any panel in system. 3. System Configuration: a. Workstation software shall provide graphical method of configuring system. b. User with proper security shall be able to add new devices and assign modems to devices. c. This shall allow for future system changes or additions. 4. Online Help: a. Context sensitive to assist operator in operation and editing of system. b. Available for all applications and shall provide relevant data for that particular screen. c. Additional help information shall be available through use of hypertext. 5. Security: a. Each operator shall be required to log on to system with user name and password in order to view, edit, add, or delete data. System security shall be selectable for each operator. b. System supervisor shall have ability to set passwords and security levels for other operators. c. Each operator password shall be able to restrict operators’ access for viewing and/or changing each system application, full screen editor, and object. d. Each operator shall automatically be logged off system if no keyboard or mouse activity is detected.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 8 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

e. Auto logoff time shall be set per operator password. f. System security data shall be stored in encrypted format. 6. System Diagnostics: a. System shall automatically monitor operation of workstations, printers, modems, network connections, building management panels, and controllers. b. Failure of any device shall be annunciated to operator. 7. Alarm Processing: a. Any object in system shall be configurable to alarm in and out of normal state. b. Operator shall be able to configure alarm limits, warning limits, states, and reactions for each object in system. c. Alarm Reactions: 1) Operator shall be able to determine what actions, if any, are to be taken, by object (or point), during alarm. 2) Actions shall include logging, printing, starting programs, displaying messages, dialing out to remote stations, paging, providing audible annunciation, or displaying specific system graphics. 3) Each of these actions shall be configurable by workstation and time of day. 4) Object in alarm that has not been acknowledged within operator specified time period shall be rerouted to alternate operator specified alarm receipt device. d. Binary Alarms: 1) Each binary object shall be set to alarm based on operator specified state. 2) Capability to disable alarming when associated equipment is turned off or is being serviced. e. Analog Alarms: 1) Each analog object shall have both high and low alarm limits and warning limits. 2) Alarming must be able to be automatically and manually disabled. 8. Trend Logs: a. Operator shall be able to define custom trend log for any data in system. b. This definition shall include interval, start-time, and stop-time. Trend intervals of 1, 5, 15, 30, and 60 minutes as well as once a shift (8 hours), once a day, once a week, and once a month shall be selectable. c. Trends shall start based on the hour. Each trend shall accommodate up to 64 system objects. d. System operator with proper password shall be able to determine how many samples are stored in each trend.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 9 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

e. Trend Data: 1) Sampled and stored on building controller panel, and archived on hard disk. 2) Able to be viewed and printed from operator interface software. 3) Storable in tab delimited ASCII format for use by other industry standard word processing and spreadsheet packages. 9. Alarm and Event Log: a. Operator shall be able to view logged system alarms and events from any location in system. b. Events shall be listed chronologically. c. Operator with proper security level may acknowledge and clear alarms. d. All that have not been cleared by operator shall be archived to hard disk on workstation. 10. Object and Property Status and Control: a. Provide method for operator with proper password protection to view, and edit if applicable, status of any object and property in system. b. Statuses shall be available by menu, on graphics, or through custom programs. 11. Clock Synchronization: a. Real time clocks in building control panels and workstations shall be synchronized on command of operator. b. System shall also be able to automatically synchronize system clocks daily from any operator-designated device in system. c. System shall automatically adjust for daylight savings and standard time, if applicable. 12. Reports and Logs: a. Reporting package shall allow operator to select, modify, or create reports. b. Each report shall be definable as to data content, format, interval, and date. c. Report data shall be archived on hard disk for historical reporting. d. Ability for operator to obtain real time logs of designated lists of objects. e. Reports and logs shall be stored on PC hard disk in format that is readily accessible by other standard software applications, including spreadsheets and word processing. f. Reports and logs shall be readily printed to system printer. g. Operator shall be able to designate reports that shall be printed or stored to disk at selectable intervals.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 10 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

h. Custom Reports: 1) Capable for operator to easily define any system data into daily, weekly, monthly, or annual report. 2) Time and date stamped, and shall contain report title and name of facility. i. Standard Reports: The following standard system reports shall be provided for this Project. Reports shall be readily customized to Project by OWNER. 1) Electrical Meter Report: To be available by PICS control system. 2) Gas Meter Report: a) Monthly report showing daily natural gas consumption for each meter. b) Annual (12 months) report showing monthly consumption for each meter. 3) Water Meter Report: a) Monthly report showing daily water consumption for each meter. b) Annual (12 months) report showing monthly consumption for each meter. 3)4) Weather Data Report: a) Monthly report showing daily minimum, maximum, and average outdoor air temperature, and number of heating and cooling degree-days for each day. b) Annual (12 months) report showing minimum, maximum, and average outdoor air temperature for month, and number of heating and cooling degree days for each month. 4)5) Tenant Override Reports: a) Monthly report showing daily total time in hours that each tenant has requested after-hours HVAC and lighting services. b) Annual (12 months) report that shows override usage on monthly basis. 5)6) ASHRAE Guideline 3Report: Daily report that shows operating condition of each chiller as required by ASHRAE Guideline 3. At minimum this report shall include: a) Chilled Water (or other fluid) inlet and outlet temperature. b) Chilled Water (or other fluid) flow. c) Chilled Water (or other fluid) inlet and outlet pressures. d) Evaporator refrigerant pressure and temperature. e) Condenser refrigerant pressure and liquid temperature.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 11 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

f) Condenser water inlet and outlet temperatures. g) Condenser water flow. h) Refrigerant levels. i) Oil pressure and temperature. j) Oil level (if applicable). k) Compressor refrigerant discharge temperature. l) Compressor refrigerant suction temperature. m) Manual entry field for addition of refrigerant. n) Manual entry field for addition of oil. o) Manual entry field for vibration levels. p) Motor amperes per phase. q) Motor volts per phase. r) PPM refrigerant monitor levels. s) Purge exhaust time or discharge count. t) Ambient temperatures (dry bulb and wet bulb). u) Date and time data logged.

F. Workstation Applications Editor:

1. General: a. Each PC workstation shall support full screen editing of system applications. b. Editor for each application at PC workstation. c. Applications shall be downloaded and executed at appropriate controller panels. d. Full screen editor for each type controller and application that shall allow operator with proper password to view and change configuration, name, control parameters, and system setpoints. 2. Scheduling: a. Editor for scheduling application shall be provided at each workstation. b. Monthly calendar for each schedule. c. Exception schedules and holidays shall be shown clearly on calendar. d. Capable of allowing several related objects to follow a schedule. e. Advance and delay time for each object shall be adjustable from this master schedule. f. Operator with proper password level shall be able to modify schedule. g. Schedules shall be able to be easily copied between objects and/or dates. 3. Equipment Coordination: a. Full screen editor shall allow equipment to be grouped for proper operation as specified in sequence of operations.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 12 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Include coordination of VAV boxes with their associated Air Handling Equipment. 4. Chiller System: Chiller plant control application shall be configured using full screen editor and shall provide operating status for system. Display shall include: a. System mode of chiller plant. b. Chiller enable/disable status. c. System supply water setpoint. d. System supply and return water temperature. e. System chilled water pump status. f. System chilled water flow. g. Bypass pipe flow rate (if applicable). h. Current chiller plant control operation. i. Add information. j. Subtract information. k. System failure information. l. Chiller failure information. m. Rotation information. n. Override capabilities to force an add control, subtract control, or change of sequence. o. Remove chiller from sequence temporarily for service purposes. 5. Custom Application Programming: a. Provide tools to create, modify, and debug custom application programming. b. Operator shall be able to create, edit, and download custom programs at same time that other system applications are operating. c. System shall be fully operable while custom routines are edited, compiled, and downloaded. d. Programming language shall have the following features: 1) English language oriented and based on syntax of programming languages such as BASIC. It shall allow for free form or fill in the blank programming. Alternatively, programming language can be graphically based using function blocks as long as blocks are available that directly provide functions listed below, and that custom or compound function blocks can be created. 2) Full screen character editor/programming environment. Editor shall be cursor/mouse driven and allow user to insert, add, modify, and delete code from custom programming. It shall also incorporate word processing features such as cut/paste and find/replace. 3) Allow independently executing program modules to be developed. Each module shall be able to independently enable and disable other modules.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 13 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

4) Editor/programming environment shall have debugging/simulation capability that allows user to step through program and to observe intermediate values and results. Debugger shall also provide error messages for syntax and execution errors. 5) Support conditional statements (if/then/else/else-if) using compound Boolean (and, or, and not) and/or relations (equal, less than, greater than, not equal) comparisons. 6) Support floating point arithmetic using the following operators: +, -, /, x, square root, and xy. 7) The following mathematical functions shall also be provided: natural log, log, absolute value, and minimum/maximum value from a list of values. 8) Predefined variables that represent clock time, day of week, and date. Variables that provide interval timing shall also be available. Language shall allow for computations using these values. 9) Ability to predefined variables representing status and results of System Software.

G. Portable Operator’s Terminal:

1. Provide two capable of accessing system data. 2. Ability to connect to any point on system network or directly to any controller for programming, setup, and troubleshooting. 4.3. IBM compatible notebook-style PC, including software and hardware required. PC shall contain at minimum: a. 200 MHz Intel Pentium Processor. b. 32 MB RAM. c. 500 MB Hard Drive. d. 3.5-inch, 1.44 MB, Floppy Disk Drive. e. 4X CDROM Drive.

2.3 NETWORKED DDC CONTROLLERS

A. Controller Software:

1. General: a. Provide applications software for building and energy management. b. Software applications shall reside and run in system controllers. c. Editing of applications shall occur at operator workstation or portable operator’s terminal. 2. System Security: a. User access shall be secured using individual security passwords and user names.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 14 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Passwords shall restrict user to only objects, applications, and system functions as assigned by system manager. c. User logon/logoff attempts shall be recorded. d. System shall protect itself from unauthorized use by automatically logging off following last keystroke. Delay time shall be user definable. 3. Scheduling: a. General: 1) Provide capability to schedule each object or group of objects in system. 2) Each schedule shall include capability for start, stop, optimal start, optimal stop, and night economizer actions. 3) Each schedule may consist of up to 10 events. 4) When group of objects are scheduled together, provide capability to define advances and delays for each member. b. Weekly Schedule: Separate schedules for each day of the week. c. Exception Schedule: 1) Ability for operator to designate any day of the year as an exception schedule. 2) Shall override standard schedule for that day. 3) May be defined up to a year in advance. 4) Once executed, it will be discarded and replaced by standard schedule for that day of the week. d. Holiday Schedule: 1) Capability for operator to define up to 99 special or holiday schedules. 2) May be placed on scheduling calendar and repeated each year. 3) Operator shall be able to define length of each holiday period. e. Optimal Start/Stop: 1) Calculate thermal characteristics of zone and start equipment prior to occupancy to achieve desired space temperature at specified occupancy time. 2) Algorithm shall calculate separate sets of heating and cooling rates for zones that have been unoccupied for less than and greater than 24 hours. 3) Ability to modify start/stop algorithm based on outdoor air temperature. 4) Early start limit in minutes to prevent system from starting before operator determined time limit. 4. Alarm Reporting: a. Operator shall be able to determine action to be taken in event of alarm.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 15 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Alarms shall be routed to appropriate workstations based on time and other conditions. c. Alarm shall be able to start programs, be logged in event log, printed, display custom messages or graphics. 5. Remote Communications: a. Ability to dial out in event of alarm. b. Receivers shall include PC Workstations and alpha-numeric pagers. c. Alarm message shall include name of calling location, device that generated alarm, and alarm message itself. d. Operator shall be ably to remotely access and operate system using dial-up communications in same format and method used on site under paragraph, Operator Interface. 6. Demand Limiting: a. Monitor building power consumption from signals generated by pulse generator (provided by others) mounted at building power meter, or from watt transducer, or current transformer attached to building feeder lines. b. Based on predictive sliding window algorithm. Sliding window duration and sampling interval shall be set equal to that of local electrical utility. c. Control system shall be capable of demand limiting by resetting HVAC system setpoints to reduce load while maintaining indoor air quality (humidity, VOC, CO2), and comfort control in space. d. Input capability shall also be provided for end-of-billing period indication. 7. Maintenance Management: System shall monitor equipment status and generate maintenance messages based upon user designated run time, starts, and/or calendar date limits. 8. Chiller Sequencing: Provide applications software to properly sequence chiller plant to minimize energy use. This application shall perform the following functions: a. Ability to control maximum of 25 chillers of any type including centrifugal, heli-rotor, scroll, reciprocating and absorption machines as detailed in sequence of operations. b. Able to control both constant and variable flow systems as well as parallel, series, and decoupled piping configurations. c. Able to control multiple chiller plants per site. d. Diagnostics/Protection: Able to integrate individual chiller diagnostics into control action decisions. e. Event Processing: Control and status events shall be recorded, at operator’s selection, in building management system event log to facilitate troubleshooting. f. Alarm Indications: Control screens shall display chiller plant status and individual chiller alarm messages.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 16 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

9. PID (proportional-integral-derivative) Control: a. Algorithm with direct or reverse action, and anti-wind-up. b. Algorithm shall calculate time-varying analog value used to position output or stage series of outputs. c. Controlled variable, setpoint, and PID gains shall be user-selectable. d. Setpoint shall optionally be chosen to be reset schedule. 10. Staggered Start: Shall prevent controlled equipment from simultaneously restarting after power outage. Order that equipment (or groups of equipment) is started, along with time delay between starts shall be user-selectable. 11. System Calculations: a. Software to allow instantaneous power (e.g., kW), flow rates in gpm to be accumulated and converted to energy usage data. b. Algorithm shall calculate the following: 1) Sliding-window kW demand value. 2) Energy usage and weather data (heating and cooling degree days). 3) Items shall all be available for daily, previous day, monthly and previous month. 12. Anti-Short Cycling: Binary output points shall be protected from short cycling. This feature shall allow minimum on-time and off-time to be selected.

B. Building Controllers:

1. General: a. Performance: 1) Provide adequate number of Building Controllers to provide performance specified in Article SYSTEM PERFORMANCE. 2) Manage global strategies described in Article CONTROLLER SOFTWARE. 3) Microprocessor based, capable of stand-alone operation, and shall continue to provide control functions without being connected to network. b. Sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements. c. Data shall be shared between networked Building Controllers. d. Operating system of Controller shall manage input and output communications signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information and allow central monitoring and alarms. e. Controllers that perform scheduling shall have real time clock.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 17 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

f. Continually check status of its processor and memory circuits. If abnormal operation is detected, controller shall: 1) Assume predetermined failure mode. 2) Generate alarm notification. 2. Communications. a. Each Building Controller shall reside on primary high-speed peer- to-peer network. b. Each Building Controller shall also perform routing if connected to secondary network of Custom Application and Application Specific Controllers. c. Building Controller shall provide service communications port for connection to Portable Operators Terminal. 3. Environment: Controller hardware shall be suitable for anticipated ambient conditions. a. Controller used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within waterproof enclosure and shall be rated for operation at minus 40 degrees C to 65 degrees C (minus 40 to 150 degrees F). b. Controller used in conditioned ambient shall be mounted in dust-proof enclosure and shall be rated for operation at 0 degrees C to 50 degrees C (32 degrees F to 120 degrees F).

C. Custom Application Controllers:

1. General: a. Performance: 1) Provide adequate number of Custom Application Controllers to provide performance specified in Article SYSTEM PERFORMANCE. 2) Shall manage local strategies described in Article CONTROLLER SOFTWARE. 3) Microprocessor based, capable of standalone operation, and shall continue to provide control functions without being connected to network. b. Sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements. c. Data shall be shared between networked Controllers. d. Operating system of Controller shall manage input and output communications signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information and allow central monitoring and alarms.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 18 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

e. Controllers that perform scheduling shall have real-time clock. f. Continually check status of its processor and memory circuits. If abnormal operation is detected, Controller shall: 1) Assume predetermined failure mode. 2) Generate alarm notification. 2. Communications: a. Each Controller shall reside on secondary network. b. Controller shall provide service communications port for connection to Portable Operator’s Terminal. 3. Environment: Controller hardware shall be suitable for anticipated ambient conditions. a. Controller used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within waterproof enclosure and shall be rated for operation at minus 40 degrees C to 65 degrees C (minus 40 to 150 degrees F). b. Controller used in conditioned ambient shall be mounted in dust-proof enclosure and shall be rated for operation at 0 degrees C to 50 degrees C (32 degrees F to 120 degrees F). 4. Serviceability: Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communications, and processor. Wiring connections shall be made to field removable, modular terminal strips or to termination card connected by ribbon cable. 5. Memory: Controller shall maintain BIOS and programming information in event of power loss for at least 72 hours. 6. Immunity to Power and Noise: a. Controller shall be able to operate at 90 percent to 110 percent of nominal voltage rating and shall perform orderly shutdown below 80 percent nominal voltage. b. Operation shall be protected against electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 watts at 1 meter (3 feet). 7. Transformer: Power supply for Controller shall be rated at minimum of 125 percent of maximum power consumption, and shall be fused or current limiting type.

D. Application Specific Controllers:

1. General: a. Performance: 1) Provide number of Application Specific Controllers to provide performance specified in Article SYSTEM PERFORMANCE. 2) Microprocessor based, capable of standalone operation and shall continue to provide control functions without being connected to network. b. Contain sufficient I/O capacity to control target system.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 19 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

2. Communications. a. Each Controller shall reside on secondary network. b. Controller shall provide service communications port for connection to Portable Operators Terminal. Connection shall be extended to space temperature sensor where shown. c. Environment: Controller hardware shall be suitable for anticipated ambient conditions. d. Controller used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within waterproof enclosure and shall be rated for operation at minus 40 degrees C to 65 degrees C (minus 40 degrees F to 150 degrees F). e. Controller used in conditioned ambient shall be mounted in dust-proof enclosure and shall be rated for operation at 0 degrees C to 50 degrees C (32 degrees F to 120 degrees F). 3. Serviceability: Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communications, and processor. Wiring connections shall be made to field removable, modular terminal strips or to termination card connected by ribbon cable. 4. Memory: Controller shall use nonvolatile memory and maintain BIOS and programming information in event of power loss. 5. Immunity to Power and Noise: a. Controller shall be able to operate at 90 percent to 110 percent of nominal voltage rating and shall perform orderly shutdown below 80 percent nominal voltage. b. Operation shall be protected against electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 watts at 1 meter (3 feet). 6. Transformer: Power supply for Controller shall be rated at minimum of 125 percent of maximum power consumption and shall be fused or current limiting type.

E. Controller Input/Output Interface:

1. Hard-wired inputs and outputs may tie into system through Building, Custom, or Application Specific Controllers. 2. Protected such that shorting of point to itself, another point, or ground will cause no damage to Controller. 3. Protected from voltage up to 24V of any duration, such that contact with this voltage will cause no damage to Controller. 4. Binary Inputs: a. Shall allow monitoring of on/off signals from remote devices. b. Shall provide wetting current of at least 12 mA to be compatible with commonly available control devices. 5. Pulse Accumulation Input Points: Conform to requirements of Binary Input points and accept up to 2 pulses per second for pulse

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 20 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

accumulation, and shall be protected against effects of contact bounce and noise. 6. Analog Inputs: a. Allow monitoring of low voltage (0 to 10 V dc), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance signals (thermistor, RTD). b. Compatible with and field configurable to commonly available sensing devices. 7. Binary Outputs: a. Provide for on/off operation or pulsed low voltage signal for pulse width modulation control. b. Binary outputs on custom and building controllers shall have three-position (on/off/auto) override switches and status lights. c. Selectable for either normally-open or normally-closed operation. 8. Analog Outputs: a. Shall provide a modulating signal for control of end devices. b. Shall provide either 0 to 10 V dc or 4 to 20 mA signal as required to provide proper control of output device. c. Building or custom programmable controllers shall have status lights and two-position (auto/manual) switch and manually adjustable potentiometer for manual override.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Refer to Section 17900, HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL for requirements.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 31, 2017 17902 21 MICROELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS ATTACHMENT F.

ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

SECTION 17950 HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:

1. Associated Air Balance Council. 2. Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. (AMCA): 203, “Field Performance Measurements of Fan Systems.” 3. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA): a. HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Manual. b. HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Informational Submittals:

1. Qualifications and experience record of air balancing and test agency. 2. Sample test forms and format for Balancing Log Report. 3. Written verification of calibration of testing and balancing equipment. 4. Balancing Log Report following completion of system adjustments including test results, adjustments, and rebalancing procedures. 5. Submit sequencing plan for odorous air (OA) system with a single-line diagram of the entire system. Indicate air flows that will be balanced at the end of construction, when only a portion of the plant is on-line, as well as air flows in the future when the entire plant is on-line.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Air Balancing and Test Agency Qualifications:

1. Corporately and financially independent organization functioning as an unbiased testing authority. 2. Professionally independent of manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of HVAC equipment being tested. 3. Certified by a national balancing association. 4. Have a proven record of at least five similar projects. 5. Employer of engineers and technicians regularly engaged in testing and inspecting HVAC equipment and systems.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17950 1 HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Calibrate test instruments to a recognized standard before beginning the Work.

B. Adjust and balance air and water systems in accordance with standard procedures and recognized practices of the Associated Air Balance Council or SMACNA “HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Manual.”

3.2 ADJUSTING AND BALANCING AIR SIDE

A. Measure fan system performance in accordance with AMCA 203.

B. Filters shall be replaced with new media prior to commencement of TAB activities.

C. Adjust air volumes on supply diffusers and grilles, and on return and exhaust grilles, to the quantity shown, with allowable variation of plus 10 or minus 0 percent. Maintain room pressurization (positive or negative) per Contract Documents. Balance each system so the difference in supply air and return/exhaust air in each space is plus 10 or minus 10 percent.

D. In each system at least one airpath from fan to final branch duct termination shall have all dampers fully open. Achieve final air quantities by adjusting fan speed.

E. Adjust Fan Air Volumes:

1. Adjust fan speeds and motor drives for required equipment air volumes, with allowable variation of plus 10 minus 0 percent. 2. After final adjustments, do not operate motor above nameplate amperage on any phase. 3. Perform airflow test readings under simulated or actual conditions of full cooling, full heating, minimum outside air, full outside air and exhaust, and full return air. 4. Provide and make drive and belt changes on motors or fans as required to adjust equipment to specified conditions. Provide written notice to the air handling unit manufacturer and OWNER if drive or belt changes were made.

F. For OA system, use the Pitot Tube Test Stations (PTS) located on the Drawings to read air flows. OA ductwork is shown on the Process Mechanical Drawings. HVAC systems for Electrical Building (E) are shown on Process Mechanical Drawings. All other ductwork is shown on the HVAC Drawings.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17950 2 HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

G. Adjust outside air dampers, return air dampers, exhaust air dampers, and motorized louvers for maximum and minimum air requirements.

H. Read and record static pressures at unit inlet and discharge, filters, coils, dampers, plenums, and mixing dual-duct or adjustable-volume boxes, on every supply, return, and exhaust fan.

I. Adjust diffusers and grilles for proper deflection, throw, and coverage. Eliminate drafts and noise where possible.

J. Fume hood balancing shall be within plus or minus 5 percent of fume hood certification performed by independent testing agency.

3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OA SYSTEM

A. The OA system contains Work in Contract 1, Contract 2, and Contract 3. Total capacity in the system is approximately 95,000 cfm.

B. The entire plant capacity will not be on-line at the end of construction. Coordinate the sequencing requirements and determine what components of the plant will initially be off-line, and balance the system for the remaining components that will be on-line.

C. Balance OA fans B90-1401, B90-1402, B90-1403, B90-1404, in the Odor Control Fan Building (Building 90) so that any three fans in operation will achieve the desired results. The fans will be controlled by the plant instrumentation and control system (PICS). See Section 13400, PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS (PICS) for additional information.

D. The Valve Vault in Building 90 contains a balancing damper for each PICS flow meter located in the OA yard piping. The balancing dampers shall be utilized to assist in balancing the entire plant.

E. Due to the length of the schedule and phasing of the plant, allow for completely balancing the entire OA system three separate times.

F. Testing of the OA system shall be done with unloaded biofilter media. Each time the system is balanced, simulate full biofilter loading conditions and ramp up the AFDs of the OA fans as required for fans to deliver design air flow quantities. Verify the air flow at each of the four PICS flow meters in Building 90 and the four PICS flow meters in the yard upstream of the biofilters.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17950 3 HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3.4 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMISSIONING

A. Refer to Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS AND ELECTRICAL.

B. TAB contractor shall attend meetings as required in Section 01815, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS - BUILDING SYSTEMS AND ELECTRICAL. Weekly commissioning meetings will occur during prefunctional and functional testing in Contracts 1, 2, 3, and 4. The TAB contractor shall attend the weekly commissioning meetings.

C. In each facility, the TAB contractor shall do a thorough walk-through during pre-functional testing and generate a deficiencies report. The walk-through shall include initial fan volume testing of supply, return, and exhaust fans to verify overall fan capacities.

D. TAB activities within each building occur after pre-functional testing and before functional testing, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER.

E. Attend a Controls Coordination Meeting to resolve how the controls system may be used to assist in TAB activities.

3.5 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL BUILDING GENERATOR ROOM VENTILATION

A. The generator room ventilation system will require coordination of the TAB contractor and HVAC Controls contractor to put the ventilation systems in proper operation.

B. The generator room consists of three generator "bays" consisting of two supply fans each sized at 50 percent of peak ventilation air demand; one generator engine radiator fan; two heat reclaim dampers; one radiator exhaust damper; and one outside air intake damper.

C. When the system operates in AUTO mode and room temperatures require heat reclaim, determine the required positions of the heat reclaim and radiator exhaust dampers as necessary to achieve 26,500 CFM airflow through each heat reclaim damper. Either the heat reclaim dampers or the radiator exhaust damper shall be wide open. Conduct test for each "bay".

D. Set the pressure relief dampers (4 total) for 0.1" wc building pressure at the condition where the generator system is OFF, and two supply fans (SF-E-1001 and SF-E-1002) are operated in the HAND position.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17950 4 HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

3.6 ADJUSTING AND BALANCING WATER SIDE

A. Provide proper flow through individual fin tube sections, evaporator and condenser circuits, each boiler loop, each pump, and all recirculation loops.

B. Measure and adjust flow through all valves and valve bypass lines, and mark final position of all balancing cocks, valves, and operators with a centerpunch.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General: Perform functional tests as required by Section 01810, EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP.

B. Vibration Testing:

1. Upon completion of the air and water system balance, perform vibration testing as specified below for the following rotating or reciprocating equipment. a. Air handling units. b. Chillers. 2. Vibration Test Procedures: a. Take measurements at every bearing housing, use an IRD or General Radio calibrated electronic analyzer. b. Record log shall include equipment symbol, location, identification, and peak-to-peak displacement in a direction parallel to the shaft in a horizontal plane, and in a direction perpendicular to the shaft in both horizontal and vertical planes. c. Vibration Peak-to-Peak Amplitude Upper Limits:

Rotational Speed (rpm) Vibration Amplitude (mils) 250 3.5 500 2.0 750 1.5 1,000 1.0 1,500 0.75

d. If vibration peak-to-peak amplitude exceeds upper limits as specified, field balance equipment.

C. Balancing Log Report Requirements:

1. Log and record information from every test, reading, and adjustment necessary to accomplish the services described. In addition, record the following data: a. Equipment identification number.

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17950 5 HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING ATTACHMENT F.

LCSA - BROAD RUN WRF / CONTRACT 4

b. Equipment nameplate data (including manufacturer, model, size, type, and serial number). c. Motor data (frame, hp, volts, FLA and rpm). d. Sheave and belt size. e. Starter and heater data. 2. Include a reduced set of HVAC Drawings in the balance log showing the final air and waterflow readings for each system. 3. Indicate the recorded site values, and velocity and mass correction factors used to provide equivalent standard air quantities. 4. Include a separate section in the log, if necessary, that describes operating difficulties in the air or water systems that could not be eliminated by the specified procedures. Identify these problems by system and location within the building, include an outline of a summary of the condition and its effect on the building, and describe corrective actions attempted. 5. After readjustment for vibration, measure and record the displacement only of the readjusted equipment to determine its conformance with the design.

D. Quality Control Verification: After adjustments have been completed and the balance logs submitted, the balancing and testing agency shall be available to demonstrate the air and water balancing procedures and vibration tests, and verify the test results prior to Substantial Completion.

1. Perform spot tests on a maximum of 20 percent of the total diffusers and grilles, on two air handling fan devices per building, and on 10 percent of the total water balance fittings, with measuring equipment used in the original tests, at random points selected by ENGINEER. 2. Results of these spot tests shall agree with the balance logs within plus or minus 10 percent. Where this accuracy cannot be verified, rebalance portions of the system as requested by ENGINEER. 3. At completion of the rebalance procedures, perform another spot test if required to verify those results.

END OF SECTION

WDC/185002.SD.OS.C4 MARCH 30, 2017 17950 6 HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING